TRINTECH GROUP PLC
F-1, 2000-03-17
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: PINNACLE BUSINESS MANAGEMENT INC /NV/, 8-K/A, 2000-03-17
Next: FINISAR CORP, S-8, 2000-03-17



<PAGE>

    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2000
                                                     Registration No. 333-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                ---------------
                                   FORM F-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                          The Securities Act of 1933

                                ---------------
                              TRINTECH GROUP PLC
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                                ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Republic of Ireland                        7372                          Not Applicable
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
 (State or other jurisdiction of      (Primary Standard Industrial             (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)           Identification Number)
                                           Trintech Group PLC
                                           Trintech Building
                                       South County Business Park
                                              Leopardstown
                                           Dublin 18, Ireland
                                           011-353-1-207-4000
</TABLE>
  (Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)
                                ---------------
                                 Kevin C. Shea
                                Trintech, Inc.
                         2755 Campus Drive, Suite 220
                          San Mateo, California 94403
                                (650) 227-7000
           (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                ---------------
                                  Copies to:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
               Alan K. Austin, Esq.                            Thomas W. Kellerman, Esq.
             Steven V. Bernard, Esq.                             BROBECK HALE AND DORR
         WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI                           Hasilwood House
             Professional Corporation                                60 Bishopsgate
                650 Page Mill Road                                   London ECN 4AJ
           Palo Alto, California 94304                            011-44-171-638-6688
                  (650) 493-9300
</TABLE>
                                ---------------
  Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]

  If this Form is to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering. [_]

  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
                                ---------------
                        Calculation Of Registration Fee
<TABLE>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                          Proposed
                                          Maximum
  Title of Each Class                     Offering   Proposed Maximum   Amount of
  of Securities to be     Amount to be     Price         Aggregate     Registration
       Registered         Registered(1) Per Share(2) Offering Price(2)     Fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>          <C>               <C>
Ordinary shares, $0.0027
 par value per
 share(3)..............     3,450,000     $128.63      $443,773,500    $117,156.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Includes 450,000 shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase
    to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the
    registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933,
    based on the average of the high and low sales prices as reported by the
    Nasdaq National Market on March 16, 2000.
(3) After giving effect to a two-for-one ADS split effected on March 21, 2000,
    each ordinary share is represented by two American depositary shares.
    American depositary shares represented by American depositary receipts
    issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered by this
    registration statement have been registered pursuant to a separate
    registration statement on Form F-6.
                                ---------------
  The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay our effective date until the Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective under Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section
8(a), may determine.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                Explanatory Note

   Alternate pages to be used in an international prospectus follow the back
cover page of the U.S. prospectus.
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be     +
+changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement    +
+filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This          +
+preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell securities, and we are not     +
+soliciting offers to buy these securites, in any state where the offer or     +
+sale is not permitted.                                                        +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Subject to Completion, Dated March    , 2000

[Logo of Trintech Group PLC Appears Here]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Trintech Group PLC
 6,000,000 American Depositary Shares
 Representing 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 We are offering 4,000,000 American depositary shares and selling shareholders
 are offering 2,000,000 American depositary shares in this offering. Each
 American depositary share, or ADS, offered by this prospectus represents one-
 half of one of our ordinary shares. The ADSs are represented by American
 depositary receipts, or ADRs. The ADSs being offered are initially being
 offered in the United States and are concurrently being offered, under a
 separate prospectus, in Germany and to institutional investors outside of the
 United States and Germany. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the
 sale of ADSs by the selling stockholders.

 The ADSs are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol TTPA and
 on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol
 TTP. The last reported sale price of the ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market
 on March  , 2000 was $    and the last reported sale price of the ADSs on the
 Neuer Markt on March  , 2000 was (Euro)    per ADS.

 Investing in the ADSs involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 6.

 THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND STATE SECURITIES REGULATORS HAVE
 NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS
 IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
 OFFENSE.

 A copy of this prospectus, together with the documents specified in
 paragraphs 11 and 14 of Annex A in this prospectus, has been delivered to the
 Registrar of Companies in the Republic of Ireland.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Per American
                                             Depositary
                                               Share                Total
                                          ---------------- ------------------------
  <S>                                     <C>   <C>        <C>       <C>
  Public offering price                   $     (Euro)     $         (Euro)
  Underwriting discounts and commissions
  Proceeds, before expenses, to Trintech
  Proceeds, to selling shareholders
</TABLE>

 We and the selling shareholders identified on page 66 of this prospectus have
 granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 900,000 ADSs to cover
 any over-allotments.

 The underwriters expect to deliver the ADRs evidencing the ADSs in book entry
 form through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company and Deutsche
 Borse Clearing AG on or about         2000.

 Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown
               Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                                Robertson Stephens
                                                                       Chase H&Q

 The date of this prospectus is        , 2000
<PAGE>

   "Payment is at the heart of commerce, and we have been at the heart of
secure electronic payment since its creation. We have a simple philosophy--
produce the best solutions that allow consumers, businesses and financial
institutions to pay securely."

                                               John McGuire, co-founder and CEO.

   We have been a leading provider of secure electronic payment solutions to
leading banking, technology and retail organizations since our creation in
1987. Whether electronic payments take place in the physical world or over the
Internet, we supply a comprehensive range of end-to-end solutions that enable
consumers, merchants and financial institutions to by, sell and process, with
confidence and security.

                    Trintech securing end-to-end e-commerce

                                  Paygate Logo

                         Secure e-payment solutions to
                        enable institutions to capture,
                          authorize and settle payment
                       card transactions in the physical
                          world and over the Internet.

                          Banks, financial transaction

      Payware Logo

                                 Payware Logo

                                                            Payware Logo

   PayWare Net for e-         PayWare ERP payment     Electronic point of sale
  merchants and PayWare      enables organizations     systems, Compact 9000i
       NetHost for         with deployed enterprise     and PayWare for Call
    Internet/commerce         resources planning      Centers allows merchants
service providers allows       systems. PayWare         in the physical world
 virtual world merchants     PurchaseCard enables        accept and process
  to accept and process      secure Internet based      payment transactions
      payment card           business-to-business             securely.
  transactions securely    payment and procurement.
   over the Internet.


                                                       Physical world commerce

                             Business-to-consumer
  Business-to-consumer            e-commerce
       e-commerce
<PAGE>

   Our product family is based on three core payment card transaction
platforms:

 .  PayGate: an enterprise solution that allows banks, financial transaction
   processors, Internet service providers and commerce service providers to
   authorize and settle payment card transactions.

 .  PayWare: an integrated merchant payment technology for the transactions in
   the physical world and for business-to-consumer and business-to-business
   transactions over the Internet.

 .  NetWallet: a secure virtual wallet that can protect and evoke the
   cardholder's payment cards when transacting commerce on-line.

 .  EzCard: a virtual version of the consumers plastic credit card that resides
   on the consumers personal computer and automatically completes e-merchant
   payment forms, improving speed and security of shopping on-line. Also allows
   streaming of advertising directly to the ezCard.

   In our mission to be the world's leading provider of secure e-payment
solutions for payment card transactions, we will continue to pursue a
technology strategy to embrace and extend our position in the world of secure
e-payments--be that in the physical world or the world of e-commerce.


                                       2
<PAGE>


                                    SUMMARY

   This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
You should read the entire prospectus carefully.

                               Trintech Group PLC

   We are a leading provider of secure electronic payment infrastructure
solutions, known as e-payment solutions, for payment card transactions. We
develop, market and sell a comprehensive suite of software products, and
electronic point of sale systems known as PoS systems, that enable end-to-end
card-based electronic payments in the physical world and over the Internet. We
offer vendor-neutral, open, feature-rich software products that provide a
highly secure e-payment solution for each of the parties to an e-payment
transaction--the bank or other financial transaction processor, the merchant
and the cardholder. With the launch of our first Internet product in 1996, we
shifted our growth strategy to emphasize e-commerce software products for
Internet applications. In addition, in February 2000 we jointly announced with
Motorola the availability of an e-payment software application for mobile
commerce, or m-commerce, transactions involving mobile phones. We have also
established strategic relationships with VISA, MasterCard, VeriSign, RSA
Security, Compaq, SAP and Intershop. Our customers include banks, card
associations, financial transaction processors and Internet service providers
in major markets including Germany, the United States, Scandinavia, the United
Kingdom and South America.

   The growth of payment card transactions, in conjunction with increased
payment card fraud, has driven the need for more comprehensive, secure and
effective hardware and software payment products to process these transactions.
More recently, the growth of the Internet as a medium for commerce has
significantly increased the risk that payment card fraud and repudiation can
occur. According to a study conducted by VISA International in 1999, several
member banks in its European region were experiencing repudiation and
discovered fraud rates as high as 50% for Internet transactions while
transactions originating on the Internet represent only 1% to 2% of total
transaction volumes. The results of this study support our belief that the
growth of e-commerce has further driven the demand for comprehensive and
effective solutions for secure e-payment transactions.

   Our mission is to become the leading worldwide provider of secure e-payment
infrastructure solutions for payment card transactions. Our product suite
consists of software and electronic PoS systems for use with a variety of
operating systems, databases, merchant web servers, and networked and
standalone computers. Our product suite consists of more than 20 modules
designed to perform authorization, data capture and settlement for e-payment
transactions, as well as management of merchant e-payment systems. These
modules can be deployed as an end-to-end solution or integrated with modules of
other vendors. Our software products for the Internet incorporate the principal
security standards for e-payment transactions, secure socket layer, known as
SSL, and secure electronic transaction, known as SET.

   We were incorporated in 1987. As of February 29, 2000, we had 306 employees
operating from offices in Dublin, Ireland, San Mateo, California, Austin,
Texas, Princeton, New Jersey, Miami, Florida and Frankfurt, Germany. Our
principal executive office, which is also our registered office, is located at
Trintech Building, South County Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18,
Ireland. Our telephone number at that location is 353-1-207-4000.

   This prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of unexpected
events and trends, as well as the factors described in the section of this
prospectus entitled "Risk Factors." This prospectus may not be used in
connection with the offer or sale of any ADSs to the public in any jurisdiction
where the offer or sale would be unlawful.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                  The Offering

<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
ADSs offered by us.............................. 4,000,000 shares
ADSs offered by selling shareholders............ 2,000,000 shares
Equivalent ADSs to be outstanding after the
 offering....................................... 54,281,444 shares
Use of proceeds................................. For working capital and general
                                                 corporate purposes, including product
                                                 development, sales and marketing,
                                                 international expansion and the
                                                 acquisition of complementary products or
                                                 businesses. See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market symbol................... TTPA
Neuer Markt symbol.............................. TTP
</TABLE>

   The number of equivalent ADSs to be outstanding after the offering is based
on 25,140,722 ordinary shares outstanding as of January 31, 2000, after giving
effect to a two-for-one ADS split effected on March  , 2000. As a result of the
two-for-one ADSs split, each ordinary share equals two equivalent ADSs. The
number of equivalent ADSs to be outstanding after the offering excludes
7,222,654 equivalent ADSs, or 3,611,327 ordinary shares, issuable upon exercise
of options outstanding under our share option schemes at January 31, 2000 and
500,000 equivalent ADSs, or 250,000 ordinary shares, issuable upon the exercise
of a warrant outstanding at January 31, 2000.

   The following table summarizes financial data of our business. Note 11 of
the notes to the consolidated financial statements provides an explanation of
the method used to calculate pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per
equivalent ADS. The information presented under "As Adjusted" reflects the
receipt of net proceeds of approximately $     million, or approximately
(Euro)     million, from the sale of 4,000,000 ADSs offered by us at an assumed
public offering price of $    , or (Euro)    , per ADS.

                      Summary Consolidated Financial Data
        (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Year Ended January 31,
                                            ---------------------------------
                                               1998       1999        2000
                                            ---------- ----------  ----------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue:
 Product................................... $   10,824 $   14,554  $   18,457
 License...................................      4,101      4,477       9,158
 Service...................................      1,721      2,002       2,629
                                            ---------- ----------  ----------
   Total revenue...........................     16,646     21,033      30,244
Total cost of revenue......................      9,694     13,913      17,257
                                            ---------- ----------  ----------
Gross margin...............................      6,952      7,120      12,987
Total operating expenses...................      6,733     13,944      27,145
                                            ---------- ----------  ----------
Income (loss) from operations..............        219     (6,824)    (14,158)
Net income (loss).......................... $      175 $   (6,873) $  (12,111)
                                            ========== ==========  ==========
Basic net income (loss) per equivalent
 ADS....................................... $     0.01 $    (0.21) $    (0.31)
                                            ========== ==========  ==========
ADSs used in computation of basic net
 income (loss) per equivalent ADS.......... 31,376,670 32,315,662  38,619,928
                                            ========== ==========  ==========
Diluted net income (loss) per equivalent
 ADS....................................... $     0.01 $    (0.21) $    (0.31)
                                            ========== ==========  ==========
ADSs used in computation of diluted net
 income (loss) per equivalent ADS.......... 31,498,322 32,315,662  38,619,928
                                            ========== ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              January 31, 2000
                                                             -------------------
                                                             Actual  As Adjusted
                                                             ------- -----------
<S>                                                          <C>     <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $10,862    $
Marketable securities.......................................  48,830
Working capital.............................................  57,803
  Total assets..............................................  74,295
Long-term obligations, less current portion.................   1,127
Series B preference shares..................................     --      --
  Total shareholders' equity ...............................  61,116
</TABLE>

                                ----------------

   Except as otherwise specified, all information in this prospectus assumes no
exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. All share and per share
numbers in this prospectus have been adjusted to give effect to a two-for-one
split of our ADSs effected on March   , 2000. As a result of the ADS split,
each of our ordinary shares is represented by two ADSs.

   PayGate Acquirer(TM), PayGate NetIssuer(TM), PayWare PurchaseCard(TM),
PayWare SmartCard(TM), PayWare ERP(TM), PayWare Net(TM), PayWare NetHost(TM),
NetWallet(TM), EzCard(TM), Compact 9000(TM), Compact 9002(TM), S/PAY(TM) and
Trintech(TM) and our logo are our trademarks and PayGate(R), PayWare(R) and
PayPurse(R) are our registered trademarks. SAP R/3(R) is a registered trademark
of SAP AG. This prospectus also includes product names and other trade names
and trademarks of other organizations.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

   You should carefully consider the following risks before making an
investment decision. Our business, operating results and financial condition
could be materially adversely affected by any of the following risks. The
trading price of the ADSs could decline due to any of these risks, and you
could lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer to the other
information described in this prospectus, including our financial statements
and the related notes.

We recently emphasized e-commerce software for Internet payment transactions,
an area in which we have limited experience.

   We introduced our first e-commerce software product for Internet payment
transactions in 1996, and the majority of our e-commerce products and modules
that we currently market have been released in the last twelve months. As a
result, we have a very limited operating history in developing, marketing and
selling our e-commerce software, which makes the prediction of future operating
results for this portion of our business very difficult. A substantial majority
of our research and development expenses in the past two years has related to
e-commerce software for payment card transactions, and this effort will
continue to account for a significant percentage of our total research and
development expenses. Demand for our e-commerce software may not increase and
these products may not gain market acceptance. If we fail to increase sales of
our e-commerce software, our future revenue and net income, as well as the
prospects for this critical portion of our business, will be materially
adversely affected.

The standards for e-commerce payment transactions that we support may not
achieve broad market acceptance or market acceptance may be slower than
anticipated.

   A significant part of our business strategy is to continue to develop
software products that support both SSL and SET standards for payment card
transactions over the Internet. If neither achieves broad market acceptance,
our results of operations and prospects will be materially adversely affected.
In addition, if a new standard emerges that is more accepted by the
marketplace, we may not be successful in developing products that comply with
that standard on a timely basis, or at all.

   The SSL standard was developed in 1996, but it has not achieved broad
acceptance outside of North America. In particular, SSL has not achieved broad
acceptance in Europe, which is currently our primary market for our e-payment
solutions for payment card transactions in the physical world. The SET standard
was first implemented in 1997 to address perceived security limitations of SSL.
However, the SET standard has been adopted at a slower rate than we originally
anticipated, and currently the SET standard has achieved limited market
acceptance, particularly in the United States. Because our product development
efforts have focused on these two standards, future sales of our e-payment
products for Internet transactions and the rate of revenue growth attributable
to these products, will be materially adversely affected if these standards do
not achieve broad market acceptance.

   Part of our strategy has been, and continues to be, to develop products that
support the SET standard. We pursue this strategy because we believe that
marketing SET-compliant products can differentiate us from competitors that do
not market SET-compliant products. We further believe that this differentiation
is important to our business because the level of competition relating to SSL
products is significantly greater than that relating to SET products. However,
the adoption of SET has been impeded by several factors, including:

  .  the ease of using SSL as compared to SET

                                       6
<PAGE>

  .  limited financial incentives for cardholders and merchants to use SET

  .  the installed base of SSL technology, including embedded functionality
     in Netscape products

   If SET technology is not broadly adopted, we will lose a potential
competitive advantage, and our prospects and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected.

To be successful, we will need to effectively respond to future changes in the
rapidly developing markets in which we sell our software products.

   The markets for our e-payment software solutions for the physical world and,
in particular, for payment card transactions over the Internet, are at early
stages of development and are rapidly evolving. Our ability to design, develop,
introduce and support new e-payment software products and enhancements to
existing products on a timely basis that meet changing market needs and respond
to technological developments is critical to our future success. In addition,
these products will need to support industry standards and interoperate with a
variety of third parties' products, including those of our competitors. We may
be unable to develop interoperable products, and widespread adoption of a
proprietary or closed e-payment standard could preclude us from effectively
doing so. Also, the number of businesses and cardholders engaged in e-commerce
may not grow or could decrease, reducing the potential market for our e-
commerce products.

The market for e-payment solutions for mobile commerce may not develop and, if
it does develop, we may not be able to develop products that successfully
compete in this market, either of which would significantly impact our
financial results and prospects.

   In February 2000, we announced the availability of our first e-payment
solution for making online purchases from mobile phones and other wireless
devices. We have not yet begun to market or sell this m-commerce payment
product, nor do we currently have any commercial customers for this product. We
intend to invest a significant portion of our future research and development
expenses to enhance this first product and to develop one or more additional
products for the m-commerce payment market. However, we cannot predict whether
we will be successful in these development efforts or whether our existing
product or any future m-commerce products will gain market acceptance. We do
not currently expect to recognize significant revenue from m-commerce products
until at least late fiscal 2002. In addition, if this market develops, we may
face significant competition from major telecommunication service providers and
mobile phone handset and equipment providers, among others. These companies
have significantly more resources than us and may develop new standards for
payment card mobile phone based transactions which we do not address and may
not be able to support in the future. In addition, these companies may provide
similar products to ours at a lower cost or at no cost to facilitate sales of
their telecom equipment or mobile phones. If we fail to generate significant
sales of our m-commerce payment products, our future revenue and net income, as
well as the prospects for this portion of our business, will be materially
adversely affected.

We depend on sales of our electronic point-of-sale systems for payment card
transactions for a substantial majority of our total revenue.

   A substantial majority of our total revenue historically has been derived
from the sale of our electronic payment card point-of-sale system products. We
expect that these products will continue to account for a significant
percentage of our total revenue through at least fiscal 2002. We have
historically marketed our electronic PoS system products solely in Europe, and

                                       7
<PAGE>

particularly in Germany. For fiscal 2000, our customers in Germany accounted
for over 88% of our electronic PoS system product revenues. We intend to
continue to focus substantially all of our marketing efforts for our electronic
PoS system products in Europe, and particularly in Germany. As a result, our
future results of operations will depend on continued market demand for, and
acceptance of, these products in Europe in general and Germany in particular. A
reduction in demand for our electronic PoS system products could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

Average selling prices for electronic PoS system products may continue to
decline, adversely affecting our results of operations, particularly our
revenue and operating and net income.

   The market for electronic PoS system products is characterized by increasing
price competition, which historically has caused the average selling prices of
our electronic PoS systems to decrease over the life of each product. We expect
this trend to continue. To offset declines in the average selling prices of our
electronic PoS system products, we will need to reduce the cost of these
products by implementing cost reduction design changes, obtaining cost
reductions as and if volumes increase and successfully managing manufacturing
and subcontracting relationships. We do not operate our own manufacturing
facilities, and, as a result, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly
as companies that operate their own manufacturing facilities. If we do not
design and introduce lower cost versions of our electronic PoS system products
in a timely manner or successfully manage our manufacturing relationships,
margins on our electronic PoS system products will decrease. A decrease in
margins or an accelerated decrease in average selling prices could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

We have incurred losses and expect continued losses.

   We incurred a net loss of $12.1 million for the year ended January 31, 2000,
and we have incurred net losses in nine of our last twelve quarters. As of
January 31, 2000, we had an accumulated deficit of $21.6 million. In fiscal
2000 we substantially increased our operating expenditures to build our
presence in the e-commerce software business. This has included significant
increases in our research and development expenses related to the development
of e-commerce capable products, and substantial increases in our sales and
marketing personnel. We intend to continue to grow our operating expenditures
and, consequently, we expect to continue to report losses from operations for
at least two years.

Our business is subject to currency fluctuations that can adversely affect our
operating results.

   Due to our multinational operations, our business is subject to fluctuations
based upon changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which we
collect revenues or pay expenses and the Irish pound and the euro. In
particular the value of the U.S. dollar and U.K. pound sterling impacts our
operating results. Our expenses are not necessarily incurred in the currency in
which revenue is generated, and, as a result, we are required from time to time
to convert currencies to meet our obligations. These currency conversions are
subject to exchange rate fluctuations, and changes to the value of the Irish
pound or the euro relative to other currencies could adversely affect our
business and results of operations. For example, sales of our electronic PoS
systems in Germany are denominated in euro while a portion of the related
manufacturing costs are denominated in U.K. pounds sterling. As a result, in
the year ended January 31, 2000, margins on electronic PoS systems were
negatively impacted.

   In addition, our consolidated financial statements are prepared in Irish
pounds and translated to U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. As a result, even
when foreign currency

                                       8
<PAGE>

expenses substantially offset revenues in the same currency, our net income may
be diminished, or our net loss increased, when reported in U.S. dollars in our
financial statements.

Our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict because they can
fluctuate significantly. This limits your ability to evaluate our historical
financial results and increases the likelihood that our results will fall below
market analysts' expectations, which could cause the price of our ADSs to drop
rapidly and severely.

   We have experienced significant quarterly fluctuations in operating results
and cash flows and we expect that these fluctuations will continue in future
periods. In addition, our revenue is difficult to predict for several reasons.
As a result, we believe that our quarterly revenue, expenses and operating
results are likely to vary significantly in the future. Thus, it is likely that
in some future quarters our results of operations will be below the
expectations of public market analysts and investors, which could have a severe
adverse effect on the trading price of our ADSs. We also believe that period-
to-period comparisons of our quarterly operating results are not necessarily
meaningful and that, as a result, these comparisons should not be relied upon
as indications of our future performance.

   Quarterly fluctuations have been, and may in the future be, caused by
factors which include:

  .  the size and timing of orders

  .  currency fluctuations

  .  product mix

  .  the rate of acceptance of new products

  .  purchasing and payment patterns of our customers

  .  our pricing policies and those of our competitors

   In addition, our revenue is difficult to predict for the following reasons:

  .  we have generally recognized a substantial portion of our revenue in the
     last month of each quarter

  .  the market for our e-commerce products is new and rapidly changing

  .  the sales cycle for our products is typically 6 to 12 months and varies
     substantially from customer to customer

   Over the past few years, we have substantially increased our investment in
our infrastructure, and we expect to continue to do so. As a result, if revenue
in any quarter falls below expectations, expenditure levels could be
disproportionately high as a percentage of revenue, and our business and
operating results for that quarter would be adversely affected, perhaps
materially.

We derive a significant amount of our revenues from a limited number of
customers.

   A significant percentage of our revenue is derived from a limited number of
our customers. Approximately 40% of our total revenue for the year ended
January 31, 2000 was
attributable to our three largest customers in that period. The loss of any
major customer, or any reduction or delay in orders by any major customer,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.


                                       9
<PAGE>

We rely on strategic relationships that may not continue in the future.

   We have developed strategic relationships with larger, public companies. We
rely in part on these relationships to co-market our products and generate
leads for our direct sales force. However, these relationships are not
exclusive, and the third party generally is not obligated to market our
products or provide leads. We will need to establish additional strategic
relationships to be successful.

   Two of the companies with which we have developed strategic relationships
are VISA International and MasterCard International. We believe that our
reputation has benefited from past transactions and joint press releases with
VISA and MasterCard, as well as from VISA's equity investment in us in 1998.
Neither VISA nor MasterCard is obligated to continue to conduct business or
marketing activities with us. VISA's or MasterCard's endorsement of one or more
of our competitors could cause existing customers to switch to competitors and
could materially adversely affect our ability to add new customers.

Our success depends on our ability to expand our direct sales force.

   We have sold our products almost exclusively through our direct sales force.
Our future revenue growth will depend in large part on our ability to recruit,
train and manage additional sales personnel worldwide. We have experienced and
continue to experience difficulty in recruiting qualified sales personnel, and
the market for these personnel is highly competitive. We may not be able to
successfully expand our direct sales force, and any expansion of the sales
force may not result in increased revenue. Our business and results of
operations will be materially adversely affected if we fail to successfully
expand our direct sales force.

Our growth may be limited if we fail to build an indirect sales channel.

   Indirect sales channels accounted for approximately 4% of our total revenue
in fiscal 2000. We recently have established relationships with a limited
number of resellers and systems integrators and consultants. These are new,
early-stage relationships and, as such, are generally untested. Our existing
indirect channels will have to generate significant revenue and we will need to
establish additional indirect channels to be successful.

Increased competition may result in decreased demand for our products and
services, which may result in reduced revenues and gross margins and loss of
market share.

   The market for e-payment software and electronic PoS systems is intensely
competitive, and we expect competition to continue to increase. Our competitors
include Verifone, a subsidiary of Hewlett-Packard, and Giesecke & Devrient for
our electronic PoS system products, and IBM, Verifone and GlobeSet for our e-
payment software. In addition, the companies with whom we have strategic
relationships could develop products or services which compete with our
products or services. Growing competition may result in reduced revenues and
gross margins and loss of market share, any one of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Some competitors in our market have longer operating histories, significantly
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, greater brand
recognition and a larger installed customer base than we do. In addition,
current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish
cooperative relationships to expand their product offerings and to offer more
comprehensive e-payment solutions. We also expect to face additional
competition as other established and emerging companies enter the market for e-
payment solutions.

                                       10
<PAGE>

We depend on a few key personnel to manage and operate us.

   Our success is largely dependent on the personal efforts and abilities of
our senior management, including in particular John McGuire, Cyril McGuire,
George Burne, Kevin Shea, Paul Byrne, Chris Meehan and John Harte. The loss of
one or more of members of our senior management could have a material adverse
effect on our business and prospects.

If we are unable to attract and retain highly skilled personnel with experience
in the e-payment and banking industries, we may be unable to grow our business.

   The market for qualified personnel with experience in the e-payment and
banking industries in general, and software engineers with this experience in
particular, is highly competitive. Our strategic plan requires continued
investment in research and development and sales and marketing personnel.
Failure to successfully attract, hire, assimilate and retain qualified
personnel could limit the rate at which we develop new products and generate
sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects
and results of operations.

Our reliance on third parties to manufacture our electronic PoS system products
involves risks, including, in particular, reduced control over the
manufacturing process and product quality.

   Our electronic PoS system products are manufactured by Keltek and Fujitsu.
Our reliance on outsourced manufacturers involves significant risks, including:

     .  reduced control over delivery schedules, quality assurance and cost

     .  the potential lack of adequate manufacturing capacity

     .  the potential misappropriation of our intellectual property

   We must make binding forecasts as much as three months in advance of
expected delivery dates. If product sales do not meet these forecasts, our
cashflow would be adversely impacted, and the risk that our inventory could
become obsolete would increase. If Keltek or Fujitsu cease manufacturing our
electronic PoS system products or increase their prices, we may not be able to
rapidly obtain alternative capacity at a comparable price. Any delay in
delivery of products to our customers or any increase in manufacturing costs
could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

   We have in the past received products that contained defects from our
manufacturers. Because we warrant the quality of our electronic PoS system
products to our customers, we have been required to repair or replace defective
products at our own expense. This expense has in the past exceeded the amounts
reimbursed to us by the manufacturers. This expense has not in the past had an
material adverse effect on our results of operations. However, any repetition
of these or similar problems could have a material adverse effect on our
reputation, business and results of operations.

We may not be able to timely respond to rapid technological changes that impact
our business.

   The markets for our e-payment software and electronic PoS system solutions
are susceptible to rapid changes due to technology innovation, evolving
industry standards, changes in customer and cardholder needs and frequent new
product introductions. We will need to use leading technologies effectively,
continue to develop our technical expertise and enhance our existing products
on a timely basis to compete successfully in these markets. We may not be
successful in achieving these business requirements.


                                       11
<PAGE>

We may be unable to protect our proprietary rights. Unauthorized use of our
technology may result in development of products which compete with our
products.

   Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our rights in our e-
payment and PoS system technology. We rely upon a combination of patents,
contractual rights, trade secrets, copyright laws and trademarks to establish
and protect these rights. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with
our employees, consultants and third parties to seek to limit and protect the
distribution of our proprietary information regarding this technology. However,
we have not signed protective agreements in every case. Unauthorized parties
may copy aspects of our products and obtain and use information that we regard
as proprietary. Other parties may breach confidentiality agreements and other
protective contracts we have executed. We may not become aware of, or have
adequate remedies in the event of, a breach.

Some may claim that we infringe their intellectual property rights, which could
result in costly litigation or require us to reengineer or cease sales of our
products.

   We believe that our products do not infringe upon the intellectual property
rights of others and that we have all rights necessary to use the intellectual
property employed in our business. However, we have not performed patent
searches for all of the technologies encompassed in our products. Third parties
may in the future claim that our current or future products infringe their
proprietary rights. Any infringement claim, with or without merit, could result
in costly litigation or require us to reengineer or cease sales of our
products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Infringement claims
could also require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Licensing
agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at
all.

Our industry and our customers' industry are subject to government regulations
that could limit our ability to market our products.

   Our current and prospective customers include non-U.S. and state and
federally chartered banks and savings and loan associations. These customers,
as well as customers in other industries that we plan to target in the future,
operate in markets that are subject to extensive and complex regulation. While
we are not directly subject to this regulation, our products and services must
be designed to work within the extensive and evolving regulatory constraints
under which our customers operate. If our products fail to comply with
regulations applicable to our customers, or if we cannot timely and cost-
effectively respond to changes in the regulatory environments of each of our
customers, our product sales could be materially adversely affected, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of
operations.

   Exports of software products utilizing encryption technology are generally
restricted by the U.S., Irish, German and various other foreign governments.
Our inability to obtain and maintain required approvals under these regulations
could adversely affect our ability to sell our products. Also, U.S., Irish,
German or other foreign legislation or regulations may further limit levels of
encryption or authentication technology that may be sold or exported. Any
export restrictions of this sort, new legislation or regulations, or increased
costs of compliance could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and prospects.

   Our electronic PoS system products must comply with standards established by
telecommunications authorities in various countries, as well as with
recommendations of quasi-regulatory authorities and standards-setting
committees. Failure to comply with these standards and recommendations could
limit our ability to sell these products.


                                       12
<PAGE>

Rapid growth could strain our personnel and systems.

   We have recently experienced rapid expansion of our operations in multiple
countries, which has placed, and is expected to continue to place, significant
demands on our administrative, operational and financial personnel and systems.
Because of these demands, we hired a significant number of employees in fiscal
2000 and expect to continue hiring during fiscal 2001. Our inability to train
and integrate our new employees and promptly address and respond to rapid
growth if it occurs could have a material adverse effect on our business and
results of operations.

We may fail to integrate adequately acquired products, technologies or
businesses.

   From time to time, we evaluate opportunities to acquire additional product
offerings, complementary technologies and businesses. Any future acquisition
could result in difficulties assimilating acquired products, technologies and
businesses, amortization of acquired intangible assets and diversion of our
management's attention. Our management has limited experience in assimilating
acquired organizations and products into our operations. We may not be able to
integrate successfully any products or technologies or businesses that might be
acquired in the future, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, the accounting
treatment for any future acquisition may result in the recognition of
significant goodwill which, when amortized, would adversely affect our net
income (loss) and earnings per equivalent ADS.

Trading in our shares could be subject to extreme price fluctuations and you
could have difficulty trading your shares.

   The market for shares in newly public technology companies is subject to
extreme price and volume fluctuations, often unrelated to the operating
performance of these companies. Due to the potential volatility of our stock
price, we may in the future be the target of securities class action
litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert
our management's attention and resources. In addition, although the ADSs are
quoted on the Nasdaq National Market and the Neuer Markt, the daily trading
volume has been limited. An active trading market may not develop or be
sustained. In addition, the Neuer Markt is a new trading market. The Neuer
Markt may experience delays in settlement and clearance as trading volume
increases. These factors could adversely affect the market price of the ADSs.

The rights of shareholders in Irish corporations may be more limited than the
rights of shareholders in United States and German corporations.

   The rights of holders of ordinary shares and, therefore, some of the rights
of ADS holders, are governed by Irish law and the laws of the European Union.
As a result, the rights of our shareholders differ from, and may be more
limited than, the rights of shareholders in typical United States or German
corporations. In particular, Irish law significantly limits the circumstances
under which shareholders of Irish corporations may bring derivative actions.

Our three largest shareholders have the ability to significantly influence or
control corporate actions, which limits your ability to influence or control
corporate actions. This concentration of ownership also can reduce the market
price of the ADSs.

   Our three largest shareholders will own approximately    % of our equivalent
ADSs after completion of this offering, or    % if the underwriters' over-
allotment option is exercised in full. If these shareholders act together, they
will have the ability to significantly influence, if not control, the election
of directors and the outcome of all corporate actions requiring

                                       13
<PAGE>

shareholder approval. This concentration of ownership also may have the effect
of delaying or preventing a change in control of us, which in turn could reduce
the market price of the ADSs.

Our corporate tax rate may increase, which could adversely impact our cash
flow, financial condition and results of operations.

   We have operations and generate substantially all of our taxable income in
the Republic of Ireland. Currently, some of our Irish subsidiaries are taxed at
rates substantially lower than U.S. or German tax rates. If our Irish
subsidiaries were no longer to qualify for these lower tax rates or if the
applicable tax laws were rescinded or changed, our operating results could be
materially adversely affected. In addition, if German, U.S. or other foreign
tax authorities were to change applicable tax laws or successfully challenge
the manner in which our subsidiaries' profits are currently recognized, our
taxes could increase, and our business, cash flow, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

You will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of
your investment.

   Purchasers of ADSs in this offering will experience immediate and
substantial dilution.

Future sales by existing shareholders could depress the market price of our
ADSs.

   Sales of ADSs in the public market following this offering could adversely
affect the market price of the ADSs. All of the ADSs offered under this
prospectus and the international prospectus will be freely tradable in the open
market. In addition,

  .           additional ADSs may be sold immediately after completion of
     this offering subject, in some cases, to volume and other restrictions
     under Rule 144 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933; and

  .            additional ADSs may be sold 91 days after the date of this
     prospectus, including shares issued upon exercise of options.

The German takeover code, our articles of association and Irish law may make an
acquisition of us more difficult, which could affect the trading price of our
ADSs.

   As required by the Neuer Markt, we have adopted the takeover code
recommended by the Stock Exchange Expert Commission at the German Federal
Ministry of Finance. Although this takeover code does not have the force of
law, it is generally required by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange that companies
listed on the Neuer Markt acknowledge these takeover provisions. The
applicability of the takeover code, as well as provisions of our articles of
association and Irish law, could delay, defer or prevent a change of control of
us, which in turn could reduce the market price of the ADSs. In addition, the
rights of our shareholders under the takeover code could differ from the rights
of shareholders under the United States federal and state laws governing tender
offers and takeovers.

                                       14
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   We expect to receive approximately $     million, or approximately
(Euro)      million, in net proceeds from the sale of the 4,000,000 ADS offered
by us at an assumed public offering price of $         , or approximately
(Euro)     , per ADS, or approximately $     million, or approximately
(Euro)      million, if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full, after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts
and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of ADSs by the
selling shareholders. We estimate that the offering expenses payable by us will
be $         , or approximately (Euro)     . Estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions payable by us will be approximately $         , or
approximately (Euro)     , or approximately $          or approximately
(Euro)     , if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full.

   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to grow and expand our
business, including growing our research and development and sales and
marketing organizations, for international expansion and for working capital
and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net
proceeds to acquire additional products, technologies and businesses that we
believe will complement our current or future business. However, we have no
specific oral or written agreements or commitments to do so, and are not
currently negotiating any acquisitions. We have not identified specific uses
for the proceeds, and we will have broad discretion over their use. We intend
to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment grade,
interest-bearing securities until they are used.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

   We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our share capital. We
currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and
growth of our business. Future dividends, if any, will be determined by our
board of directors. Under the Companies Acts of the Republic of Ireland,
dividends may only be paid out of such of our profits as are legally available
for distribution. Any dividends declared by us would be paid in the currency
determined by our directors at that time.

                     PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   Unless otherwise specified, all reference to U.S. dollars, dollars or $ are
to United States dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
All references to euro or (Euro) are to the euro, the legal currency of the
Republic of Ireland and the Federal Republic of Germany. All references to
IR(Pounds) are to Irish pounds, and all references to the Deutsche mark or the
DM are to the Deutsche mark. All references to sterling or U.K. pound sterling
are to the pound sterling, the legal currency of the United Kingdom. For
convenience purposes, U.S. dollars have been converted to euro at the noon
buying rate for cable transfers in New York in foreign currencies certified by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on March 15, 2000, which was US$1.00
equals (Euro)1.031.

   Our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and have been
prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting
principles.

   Our fiscal year ends on January 31. As used in this prospectus, fiscal 1998
refers to the financial year ended January 31, 1998, fiscal 1999 refers to the
financial year ended January 31, 1999 and fiscal 2000 refers to the financial
year ended January 31, 2000.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                           EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

   A significant portion of our revenues and expenses is denominated in
currencies other than U.S. dollars. We do not currently anticipate paying any
dividends to shareholders. However, any dividends declared by us would be in
the currency determined by our directors at the time they are declared, and
exchange rate fluctuations would affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of any cash
dividend received by holders of ADSs that is paid in a currency other than U.S.
dollars.

   The Maastricht Treaty, to which each of the Republic of Ireland and the
Federal Republic of Germany is a signatory, provided that on January 1, 1999,
the euro became legal tender in those member states of the European Monetary
Union that satisfied the convergence criteria stated in the Maastricht Treaty
and so elected to adopt the euro as its legal tender, including Ireland and
Germany. The conversion rate between the Irish pound, which will continue to
have legal tender status through a transition period ending June 30, 2002, at
the latest, and the euro was fixed by the Council of the European Union at
IR(Pounds)0.787564. The conversion rate between the Deutsche mark, which will
continue to have legal tender status through a transition period ending June
30, 2002, at the latest, and the euro was fixed by the Council of the European
Union at DM 1.95583.

   On December 31, 1998, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York discontinued the
quotation of noon buying rates for currencies now denominated in euro,
including Irish pounds and Deutsche marks.

   Prices quoted for the ADSs on the Neuer Markt are quoted in euro. Prices
quoted for the ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market are quoted in U.S. dollars.

Irish Pounds

   The table below presents, for the periods and dates indicated, information
concerning the noon buying rates for the Irish pound expressed in Irish pounds
per US$1.00. The information below the caption "Period Average" represents the
average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each full calendar
month during the relevant period. No representation is made that the Irish
pound or U.S. dollar amounts referred to below could be or could have been
converted into U.S. dollars or Irish pounds at any particular rate or at all.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Fiscal Year Ended                                                                Period
     January 31,                    High             Low         Period Average        End
     -----------------        ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
     <S>                      <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
     1995.................... IR(Pounds)0.7132 IR(Pounds)0.6198 IR(Pounds)0.6597 IR(Pounds)0.6404
     1996....................           0.6487           0.6033           0.6220           0.6390
     1997....................           0.6445           0.5915           0.6212           0.6287
     1998....................           0.7731           0.6218           0.6720           0.7315
     1999 (through December
      31, 1998)..............           0.7391           0.6443           0.7004           0.6709
</TABLE>

                                       16
<PAGE>

Deutsche Marks

   The table below presents, for the periods and dates indicated, information
concerning the noon buying rates for the Deutsche mark expressed in Deutsche
marks per US$1.00. The information below the caption "Period Average"
represents the average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of
each full calendar month during the relevant period. No representation is made
that the Deutsche mark or U.S. dollar amounts referred to below could be or
could have been converted into U.S. dollars or Deutsche marks, at any
particular rate or at all.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Period   Period
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,            High     Low    Average    End
     -----------------------------          -------- -------- -------- --------
     <S>                                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
     1995.................................. DM1.7627 DM1.4920 DM1.5938 DM1.5232
     1996..................................   1.5362   1.3565   1.4233   1.4895
     1997..................................   1.6485   1.4450   1.5192   1.6362
     1998..................................   1.8810   1.6399   1.7557   1.8315
     1999 (through December 31, 1998)......   1.8542   1.6060   1.7521   1.6670
</TABLE>

Euro

   The table below presents, for the period indicated, information concerning
the noon buying rates for the euro expressed in euro per US$1.00. The
information below the caption "Period Average" represents the average of the
noon buying rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during
the relevant period. No representation is made that the euro or U.S. dollar
amounts referred to below could be or could have been converted into U.S.
dollars or euro, at any particular rate or at all.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Period  Period
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31,                   High   Low   Average  End
     -----------------------------                  ------ ------ ------- ------
     <S>                                            <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>
     1999 (from January 1, 1999)................... 0.8794 0.8466 0.8794  0.8794
     2000.......................................... 1.0249 0.8819 0.9567  1.0249
     2001 (to February 29, 2000)................... 1.0370 0.9940 1.0370  1.0370
</TABLE>

                   PRICE RANGE OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

   The ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol TTPA and
on the Neuer Markt under the symbol TPA. Public trading of the ADSs commenced
on September 24, 1999. Prior to that date, there was no public market for the
ADSs. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and
low sale price per ADS on the Nasdaq National Market and on the Neuer Markt,
after giving effect to a two-for-one ADS split effected on March 21, 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Nasdaq
                                            National
                                             Market           Neuer Markt
                                          ------------- -----------------------
                                           High   Low      High         Low
                                          ------ ------ ----------- -----------
<S>                                       <C>    <C>    <C>         <C>
Year Ended January 31, 2000
  Third Quarter (from September 24,
   1999)................................. $ 8.81 $ 6.00 (Euro) 8.48 (Euro) 5.75
  Fourth Quarter......................... $31.69 $ 8.75 (Euro)32.80 (Euro) 8.35
Year Ending January 31, 2001
  First Quarter (through February 29,
   2000)................................. $56.00 $29.25 (Euro)60.05 (Euro)30.00
</TABLE>

   As of February 29, 2000 there were 15 holders of record of the ADSs. On
February 29, 2000, the last sale price reported on the Nasdaq National Market
for the ADSs was $56.00 per ADS and the last sale price reported on the Neuer
Markt was (Euro)60.05 per ADS.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

   The following table presents as of January 31, 2000:

  .  our actual capitalization; and

  .  our capitalization as adjusted to reflect the issuance and sale of
     4,000,000 ADSs representing 2,000,000 ordinary shares offered by us in
     this offering at an assumed public offering price of $   , or
     approximately (Euro)     , per ADS and the application of the estimated
     net proceeds from the sale of these ADSs after deducting estimated
     underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses

   The outstanding share information excludes 7,222,654 equivalent ADSs, or
3,611,327 ordinary shares, issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as
of January 31, 2000, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.98, or
approximately (Euro)6.17, per ADS, and 500,000 equivalent ADSs, or 250,000
ordinary shares, issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of
January 31, 2000 at an exercise price of $3.00, or approximately (Euro)3.09,
per ADS. This table should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        January 31, 2000
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                         (in thousands)
                                                      Actual        As Adjusted
                                                  ---------------- -------------
                                                     $      (Euro)   $    (Euro)
                                                  --------  ------ ------ ------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>    <C>    <C>
Long-term obligations, less current portion...... $  1,127         $
 Series B preference shares, par value $0.0027,
  10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
  and outstanding................................      --      --     --     --
Shareholders' equity:
 Ordinary shares, par value $0.0027; 100,000,000
  ordinary shares authorized; 25,140,722 ordinary
  shares issued and outstanding, actual;
  27,140,722 ordinary shares outstanding as
  adjusted.......................................       71
Additional paid-in capital.......................   84,286
Accumulated other comprehensive income...........   (1,656)
Accumulated deficit..............................  (21,585)
                                                  --------  ------ ------ ------
Total shareholders' equity ...................... $ 61,116
Total capitalization............................. $ 74,295  (Euro) $      (Euro)
                                                  ========  ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

                                       18
<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the
years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and the consolidated balance sheet
data at January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are derived from our consolidated
financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young and are included
in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for
the years ended January 31, 1996 and 1997 and the consolidated balance sheet
data at January 31, 1996 and 1997 are derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. This table
should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Year Ended January 31,
                          ----------------------------------------------------------
                             1996        1997        1998        1999        2000
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                           (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per
                                               share data)
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data:
Revenue:
  Product...............  $    4,355  $    8,235  $   10,824  $   14,554  $   18,457
  License...............         738       1,359       4,101       4,477       9,158
  Service...............       1,478       2,496       1,721       2,002       2,629
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
   Total revenue........       6,571      12,090      16,646      21,033      30,244
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Cost of revenue:
  Product...............       3,637       6,080       8,352      10,851      12,034
  License...............          27         132         334         648       2,981
  Service...............         478         857       1,008       2,414       2,242
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
   Total cost of
    revenue.............       4,142       7,069       9,694      13,913      17,257
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Gross margin..........       2,429       5,021       6,952       7,120      12,987
Operating expenses:
  Research and
   development..........         557       1,170       1,729       3,676       8,892
  Sales and marketing...       1,019       1,783       2,474       5,921       8,849
  General and
   administrative.......       1,087       1,951       2,530       4,347       7,336
  Stock compensation....         --          --          --          --        2,068
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
   Total operating
    expenses............       2,663       4,904       6,733      13,944      27,145
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............        (234)        117         219      (6,824)    (14,158)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........          58          25          18         272       1,208
Exchange gain (loss),
 net....................         (32)        (69)        (12)       (321)        842
Income (loss) before
 provision for income
 taxes..................        (208)         73         225      (6,873)    (12,108)
Provision for income
 tax....................          (2)         (3)        (50)        --           (3)
                          ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss).......  $     (210) $       70  $      175  $   (6,873) $  (12,111)
                          ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
Basic net income (loss)
 per equivalent ADS.....  $    (0.01) $     0.00  $     0.01  $    (0.21) $    (0.31)
                          ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
ADSs used in computation
 of basic net income
 (loss) per equivalent
 ADS....................  30,595,930  30,595,930  31,376,670  32,315,662  38,619,928
                          ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
Diluted net income
 (loss) per equivalent
 ADS....................  $    (0.01) $     0.00  $     0.01  $    (0.21) $    (0.31)
                          ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
ADSs used in computation
 of diluted net income
 (loss) per equivalent
 ADS....................  30,595,930  30,595,930  31,498,322  32,315,662  38,619,928
                          ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          January 31,           January 31, 2000
                                  ----------------------------  ----------------
                                                                           As
                                   1996   1997   1998   1999    Actual  Adjusted
                                  ------ ------ ------ -------  ------- --------
                                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
<S>                               <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents.......  $2,100 $1,899 $  272 $ 1,691  $10,862
Marketable securities...........     --     --     --    7,178   48,830
Working capital.................   1,223  1,541  1,449   9,437   57,803
  Total assets..................   4,289  6,330  7,003  20,261   74,295
Long-term obligations, less
 current portion................     157    432    546     935    1,127
Redeemable preference shares....     283    --     --   17,760      --
  Total shareholders' equity
   (net capital deficiency).....   1,052  1,739  1,642  (4,700)  61,116
</TABLE>

   See note 11 of notes to consolidated financial statements for an explanation
of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) per
equivalent ADS. Basic and diluted net income (loss) have been calculated after
giving effect to a two-for-one ADS split effected on March   , 2000. As a
result of the two-for-one ADSs split, each ordinary share equals two equivalent
ADSs. The information under "As Adjusted" reflects the receipt of net proceeds
of approximately $     million, or approximately (Euro)     million, from the
sale of 4,000,000 ADSs offered by us at an assumed public offering price of
$    , or approximately (Euro)    , per ADS.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

   From our organization through 1995, we developed and marketed electronic PoS
systems and e-payment software for payment card transactions in the physical
world. In early fiscal 1997, we launched our first products for Internet e-
payment transactions. Today, our revenue is primarily derived from three
sources:

   Product Revenue. Product revenue, which continues to represent the majority
of our total revenue, is derived from sales of our electronic PoS system
products, primarily the Compact 9000 and 9000i PoS devices and the Compact 950-
PP pin pad. Revenue for these products is recognized at the time the products
are shipped.

   License Revenue. Software license revenue is derived from license fees from
our e-payment software products for payment card transactions in the physical
world and over the Internet, and the provision of related support and
maintenance services to customers. We recognize software license revenue under
SOP 97-2. Under the terms of SOP 97-2, where an arrangement to deliver software
does not require significant production, modification or customization, we
recognize software license revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

  .  persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

  .  delivery has occurred;

  .  our fee is fixed or determinable; and

  .  collectibility is probable.

   Before fiscal 1999, we recognized software license revenue under SOP 91-1.
Under SOP 91-1, the initial license fee, as well as subsequent license fees
arising from upgrades and licenses of additional modules, were generally
recognized at the time of shipment, provided that we had no significant vendor
obligations or collection uncertainties remaining. We also license our software
on a recurring rental basis, and, under SOP 97-2, we recognize revenue from
these arrangements ratably over the life of the agreement. Customer support and
maintenance fees are established as a percentage of the software license price,
typically 18% per year, and are generally paid quarterly. We recognize revenue
related to customer support and maintenance fees ratably over the life of the
agreement. The adoption of SOP 97-2 did not have a material effect on our
operating results.

   Service Revenue. We derive service revenue from consulting services,
educational and training services and customization and implementation
services. Services are provided primarily on a time and materials basis for
which revenue is recognized in the period that the services are provided.

   With the launch of our first Internet product in fiscal 1997, we shifted our
growth strategy to emphasize e-commerce software products for Internet
applications. Due in part to this shift in emphasis, revenue from software
license fees increased by 202% for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998,
increasing from 11% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1997
to 25% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998. In the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1999, software license revenue grew by 9% over
the prior year, and accounted for 21% of total revenue for the year. Software
license and related service revenue growth in fiscal 1999 was negatively
influenced by several factors, including the overall slower than anticipated
rate of adoption of emerging secure e-payment technologies by banks and

                                       21
<PAGE>

financial transaction processors, particularly SET technology. Our software
license and related service revenue was also negatively impacted by the re-
direction of information technology funds by our customers to address euro and
year-2000 issues, as well as the economic situation in Asia, which we believe
led potential customers to become cautious. In the fiscal year ended January
31, 2000, software license revenue grew by 105% over the prior year, and
accounted for 30% of total revenue for the year. Software license and related
service revenue growth in fiscal 2000 was positively influenced by increased
adoption of SSL e-payment technologies by banks and financial transaction
processors.

   We have historically sold our products primarily through a direct sales
force in Europe and North and South America, which accounted for 96% of our
total revenue in fiscal 2000. Since January 1998, we have established strategic
relationships with VISA, MasterCard, RSA Security, Compaq and SAP, which
provide joint marketing opportunities as well as lead-generation for our direct
sales force. To facilitate worldwide market penetration, we have begun to
establish indirect sales channels, such as resellers and systems integrators.
Revenue from products sold through indirect sales channels is recognized net of
commissions and discounts.

   The following table illustrates our revenues for the fiscal years ended
January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 by customer location before intercompany
eliminations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Year Ended January 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                     1998      1999      2000
                                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                     (in thousands of U.S.
                                                            dollars)
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>
Germany........................................... $ 21,176  $ 25,649  $ 31,616
Europe (excluding Germany)........................    6,906    12,245    18,762
Rest of the world.................................    1,934     2,238     6,580
Eliminations......................................  (13,370)  (19,099)  (26,714)
                                                   --------  --------  --------
  Total........................................... $ 16,646  $ 21,033  $ 30,244
                                                   ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

   Cost of product revenue includes outsourced manufacturing costs, and
packaging, documentation, labor and other costs associated with packaging and
shipping our electronic PoS system products and the amortization of capitalized
software development costs. Cost of license revenue includes shipping, software
documentation, labor, third-party license fees and other costs associated with
the delivery of software products from which license revenue is derived and the
cost of providing after-sale support and maintenance services to customers.
Cost of service revenue includes labor, travel and other non-recoverable costs
associated with the delivery of services to customers.

   Research and development expenses consist primarily of labor and associated
costs connected with the development of our software products and electronic
PoS system products. Sales and marketing expenses consist of labor costs,
including commissions, travel and other costs associated with sales activity,
and advertising, trade show participation, public relations and other marketing
costs. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of labor and
recruitment costs, facilities costs, telephone and other office costs and
depreciation.

   Due to our decision to emphasize e-commerce software products for Internet
applications, in fiscal 1999 and in fiscal 2000, we substantially increased our
operating expenditures to build our presence in this business. This has
included significant increases in our research and development expenses related
to the development of e-commerce capable products, and substantial increases in
our sales and marketing personnel as we have expanded our global sales
capabilities. We intend to continue to grow our operating expenditures and,
consequently, we expect to continue to report losses from operations through at
least fiscal 2002.

                                       22
<PAGE>

   We operate as a holding company with operating subsidiaries in Ireland,
Germany, the United Kingdom and the United States and a financing subsidiary in
the Cayman Islands. Each subsidiary is taxed based on the laws of the
jurisdiction in which it is incorporated. Because taxes are incurred at the
subsidiary level, and one subsidiary's tax losses cannot be used to offset the
taxable income of subsidiaries in other tax jurisdictions, our consolidated
effective tax rate may increase to the extent that we report tax losses in some
subsidiaries and taxable income in others. In addition, our tax rate may also
be affected by costs that are not deductible for tax purposes, such as
amortization of goodwill.

   We have significant operations and generate substantially all of our taxable
income in the Republic of Ireland, and some of our Irish operating subsidiaries
are taxed at rates substantially lower than U.S. tax rates. One Irish
subsidiary currently qualifies for a 10% tax rate which, under current
legislation, will remain in force until December 31, 2010, and another Irish
subsidiary qualifies for an exemption from income tax as our revenue source is
license fees from qualifying patents within the meaning of Section 234 of the
Irish Taxes Consolidation Act, 1997. We currently anticipate that we will
continue to benefit from this tax treatment, although the extent of the benefit
could vary from period to period, and our tax situation may change. In
addition, if these subsidiaries were no longer to qualify for these tax rates
or if the tax laws were rescinded or changed, our operating results could be
materially adversely affected.

   A significant portion of our revenue, costs, assets and liabilities are
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and we and all of our
subsidiaries, other than our U.S. and Cayman Islands subsidiaries, have
functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These currencies fluctuate
significantly against the U.S. dollar. As a result of the currency fluctuations
resulting primarily from fluctuations in the U.S. dollar and the Irish pound
and the conversion to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes, we
experience fluctuations in our operating results on an annual and, in
particular, on a quarterly basis. We also experience significant fluctuations
in the value of marketable securities denominated in U.S. dollars, which are
translated to Irish pounds, our functional currency on preparing consolidated
financial statements. At January 31, 2000, the value of marketable securities
was $48.8 million. From time to time we have in the past and may in the future
hedge against the fluctuations in exchange rates. Future hedging transactions
may not successfully mitigate losses caused by currency fluctuations. We expect
to continue to experience exchange rate fluctuations on an annual and quarterly
basis, and currency fluctuations could have a material adverse impact on our
results of operations.

   The conversion to the euro has not had a material effect on the pricing of,
or the market for, our products, licenses and services, and we do not expect
the conversion will have a material effect in the future.

                                       23
<PAGE>

Results of Operations

   The following table presents our results of operations expressed as a
percentage of total revenue, after giving effect to rounding, for the periods
indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Year Ended January 31,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                    1998      1999       2000
                                                   -------   -------    -------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>        <C>
Revenue:
  Product.........................................      65%       69%        61%
  License.........................................      25        21         30
  Service.........................................      10        10          9
                                                   -------   -------    -------
    Total revenue.................................     100       100        100
Cost of revenue:
  Product.........................................      51        52         40
  License.........................................       2         3         10
  Service.........................................       6        11          7
                                                   -------   -------    -------
    Total cost of revenue.........................      59        66         57
                                                   -------   -------    -------
  Gross margin....................................      41        34         43
Operating expenses:
  Research and development........................      10        17         29
  Sales and marketing.............................      15        28         29
  General and administrative......................      15        21         24
  Stock compensation..............................      --        --          7
                                                   -------   -------    -------
    Total operating expenses......................      40        78         90
                                                   -------   -------    -------
Income (loss) from operations.....................       1       (32)       (47)
Other expenses:
  Interest income (expense), net..................      --         1          4
  Exchange gain (loss), net.......................      --        (1)         3
                                                   -------   -------    -------
  Income (loss) before provision for income
   taxes..........................................       1       (32)       (40)
Provision for income taxes........................      --        --         --
                                                   -------   -------    -------
    Net income (loss).............................       1%      (32)%      (40)%
                                                   =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2000 Compared To Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
1999

 Revenue

   Total Revenue. Total revenue increased $9.2 million to $30.2 million in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $21.0 million in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1999, an increase of 44%. The increase was primarily attributable
to increased sales of electronic PoS system products and software license fees.

   We have historically derived a significant portion of our total revenue from
a small number of customers. In the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000, Which,
a subsidiary of Tyco, accounted for 20% of our total revenue and Deutsche
Verkehrs Bank Zentrale accounted for 11% of our total revenue. In the fiscal
year ended January 31, 1999, Which accounted for 33% of our total revenue and
Bank of Ireland accounted for 11% of our total revenue.

   Product. Product revenue increased $3.9 million to $18.5 million in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $14.6 million in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1999, an increase of 27%. Electronic PoS system sales represented
61% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 compared to 69%
of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999. The increase in
product revenue in absolute dollars was due primarily to increased volume of
sales, which represented approximately 160% of the increase in product revenues
for this

                                       24
<PAGE>

period, to existing and new customers. The increase in product revenue,
however, was partially offset by lower average selling prices for our
electronic PoS system products, which declined by an average of 7% per unit in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 compared to the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1999. The increase of product revenue was further offset by the
impact of the declining value of the euro as against the dollar in fiscal 2000,
which reduced product revenue, when converted to and reported in U.S. dollars,
by 9% if calculated using the exchange rate we experienced in fiscal 1999.

   License. Software license revenue increased $4.7 million to $9.2 million in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $4.5 million in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1999, an increase of 105%. Software license revenue
represented 30% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000
compared to 21% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999. The
increase in software license revenue was primarily due to increased sales of
our e-payment software products to new customers.

   Service. Service revenue increased $627,000 to $2.6 million in the fiscal
year ended January 31, 2000 from $2.0 million in the fiscal year ended January
31, 1999, an increase of 31%. Service revenue represented 9% of total revenue
in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 and 10% of total revenue in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1999. The increase in service revenue was
primarily due to increased sales of consulting, training and implementation
services associated with increased software license sales.

 Cost of Revenue

   Total Cost of Revenue. Total cost of revenue increased $3.3 million to $17.3
million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $13.9 million in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of 24%. Gross margin increased
to 43% in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from 34% in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1999. The increase in gross margin was attributed to
improvements in the product margin and an increase in the proportion of higher
margin software license revenues relative to product and service revenues.

   Product. Cost of product revenue increased $1.2 million to $12.0 million in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $10.8 million in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1999, an increase of 11%. The increase in the cost of product
revenue in absolute dollars primarily resulted from increased volume of sales.
Product revenue costs decreased to 65% of product revenue in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 2000 from 75% of product revenue in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1999. The decrease as a percentage of product revenue was primarily
due to the introduction of a new version of the Compact 9000i electronic PoS
system in January 1999, which costs less to manufacture than its predecessor.
This decrease as a percentage of product revenue was partially offset by lower
average selling prices in fiscal 2000 for our electronic PoS system products
and by the impact of the declining value of the euro as against the dollar in
fiscal 2000. For example, sales of our electronic PoS systems in Germany are
denominated in euro while a portion of the related manufacturing costs are
denominated in U.K. pounds sterling.

   License. Cost of software license revenue increased $2.3 million to $3.0
million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $648,000 in the fiscal
year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of 360%. Software license costs were
33% of license revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 compared to
14% in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999. The increase in absolute dollars
and as a percentage of license revenue resulted from the amortization of our
capitalized software development costs, increased expenditures in both
infrastructure and labor costs associated with the expansion of our support and
maintenance facilities and the cost of third-party software products sold as
part of our e-payment software solution.

                                       25
<PAGE>

   Service. Cost of service revenue decreased $171,000 to $2.2 million in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $2.4 million in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1999, a decrease of 7%. Service costs were 85% of service revenue
in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 compared to 121% of service revenue
in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999. The decrease in the cost of service
revenue in absolute dollars and as a percentage of service revenue primarily
resulted from a lower investment in service infrastructure as compared to
fiscal 1999.

 Operating Expenses

   Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased $5.2
million to $8.9 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $3.7
million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of 142%.
Research and development expenses were 29% of total revenue in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 2000 compared to 17% of total revenue in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1999. The increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of
total revenue was primarily due an increase in number of research and
development employees from 103 at January 31, 1999 to 155 at January 31, 2000.

   Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.9 million to
$8.9 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from $5.9 million in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of 49%. Sales and marketing
expenses were 29% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000
compared to 28% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999. The
increase in absolute dollars primarily resulted from the recruitment of
additional sales personnel, the expansion of our sales offices in San Mateo,
California and Dublin, Ireland, and increases in direct marketing activities
and travel costs.

   General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
$3.0 million to $7.3 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 from
$4.3 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999, a 69% increase. General
and administrative expenses were 24% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 2000 compared to 21% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1999. The increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total
revenue primarily resulted from increases in labor costs of approximately
$682,000 related to hiring additional management and administrative personnel,
facilities costs of approximately $573,000 due to the leasing of additional
office space in Dublin, Ireland, Frankfurt, Germany and Princeton, New Jersey,
telecommunications and management information systems costs of approximately
$365,000, and an increase in depreciation costs of approximately $351,000.

   Stock Compensation. For fiscal 2000, we recognized in the fourth quarter
$2.1 million of non-cash stock compensation associated with options to acquire
an aggregate of 230,000 ordinary shares (460,000 equivalent ADSs) granted to
members of our advisory board and MasterCard at fair market value on the date
of grant. The options are treated as variable options for accounting purposes
under Financial Accounting Standard 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force 96-18
("Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for
Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods and Services" (EITF 96-18)).
As a result, in the fourth quarter we recognized, and in the future on a
quarterly basis we will recognize, non-cash stock compensation related to the
fair value of the option determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model on the last trading day of each quarter, multiplied by the number of
options time-apportioned over their respective vesting periods.

   Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net consists of
interest income and interest expense. Interest income, net increased $936,000
to $1.2 million of interest

                                       26
<PAGE>

income, net in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 compared to $272,000 of
interest income, net in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999. The increase
was due to higher cash balances arising from the sale of 5.9 million ordinary
shares in our initial public offering.

   Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was $3,000 in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 compared to no provision for income taxes in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999.

Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 1999 Compared To Fiscal Year Ended January 31,
1998

 Revenue

   Total Revenue. Total revenue increased by $4.4 million to $21.0 million in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $16.6 million in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1998, an increase of 26%. The increase was primarily
attributable to strong electronic PoS system product sales to our customers.

   In the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999, Which, a subsidiary of Tyco,
accounted for approximately 33% of our total revenue and Bank of Ireland
accounted for approximately 11% of our total revenue. In fiscal 1998, Which
accounted for 26% of our total revenue, EasyCash accounted for 12% of our total
revenue, Bank of Ireland accounted for 11% of our total revenue and GRK, the
card processing organization for Germany's community banks, accounted for 10%
of our total revenue.

   Product. Product revenue increased by $3.8 million to $14.6 million in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $10.8 million in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1998, an increase of 34%. Electronic PoS systems sales represented
69% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 compared to 65%
of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998. The increase in
product sales in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue was due
primarily to an increased volume of sales of electronic PoS system products in
Germany, which increase represented approximately 114% of the increase in
product revenues for this period. This increase, however, was partially offset
by lower average selling prices for our electronic PoS system products, which
declined by an average of 14% per unit in the fiscal year ended January 31,
1999 compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998.

   License. Software license revenue increased by $376,000 to $4.5 million in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $4.1 million in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1998, an increase of 9%. The increase in software license
revenue was due to increased sales of e-payment software products to new
customers. Software license revenue represented 21% of total revenue in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 compared to 25% of total revenue in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1998. Software license revenue declined as a
percentage of total revenue as a result of the more rapid sales growth rate of
electronic PoS system products.

   Service. Service revenue increased by $281,000 to $2.0 million in the fiscal
year ended January 31, 1999 from $1.7 million in the fiscal year ended January
31, 1998, an increase of 16%. Service revenue represented 10% of total revenue
in each of the fiscal years ended January 31, 1998 and 1999. The increase in
service revenue in absolute dollars was due primarily to an increase in sales
of software license, which resulted in increased demand for services.

                                       27
<PAGE>

 Cost of Revenue

   Total Cost of Revenue. Total cost of revenue increased by $4.2 million to
$13.9 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $9.7 million in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998, an increase of 44%. Gross margin
decreased to 34% in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from 41% in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1998. The decrease in gross margin primarily
resulted from increased headcount in our services group, the expansion of our
software license support and maintenance facilities and investment in
infrastructure, in each case in advance of associated revenue.

   Product. Cost of product revenue increased by $2.5 million to $10.9 million
in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $8.4 million in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1998, an increase of 30%. The increase in the cost of product
revenue primarily resulted from increased volume of product shipments. Product
revenue costs as a percentage of product revenue decreased to 75% in the fiscal
year ended January 31, 1999 from 77% in the prior fiscal year primarily due to
our ability to negotiate more favorable prices from our vendors as purchase
volumes increased. This decrease was partially offset by lower average selling
prices for our electronic PoS system products.

   License. Cost of software license revenue increased $314,000 to $648,000 in
the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $334,000 in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1998, an increase of 94%. Software license costs were 14% of
software license revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 compared to
8% in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998. The increase in absolute dollars
and as a percentage of license revenue resulted from increased expenditures in
both infrastructure and labor costs associated with the expansion of our
support and maintenance facilities.

   Service. Cost of service revenue increased by $1.4 million to $2.4 million
in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $1.0 million in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1998, an increase of 139%. Service costs were 121% of service
revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 compared to 59% of service
revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998. The increase in the cost of
service revenue in absolute dollars and as a percentage of service revenue
primarily resulted from increased headcount and investment in infrastructure in
advance of associated revenue.

 Operating Expenses

   Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased $1.9
million to $3.7 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $1.7
million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998, an increase of 113%.
Research and development expenses were 17% of total revenue in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1999 compared to 10% of total revenue in the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1998. The increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of
total revenue was primarily due to increased labor costs resulting from
increased headcount associated with our increased emphasis on the development
of e-commerce software, and due to higher average salaries.

   Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.4 million to
$5.9 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from $2.5 million in the
fiscal year ended January 31, 1998, an increase of 139%. Sales and marketing
expenses were 28% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999
compared to 15% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998. The
increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue primarily
resulted from the recruitment of additional sales personnel, the expansion of
our

                                       28
<PAGE>

sales offices in Campbell, California and Miami, Florida, and increases in
direct marketing activities and travel costs.

   General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
$1.8 million to $4.3 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999 from
$2.5 million in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998, a 72% increase. General
and administrative expenses were 21% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1999 compared to 15% of total revenue in the fiscal year ended
January 31, 1998. The increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total
revenue primarily resulted from increases in labor costs of approximately
$284,000 related to hiring additional management and administrative personnel,
recruitment costs of approximately $480,000 associated with a general increase
in our employee base, facilities costs of approximately $278,000 due to the
leasing of additional office space in Dublin, Ireland, Frankfurt, Germany and
Princeton, New Jersey, telecommunications and management information systems
costs of approximately $379,000, and an increase in depreciation costs of
approximately $225,000.

   Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income, net increased $254,000 to
$272,000 of interest income, net in the fiscal year ended January 31, 1999
compared to $18,000 of interest income, net in the fiscal year ended January
31, 1998. The increase was due to higher cash balances arising from the
completion of equity financings in fiscal 1999 that generated gross proceeds of
approximately $20.0 million.

   Provision for Income Taxes. There was no provision for income taxes in
fiscal 1999 compared to a provision for income taxes of $50,000 in fiscal 1998.
The decrease in fiscal 1999 is partly due to the losses incurred, which did not
require a tax provision, and to non-recoverable withholding taxes incurred in
fiscal 1998.

                                       29
<PAGE>

Selected Quarterly Results

   The following table presents selected unaudited consolidated financial
information for each of the eight quarters in the period ended January 31,
2000. In our opinion, this unaudited information has been prepared on a basis
consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and includes all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to
present fairly our unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with
our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of future
results of operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Apr. 30, July 31,  Oct. 31,  Jan. 31,  Apr. 30,  July 31,  Oct. 31,  Jan. 31,
                           1998     1998      1998      1999      1999      1999      1999      2000
                         -------- --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                             (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
<S>                      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenue:
 Product................  $3,164  $ 3,935   $ 3,101   $ 4,354   $ 3,808   $ 4,727   $ 4,890   $ 5,032
 License................   1,282    1,102       678     1,415     1,490     1,846     2,357     3,465
 Service................     570      718       370       344       676       618       783       552
                          ------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
   Total revenue........   5,016    5,755     4,149     6,113     5,974     7,191     8,030     9,049
Cost of revenue:
 Product................   2,334    3,004     2,365     3,149     2,534     3,157     3,045     3,298
 License................      70      132       210       236       647       725       574     1,035
 Service................     401      574       691       747       630       432       689       491
                          ------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
   Total cost of
    revenue.............   2,805    3,710     3,266     4,132     3,811     4,314     4,308     4,824
                          ------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Gross margin............   2,211    2,045       883     1,981     2,163     2,877     3,722     4,225
Operating expenses:
 Research and
  development...........     767      893       825     1,191     1,638     1,950     2,387     2,917
 Sales and marketing....   1,237    1,446     1,522     1,716     1,922     1,996     2,184     2,747
 General and
  administrative........     754    1,006     1,232     1,355     1,546     1,697     1,763     2,330
 Stock compensation.....     --       --        --        --        --        --        --      2,068
                          ------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
   Total operating
    expenses............   2,758    3,345     3,579     4,262     5,106     5,643     6,334    10,062
                          ------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............    (547)  (1,300)   (2,696)   (2,281)   (2,943)   (2,766)   (2,612)   (5,837)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........      (2)      51       153        70        98        41       252       817
Exchange gain (loss),
 net....................     (68)     (26)     (311)       84        35       228       222       357
                          ------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Income (loss) before
 provision for income
 taxes..................    (617)  (1,275)   (2,854)   (2,127)   (2,810)   (2,497)   (2,138)   (4,663)
Provision for income
 taxes..................     --       --        --        --         (1)      --        --         (2)
                          ------  -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
   Net income (loss)....  $ (617) $(1,275)  $(2,854)  $(2,127)  $(2,811)  $(2,497)  $(2,138)  $(4,665)
                          ======  =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>

   The following table presents unaudited consolidated results of operations as
a percentage of total revenue for each of the eight quarters in the period
ended January 31, 2000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Apr. 30, July 31, Oct. 31, Jan. 31, Apr. 30, July 31, Oct. 31, Jan. 31,
                           1998     1998     1998     1999     1999     1999     1999     2000
                         -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenue:
 Product................    63 %     68 %     75 %     71 %     64 %     66 %     61 %     56 %
 License................    26       19       16       23       25       26       29       38
 Service................    11       13        9        6       11        8       10        6
                           ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
   Total revenue........   100      100      100      100      100      100      100      100
Cost of revenue:
 Product................    47       52       57       52       42       44       38       37
 License................     1        2        5        4       11       10        7       11
 Service................     8       10       17       12       11        6        9        5
                           ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
   Total cost of
    revenue.............    56       64       79       68       64       60       54       53
                           ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
Gross margin............    44       36       21       32       36       40       46       47
Operating expenses:
 Research and
  development...........    15       16       20       19       27       27       30       33
 Sales and marketing....    25       25       36       28       32       28       27       30
 General and
  administrative........    15       17       30       22       26       23       22       26
 Stock compensation.....   --       --       --       --       --       --       --        23
                           ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
   Total operating
    expenses............    55       58       86       69       85       78       79      112
                           ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
Income (loss) from
 operations.............   (11)     (22)     (65)     (37)     (49)     (38)     (33)     (65)
Interest income
 (expense), net.........   --       --         4        1        2        1        3        9
Exchange gain (loss),
 net....................    (1)     --        (8)       1        1        3        3        4
                           ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
Income (loss) before
 provision for income
 taxes..................   (12)     (22)     (69)     (35)     (46)     (34)     (27)     (52)
Provision for income
 taxes..................   --       --       --       --       --       --       --       --
                           ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
   Net income (loss)....   (12)     (22)     (69)     (35)     (46)     (34)     (27)     (52)
                           ===      ===      ===      ===      ===      ===      ===      ===
</TABLE>

 Significant Quarterly Fluctuations in Revenue and Operating Results

   Our quarterly revenue and operating results have historically been subject
to significant fluctuations due to a variety of factors described below, and we
anticipate that this volatility will continue. As a result, period-to-period
comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and
these comparisons should not be relied upon as indications of our future
performance. It is likely that in some future quarters our results of
operations will be below the expectations of public market analysts and
investors, which could have a severe adverse effect on the trading price of the
ADSs.

   We have experienced significant fluctuations in our quarterly product
revenue. In particular, electronic PoS systems revenue has typically been
higher in the quarter ended January 31 of each year as customers on a calendar-
based fiscal year complete their capital spending plans in December and have
capital budgets available in January. In addition, revenue from sales of these
systems has typically been lower in the quarter ended October 31 of each year
as compared to the preceding quarter primarily due to slow downs associated
with our customers' vacation periods.

   License revenue can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter for a
number of reasons. A significant portion of our software revenue is typically
derived from a limited number of customers. As a result, small changes in the
number of customers in a particular quarter can significantly affect software
license revenue for that quarter. Additionally, because the price of our
software products varies significantly based on the product and the
functionality, the product mix in a particular quarter can also significantly
affect license

                                       31
<PAGE>

revenue in that quarter. For example, the number of customers and product mix
in the second and third quarters of fiscal 1999 were negatively influenced by
several factors. These factors included a slower than anticipated overall rate
of adoption of emerging secure e-payment technologies by banks and financial
transaction processors. Our software license revenue during these periods was
also negatively impacted by our customers re-directing their information
technology funds to address euro and year-2000 issues, as well as the economic
situation in Asia, which we believe led European customers to become cautious.
In the third quarter of fiscal 1999, we launched PayWare ERP, which integrates
our e-payment merchant functionality into SAP's enterprise resource planning
system, R/3. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999, we launched PayWare Net,
which has become our primary e-commerce solution for Internet merchants. Sales
for PayWare ERP and PayWare Net have positively impacted our revenues for the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1999 and for fiscal 2000. In addition, at the end of
the first quarter of fiscal 2000, we released PayGate NetIssuer, which has
positively impacted license revenues for the third and fourth quarters of
fiscal 2000.

   Service revenue has varied significantly from quarter to quarter. Service
revenue has been significantly impacted by the number of customers requesting
services and the scope of the service engagements undertaken in a particular
quarter. The demand for customization services can vary as a result of the mix
of products that are licensed to our customers as well as the requirements of
the customers for customization of our products to suit their needs. As the
functionality of our product line has broadened, the portion of service revenue
attributable to customization has declined. This is being replaced by increased
demand for consultancy, integration, educational and training services. Service
revenue in the third quarter of fiscal 1999 was negatively impacted by lower
license revenue. Service revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999 and the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2000 was also negatively impacted by the mix of
products licensed, which resulted in a relative increase in the licensing of
products that required a lower level of customization.

   Cost of revenue and gross margin has varied substantially from quarter to
quarter, both in line with revenue fluctuations and due to factors such as
headcount costs, currency fluctuations and facilities cost increases. Cost of
license revenue may be further impacted by license fees payable to third
parties from whom we license technology, which can vary depending upon product
mix and by the amortization of capitalized software development costs. For
example, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, cost of license revenue
increased in part due to the cost of software which we licensed from a third
party to develop a software solution for a specific customer. Because a
substantial percentage of our costs are fixed, quarterly fluctuations in total
revenue result in significant fluctuations in our costs as a percentage of
revenue. For example, in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 1999, we
continued to build our service organization as anticipated under our long-term
business strategy despite a downturn in service revenue during those quarters,
which resulted in negative service gross margins in each period.

   The level of research and development expenditures can vary from quarter to
quarter due to changing labor costs and other costs associated with growth in
headcount. In connection with our strategy emphasizing e-commerce software
products for Internet applications, we have generally increased our research
and development expenditures over the past few years. In particular, research
and development expenses have increased in absoluted dollars in each quarter
since the quarter ended October 31, 1998. Our ability to continue to grow our
research and development organization will depend on our ability to identify
and hire qualified personnel.

   Sales and marketing expenditure can vary significantly from quarter to
quarter depending on the timing of our advertising and promotion campaigns, the
hiring of sales personnel and

                                       32
<PAGE>

the establishment of sales offices. We are continuing to build our sales and
marketing organization, and these expenditures generally have increased from
quarter to quarter.

   In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, we recognized $2.1 million of non-cash
stock compensation associated with options granted to members of our advisory
board and MasterCard at fair market value on the date of grant. The options are
treated as variable options for accounting purposes. As a result, in the fourth
quarter we recognized, and in the future on a quarterly basis we will
recognize, non-cash stock compensation related to the fair value of the option
determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the last trading day
of each quarter, multiplied by the number of options time-apportioned over
their respective vesting periods.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   Until 1998, we had satisfied our cash requirements principally through cash
generated by operations, proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares to a single
outside investor and borrowings under our bank credit facilities. We have an
approved credit facility from Bank of Ireland of IR(Pounds)650,000 or
approximately $808,000 as of January 31, 2000. The credit facility bears
interest at the bank's overdraft rate which was 5.94% per year as of January
31, 2000. The facility does not have a stated expiration date, but all amounts
drawn under it are repayable on demand. As of January 31, 2000, there was $0
outstanding under the credit facility. As of January 31, 2000, we had working
capital of $57.8 million, including cash and cash equivalents totaling $10.9
million and marketable securities totaling $48.8 million.

   In fiscal 1999, we raised an aggregate of $20.0 million in private
placements of 482,765 ordinary shares and 3 million redeemable convertible
preference shares. In September 1999, we raised $59.5 million net of expenses
from the sale of 5.9 million ordinary shares in our initial public offering.

   Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $695,000, $12.6
million and $48.4 million for fiscal 1998, 1999 and 2000. Net cash used in
operating activities in fiscal 1998 resulted primarily from increases in
accounts receivable and general working capital requirements. Net cash used in
operating activities in fiscal 1999 resulted primarily from a loss on
operations of $6.9 million and net purchases of marketable securities of $7.2
million. Net cash used in operating activities in fiscal 2000 resulted
primarily from a loss on operations of $12.1 million and net purchases of
marketable securities of $41.7 million, partially offset by an increase in the
level of current liabilities.

   Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $427,000 for fiscal
1998, $4.1 million for fiscal 1999 and $1.9 million for fiscal 2000. Cash used
in investing activities was primarily related to the purchase of property and
equipment. In addition, net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 1999
included $2.5 million for the purchase of capitalized software.

   Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $427,000 for fiscal
1998. Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $18.2 million
for fiscal 1999 and $59.2 million for fiscal 2000. Net cash used in financing
activities in fiscal 1998 primarily related to the repayment of the loans from
three of our directors and the repayment of a bank overdraft which was
outstanding at the end of fiscal 1997. Net cash provided by financing
activities in fiscal 1999 primarily related to the $20.0 million raised in
private placements of 482,765 ordinary shares and 3 million redeemable
convertible preference shares. Net cash provided by financing activities in
fiscal 2000 primarily related to the $59.5 million net of expenses raised from
the sale of 5.9 million ordinary shares in our initial public offering.

                                       33
<PAGE>

   Although we have no material commitments for capital expenditures or
strategic investments, we anticipate an increase in the rate of capital
expenditures consistent with our anticipated growth in operations,
infrastructure and personnel. Our future liquidity and capital requirements
will depend upon numerous factors including the cost and timing of expansion of
product development efforts and the success of these development efforts, the
cost and timing of expansion of sales and marketing activities, the extent to
which our existing and new products gain market acceptance, market
developments, the level and timing of license revenue and available borrowings
under line of credit arrangements.

   We believe that the proceeds generated by the sale of our securities in this
offering, together with funds available under our credit facility and cash and
cash equivalents on hand, will be sufficient to meet our projected working
capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, the underlying
assumed levels of revenues and expenses may prove to be inaccurate. We may be
required to finance any additional requirements within the next twelve months
or beyond through additional equity, debt financings or credit facilities. We
may not be able to obtain additional financings or credit facilities, or if
these funds are available, they may not be available on satisfactory terms. If
funding is insufficient at any time in the future, we may be unable to develop
or enhance our products or services, take advantage of business opportunities
or respond to competitive pressures. If we raise additional funds by issuing
equity securities, dilution to existing shareholders will result.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk

   Interest income and expense are sensitive to changes in the general level of
Irish and U.S. interest rates, particularly since our investments are in short-
term instruments and our available line of credit requires interest payments at
variable rates. As of January 31, 2000, one of our subsidiaries had a contract
maturing in February 2000 and a contract maturing in May 2000, each to sell
$1.0 million for euros. Based on the nature and current levels of our
investments and debt, we have concluded that there is no material market risk
exposure.

   Our investment policy requires us to invest funds in excess of current
operating requirements in marketable securities such as commercial paper,
corporate bonds and U.S. government agency fixed income securities. As stated
in our investment policy, we are averse to principal loss and seek to ensure
the safety and preservation of invested funds by limiting default and market
risks. We mitigate default risk by investing in only investment-grade
securities.

   At January 31, 2000, our cash and cash equivalents consisted primarily of
highly liquid investments with maturity of three months or less. We have
concluded that this does not result in any material market risk exposure.

Year 2000 Readiness

   The year 2000 issue existed because many computer systems and applications
use two-digit rather than four-digit date fields to designate a year. As a
result, the systems and applications may not properly recognize the year 2000
or be able to process data including it, which has the potential to cause data
miscalculations or inaccuracies, operational malfunctions or failures.

   In November 1997, we established a year 2000 steering committee, comprised
of our group quality manager, group management information systems manager,
European controller, customer support manager and product manager. The
committee reports to Chris Meehan, our executive vice president, operations and
a member of our board of directors. The

                                       34
<PAGE>

committee was charged with evaluation of the year 2000 issue as it affects our
products and services, our internal network and supporting infrastructure and
the internal network and supporting infrastructure of our customers. To
identify and prioritize efforts for critical systems, networks, products and
key business partners, we identified the following tasks for the year 2000
committee: inventory, assessment, remediation, testing, implementation,
contingency plans and monitoring. As of January 31, 2000, these tasks have been
substantially completed.

   These costs would not have a material impact on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. We currently anticipate incurring
approximately $70,000 in fiscal 2001 in connection with continuing year 2000
related costs. Modifying and testing our information and transaction processing
systems is estimated to cost approximately $50,000 to be incurred in fiscal
2001 as we complete the installation and testing of new or modified hardware
and software. Additional capital costs to be incurred in fiscal 2001 to support
the replacement of systems, hardware or equipment are currently estimated to be
approximately $50,000. These estimates also do not include litigation or
warranty costs related to the year 2000 issue, which at this time cannot be
reasonably estimated. All year 2000 costs previously incurred have been funded
from operations.

   As of February 29, 2000, we have not experienced any year 2000 issues with
our internal network or infrastructure and we were not aware of any year 2000
issues with our products or services, or the internal network and supporting
infrastructure of our manufacturers, suppliers or strategic partners. We may
become aware of year 2000 issues in the future, which could adversely affect
our business and results of operations.

                                       35
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

Overview

   We are a leading provider of secure e-payment infrastructure solutions for
payment card transactions. We develop, market and sell a comprehensive suite of
software and electronic PoS systems that enable card-based electronic payments
in the physical world and over the Internet. We offer vendor-neutral, open
software solutions that provide a highly secure e-payment solution for our
customers. Our customers include banks, card associations, financial
transaction processors and Internet service providers in major markets
including Germany, the United States, Scandinavia, the United Kingdom and South
America. Through our portfolio of feature-rich software products and electronic
PoS systems, we offer solutions for each of the parties to an e-payment
transaction--the bank or other financial transaction processor, the merchant
and the cardholder. Our comprehensive suite of software and electronic PoS
system products enables secure end-to-end payment solutions to automate the
entire e-payment transaction process.

 The E-Payment Industry

   The e-payment industry has rapidly grown throughout the world since the
1970s when banks and merchants began to encourage widespread use of credit
cards by consumers. Use of these cards has increased significantly in
traditional commerce channels, first at the countertop in a merchant's store,
and later through mail order and telephone order. More recently, the
introduction of new payment card alternatives, such as chip-based smart cards,
stored value cards, purchase cards and debit cards, has further fueled the use
of payment cards and the growth of the e-payment industry. According to The
Nilson Report, the volume of payment card transactions at the merchant in the
United States alone is expected to increase from 16 billion in 1997 to 39
billion in 2005. The growth of payment card transactions, in conjunction with
increased payment card fraud, has driven the need for more comprehensive,
secure and effective hardware and software payment products to process these
transactions. In particular, financial institutions and merchants have broadly
adopted electronic PoS systems and secure software solutions to mitigate fraud
and to improve the efficiency of payment card transaction processing.

   With the emergence of e-commerce, the Internet has developed as a new and
significant sales channel for goods and services. Payment cards have emerged as
the predominant means of making purchases over the Internet, further driving
the demand for comprehensive and effective solutions for secure e-payment
transactions. According to International Data Corporation, the number of people
with access to the world wide web will rise from 159 million in 1998 to
approximately 510 million in 2003. The growing base of users, combined with the
convenience of the Internet as a medium for commerce, helps drive the growth of
e-commerce. International Data Corporation estimates that global business-to-
consumer e-commerce revenue will grow from $15 billion in 1998 to $117 billion
in 2002. International Data Corporation additionally estimates that the number
of on-line shoppers will increase from 30.8 million in 1998 to 133.9 million in
2002. Merchants are increasingly seeking to participate in e-commerce due to
the global reach of the Internet, combined with the lower transaction costs
compared to the traditional retail market place and the increasing use of the
Internet for a broad range of business-to-business and business-to-consumer
activities. Emerging channels for Internet access, such as mobile phones for
wireless Internet access, are expected to further fuel the growth of e-
commerce.

 E-Payment Transactions

   Each of the participants in an e-payment transaction operates within a
framework of policies and standards established by card associations such as
VISA and MasterCard and card

                                       36
<PAGE>

companies like American Express and Discover Financial Services. They have
established the network and processing infrastructures required to authorize
payments and transfer funds, and have implemented large-scale marketing
programs to promote consumer and merchant acceptance of existing card brands
and new card-related products.

   Through the use of payment cards, cardholders traditionally have had the
flexibility to purchase goods and services either in person at a merchant's
physical store or conveniently in their own homes or offices through telephone
or mail order. These traditional distribution channels have been broadened by
the emergence of the Internet as a medium for commerce. The global acceptance
of payment cards and the convenience they provide facilitate business-to-
consumer and business-to-business commerce in the physical world and over the
Internet.

   To initiate a typical payment card transaction, the merchant receives the
cardholder's payment card information through a variety of means, including
physical presentation of the actual card, mail order, telephone order or over
the Internet. The e-payment system at the merchant location captures the card
and transaction information and forwards this information to the merchant's
bank or a third-party financial transaction processor. Through its payment
software system, the merchant's bank or processor requests authorization from
the cardholder's bank. The cardholder's bank receives the information, confirms
that the cardholder has sufficient funds or credit available and approves or
declines the transaction. If the transaction is approved, the cardholder's bank
charges the cardholder's account while the merchant's bank or processor
transfers funds to the merchant's account.

   The following depicts the flow in an e-payment transaction:

[GRAPHIC DEPICTION OF E-PAYMENT TRANSACTION SETTING FORTH THE FLOW OF GOODS OR
SERVICES FROM THE MERCHANT TO THE CARDHOLDER AND THE FLOW OF FUNDS FROM THE
CARDHOLDER TO THE CARDHOLDER'S BANK TO THE MERCHANT'S BANK TO THE MERCHANT]

                                       37
<PAGE>

 E-Commerce Transactions

   In an Internet transaction, the payment card information must first be
entered by the cardholder either directly on the merchant's web site or into an
electronic wallet resident on the cardholder's computer or mobile phone.
Typically, software resident on the cardholder's computer or mobile phone
encrypts and then transmits the information to the merchant over the Internet.
The e-commerce payment software resident on the merchant's server receives the
card information and forwards this information to the merchant's bank or
financial transaction processor. The merchant's bank's or processor's e-payment
system captures and processes the payment information and, together with the
cardholder's bank, settles the transaction.

   Software is required by each participant at each stage of an e-commerce
payment transaction. Banks, financial transaction processors, merchants and
cardholders are interdependent, and therefore the e-payment systems that link
them must interoperate to efficiently and securely complete payment card
transactions. It is also necessary for e-commerce software payment systems to
integrate with existing hardware and software payment systems, particularly
mainframe systems that continue to be operated by banks and financial
transaction processors. Additionally, the increased globalization of e-commerce
presents payment challenges, such as translation adjustments for multi-currency
transactions and the ability to bill cardholders in the currency of their
choice.

 The Need for Security and Authentication

   Losses incurred as a result of payment card fraud are typically borne
primarily by the card companies or member banks of card associations, and to a
lesser extent by merchants and cardholders. In addition, card companies and
member banks incur significant administration costs to verify the authenticity
of charges that cardholders have repudiated. This repudiation can occur when
the name of the merchant for a particular charge presented on the cardholder's
monthly bill is unrelated to the name of the merchant from whom the cardholder
made the purchase or when the cardholder believes that their card has been used
fraudulently. To minimize fraud and repudiation in the physical world, card
associations and card companies have encouraged merchants to use electronic PoS
systems and e-payment software solutions, often in conjunction with enhanced
encryption and other embedded security technology.

   The emergence of the Internet as a medium for commerce has significantly
increased the risk that payment card fraud and repudiation can occur. According
to a recent study conducted by VISA International, several member banks in its
European region were experiencing repudiation and discovered fraud rates as
high as 50% for Internet transactions while transactions originating on the
Internet represent only 1% to 2% of total transaction volumes. In addition,
according to Jupiter Communications, Internet merchants report a repudiation
level ranging from 25% to 30% of their total revenue. We believe that the
higher incidence of fraud and repudiation in Internet transactions is primarily
caused by:

  .  an inability to effectively verify the identity of, or authenticate, the
     cardholder

  .  an inability to confirm the legitimacy of, or authenticate, the merchant

  .  theft of cardholder information that resides unencrypted on a merchant's
     server

  .  inadequate encryption technology

  .  the aggregation of merchant transactions on the Internet by
     intermediaries, such as commerce service providers, resulting in
     confusion regarding the name of the merchant for a particular charge
     presented on the cardholder's monthly bill

                                       38
<PAGE>

   Netscape developed a standard for the transmission of information over the
Internet known as SSL. SSL is currently the most prevalent Internet security
solution as a result of being embedded in the Netscape and Microsoft web-
browsers. The SSL standard provides a limited level of encryption security and
only generic digital certificates for users.

   Digital certificates are specially prepared software files that uniquely
identify an on-line entity such as a cardholder, payment card, merchant, bank
or e-mail account. However, the digital certificates embedded in the Microsoft
and Netscape web browsers are generic and thus do not provide a unique
identification of each individual user. We believe that the lack of unique
digital certificates has resulted in a high level of repudiated e-payment
transactions.

   In a typical SSL transaction, a cardholder's payment card number and other
payment information is encrypted and transferred to the merchant who, in turn,
decrypts this information to process the transaction. The decrypted payment
card number is stored on the merchant's computer, where it is vulnerable to
theft by either a merchant's employee or an outside computer user who
infiltrates the merchant's computer. The stolen payment card number may then be
fraudulently used. This is one of the recognized security limitations of the
SSL standard when used for e-payment transactions over the Internet.

   In response to the deployment of non-unique certificates and the security
limitations of SSL, VISA and MasterCard developed the SET standard. SET is a
comprehensive security standard which is specifically designed for payment card
transactions over the Internet. In contrast to SSL, the SET standard increases
the security of e-payment transactions by:

  .  keeping the payment card number encrypted while it is handled by the
     merchant by employing multiple levels of encryption between the
     cardholder, the merchant and the bank or financial transaction processor

  .  providing unique digital certificates to all parties to an e-payment
     transaction, thus authenticating all parties and reducing repudiation

  .  providing stronger encryption, further enhancing the security of the
     transaction

   Using SET, a cardholder's payment card number, unique digital certificate
and other payment information is encrypted and transferred to the merchant.
Because this information is bundled in separate packets, the merchant can only
decrypt the information necessary to process the transaction and cannot decrypt
the cardholder's payment card number. Instead, the encrypted payment card
number is forwarded to the merchant's bank. The merchant's bank decrypts the
payment card number and, together with the transaction information, requests an
authorization from the cardholder's bank. In addition, the merchant's bank
authenticates the digital certificates of both the cardholder and the merchant,
verifies their identities and confirms that the goods the cardholder has
ordered match those that the merchant plans to deliver. Based on the outcome of
these authorizations and authentications, the transaction is approved and
settled.
   To encourage use of the SET standard, VISA and MasterCard announced in July
1998 the adoption of the following incentives:

  .  network transaction fees would not be imposed on the cardholders' or
     merchants' banks for SET transactions

  .  SET transactions would qualify for the lowest offered interchange rates;
     in contrast, SSL transactions are charged at a rate equivalent to mail
     order and telephone transactions--typically twice that of transactions
     in the physical world

  .  merchants would be relieved of liability if cardholders repudiate
     purchases for which they are being billed

                                       39
<PAGE>

   We believe that the e-payment industry will continue to be influenced and
shaped by the strategies and initiatives of VISA and MasterCard, along with
other industry and technology leaders. Furthermore, we believe that the
continued growth in number and complexity of e-payment transactions, together
with the emergence of the Internet and wireless networks as a channel for e-
commerce, will continue to drive the need for secure, flexible and trusted
e-payment solutions. Currently the SSL standard remains the predominant
standard for secure e-payment transactions. The SET standard has not yet been
broadly adopted, nor is this adoption certain. We believe that the key
participants in the e-payment industry, such as banks, card associations and
merchants, will continue to demand software solutions and services from
focused, responsive and innovative vendors who are able to deliver products
that support all standards that are adopted by the marketplace over time.

The Trintech Solution

   We are a leading provider of secure e-payment solutions for payment card
transactions. We develop, market and sell a comprehensive suite of software and
electronic PoS systems that enable card-based electronic payments in the
physical world and over the Internet. Our solution consists of software and
electronic PoS systems for use with a variety of operating systems, databases,
merchant web servers and networked and standalone computers. This product suite
consists of more than 20 modules designed to perform authorization, data
capture and settlement for e-payment transactions, as well as management of
merchant e-payment systems. These modules can be deployed as an end-to-end
solution or integrated with modules of other vendors. Our software products are
configurable to satisfy a broad range of secure e-commerce payment needs.

   The following elements of our solution enable us to deliver key competitive
advantages to our customers:

   Secure Encryption Technology. Our products have been developed using
innovative, robust, cryptographic technologies. All of our e-commerce software
products support both the SET and SSL standards. We were the first software
company to implement a SET transaction. Our SET software products provide 1,024
bit data encryption and handle all of the cryptographic processing and
messaging management required by the SET standard. Our SSL software products
provide up to 128 bit data encryption. Our Internet software products can
incorporate digital certificates to authenticate all parties to an e-payment
transaction, which can reduce fraud and repudiation. We have also developed
software applications to enhance the security of smart card e-payment
transactions. In addition, our electronic PoS system products support the DES,
Triple DES and RSA Security public key security algorithms to meet the security
standards required by our customers.

   Flexible Range of Solutions. Our suite of products provides flexible e-
payment solutions for each participant in a transaction: banks and financial
transaction processors, merchants and cardholders. Our products are designed to
be modular, permitting them to interoperate with e-payment products of other
vendors. Alternatively, by offering our products as an integrated end-to-end
payment solution, we also provide a complete solution for our customers.

   Comprehensive Functionality. Our software products have been designed for
scalability and operate in multi-currency, multi-taxation, multi-payment
protocol and complex communication environments. We are one of the few vendors
to offer integrated secure e-payment solutions that allow customers to process
transactions in the physical world and over the Internet.

                                       40
<PAGE>

   Open Systems Architecture. Our open architecture design supports a wide
variety of operating systems, databases and merchant commerce servers. Our
software solutions for banks, financial transaction processors and merchants
have been developed for Windows NT and UNIX client/server platforms. Our
approach is to develop once only solutions to run on multiple platforms. This
approach facilitates integration with existing hardware and software systems,
including mainframe systems. In addition, our software products are vendor
neutral and are designed to interface with e-payment hardware and software
products of third-party vendors, including IBM, Oracle, Verifone, Microsoft,
SAP and Intershop.

   Expertise in Secure E-Payment Industry. Since our inception, we have focused
on developing secure e-payment solutions for payment card transactions. We
believe our 13 years of experience in this industry has enabled us to develop
sophisticated e-commerce solutions for payment card transactions over the
Internet. We also believe that this industry focus has enabled us to develop
strong and close relationships with the card associations and banks that can
influence the structure and development of the e-payment industry.

Trintech's Growth Strategy

   Our mission is to become the leading worldwide provider of secure e-payment
solutions for payment card transactions. The key elements of our strategy to
achieve this mission are the following:

   Leverage Technology Expertise. Using our 13 years experience in developing
secure e-payment solutions, we have leveraged our technology expertise to
develop advanced solutions for this market. For example, our merchant software
product runs on multiple platforms, including personal computers located in
merchant call centers, third-party PoS systems, such as electronic cash
registers, and our own electronic PoS system products. In addition, we continue
to develop innovative electronic PoS system products. We intend to continue to
invest significant resources to further develop our product suite.

   Extend Early Lead in Internet E-Payment Software. We were one of the first
software companies to adopt both the SET and SSL standards, and we were the
first software company to implement a SET transaction. We intend to continue to
extend our range of SET and SSL products and support new e-payment standards
and Internet technologies, including wireless access technologies, as they
emerge. For example, in February 2000, we jointly announced with Motorola the
availability of e-payment software applications for mobile commerce
transactions using mobile phones.

   Continue to Build Strategic Relationships with Key Industry Leaders. We have
strategic relationships with VISA, MasterCard, Compaq, SAP America, Intershop
and RSA Security. These relationships have provided a number of competitive
advantages, including access to product development plans, joint marketing
opportunities and lead-generation for our direct sales force. We intend to
continue to enter into development and marketing alliances with key industry
leaders to produce and distribute custom-tailored e-payment solutions for
specific market segments.

   Expand Channels of Distribution Globally. We have relied primarily on our
direct sales force to market our products to banks and financial transaction
processors, card associations, card companies and other major U.S. and
international financial institutions. With the expansion of our e-commerce
product line, we are increasingly targeting large merchants, Internet service
providers and commerce service providers. To reach organizations that cannot
otherwise be effectively targeted by our direct sales force and to increase
worldwide market penetration, we have begun to use indirect sales channels,
including resellers providing additional services, systems integrators and
consultants.

                                       41
<PAGE>

   Target Fast-Growing Markets. We believe that fast-growing markets can
provide significant marketing opportunities for e-payment applications. We have
recently begun to target Internet service providers, commerce service
providers, and telecommunications companies, including service and equipment
providers. Our goal is to begin to target cable-based providers of high-speed
Internet access to homes and businesses, and financial services companies
within the next 12 months.

   Build Strong Brand Recognition. We are a leading brand name in the e-payment
industry and believe that we are benefiting from our early industry presence.
Our strategy is to promote, advertise and build our brand equity and visibility
through excellent service and a variety of marketing and promotional campaigns.
We plan to continue to invest significant resources in our on-line marketing
programs, such as epaynews.com, an award-winning site for information and
trends related to e-payments in the e-commerce industry.

Trintech Products

   Our products are designed to provide flexible, vendor neutral, secure e-
payment solutions for banks, financial transaction processors, merchants,
businesses and cardholders. Our products can be deployed on a standalone basis,
or combined with each other to provide an end-to-end secure e-payment solution
or integrated with third party products. In addition, our products support a
broad range of communication protocols and security standards. Our products
also support multiple currencies, languages and payment protocols. In
connection with the license of our products, we provide a range of support
services to our customers including preventive maintenance, compliance,
upgrades, site inspections and 24-hour telephone and on-line support.

   The following table summarizes our product lines, product functionality and
the end-users of our products:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Product
  Product Line      Functionality       End-user      End-user Profile    End-user Need
  ------------      -------------       --------      ----------------    -------------
<S>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
    PayGate       Captures,         Banks, financial  Any business      Pay merchants
                  authorizes,       transaction       that processes    and bill
                  settles and       processors,       and settles       cardholders
                  bills payment     Internet or       payment card      while minimizing
                  card              commerce service  based             fraud and
                  transactions and  providers         transactions or   transaction
                  issues on-line                      issues on-line    costs in the
                  payment cards                       payment cards     physical world
                                                                        and over the
                                                                        Internet

    PayWare       Enables           Merchants         Any business      Receive payment
    Compact       merchants to                        selling goods or  for goods or
                  capture payment                     services that     services in a
                  card and                            accepts payment   secure,
                  transaction                         cards             guaranteed form
                  information from                                      with minimal
                  cardholders, and                                      fraud over
                  send this                                             multiple
                  information to                                        channels,
                  the merchant's                                        including
                  bank for payment                                      physical retail
                  processing                                            outlets and over
                                                                        the Internet

     EzCard       Enables           Cardholders       On-line           Pay for goods or
   NetWallet      cardholders to                      purchasers        services with
                  securely pass                                         payment cards in
                  details of their                                      a secure manner
                  payment cards to                                      over the
                  merchants over                                        Internet
                  the Internet
</TABLE>

Bank and Financial Transaction Processor Products: PayGate

   PayGate is an e-payment transaction software suite primarily used by banks
and financial transaction processors. PayGate supports the payment card
transaction processing needs for

                                       42
<PAGE>

both the merchant's bank and the cardholder's bank. It uses a scalable and
interoperable payment architecture for Windows NT and UNIX platforms and
supports modular payment components for specific financial instruments and
operating environments. This product provides financial transaction processors
and banks with the ability both to issue on-line payment cards and to capture
and process card-based e-payment transactions in both the physical world and
over the Internet. The PayGate product line is designed to interface with
third-party products, including many banks' mainframe systems. The following
are the principal products in the PayGate product suite:

  .  PayGate Acquirer provides e-payment processing capabilities. PayGate
     Acquirer consists of a suite of payment modules that can be purchased
     individually or as part of an integrated suite. It provides banks and
     financial transaction processors with the functionality required to
     capture, authorize, settle and bill payment card transactions. PayGate
     Acquirer was first released in May 1995. Core capabilities include:

    -- transaction authorization functionality using a choice of protocols,
       including certified interfaces to the VISA, MasterCard and EuroPay
       networks, as well as a majority of the proprietary bank networks

    -- data capture functionality using a choice of protocols, including
       enhanced data formats for applications such as fuel and fleet card,
       corporate and purchase card item detail, and loyalty schemes

    -- automatic detection of the SSL and SET standards

    -- smart card PoS device management, allowing the downloading of funds,
       personal identification number verification and data capture for
       off-line electronic purse transactions

    -- remote deployment, update and configuration of merchant applications

  .  PayGate NetIssuer is designed to support the needs of payment card
     issuers by enabling the distribution and management of electronic
     payment cards and wallets. PayGate NetIssuer was first released in April
     1999. PayGate NetIssuer provides the following functionality:

    -- it can be deployed in a variety of configurations, with the majority
       of the functionality residing on a bank's or financial transaction
       processor's server or in a distributed manner with functionality
       residing on a client's personal computer or within a smart card

    -- it helps to reinforce the brand identity of the issuing bank by
       providing dynamic delivery of up-to-date marketing and advertising
       messages to issued wallets while the wallets are being used

    -- it interacts with existing bank certificate authorities to pre-
       generate authentication certificates while simultaneously supporting
       SSL and SET payment options

   Sales prices for PayGate licenses range from $50,000 to $500,000, depending
on the product licensed, the number of modules and the number of transactions
that can be processed.

Merchant Products: PayWare and Electronic PoS Systems

 Payware

   PayWare is an e-payment transaction software suite primarily used by
merchants. It can be deployed as a standalone merchant e-payment system or can
be integrated with third-party

                                       43
<PAGE>

products. PayWare consists of a suite of payment modules that can be purchased
individually or as part of an integrated suite. It offers a range of modules
designed to meet merchant requirements for e-commerce over the Internet or in a
variety of retail environments in the physical world, including large
department stores, grocery chains, call centers, mail order and telephone
order. PayWare runs on multiple computing platforms, including the following:
computers running on Windows and UNIX operating systems located in merchant
businesses and call centers; third-party PoS systems, such as electronic cash
registers; and our own electronic PoS system products. For e-commerce
transactions over the Internet, PayWare processes secure e-payment transactions
using SSL or SET standards or a combination of both. We recently introduced
PayWare ERP, our enterprise product that operates seamlessly with SAP's R/3
enterprise resource planning system.

   Our Payware suite of products includes:

  .  PayWare Net is our primary e-commerce solution for Internet merchants.
     It supports SSL and SET payment options. It is designed to interoperate
     with commerce servers from Microsoft, Intershop and other third-parties.
     We released PayWare Net in December 1998.

  .  PayWare NetHost is an e-commerce solution for Internet service
     providers, commerce service providers and portals that provide hosting
     services for Internet merchants. PayWare NetHost is designed to enable
     these providers to manage e-payment transactions for multiple merchants
     and to provide browser-based, remote administration facilities for
     hosted merchants. We released PayWare NetHost in May 1999.

  .  PayWare SmartCard supports a variety of smart card-based payment options
     for merchants. These payment options include small-value purchases over
     the Internet and digital certificate-based identification and
     authentication. We released PayWare SmartCard in June 1998.

  .  PayWare PurchaseCard is our business-to-business e-payment solution.
     PayWare PurchaseCard allows businesses to define and implement corporate
     purchase card policies and guidelines. This can significantly reduce the
     administration cost of low-value procurement transactions. We released
     PayWare PurchaseCard in April 1999.

  .  PayWare ERP seamlessly integrates our e-payment merchant functionality
     into the SAP R/3 system for physical world and e-commerce payment card
     transactions. We released PayWare ERP in September 1998.

  .  PayWare Call Center is our e-payment solution for call centers and mail
     order centers. It is designed to integrate with third party software
     systems and provide the e-payment functionality for telephone order and
     mail order purchases. We released PayWare Call Center in March 1998.

   Sales prices for PayWare licenses range from $500 to $250,000, depending on
the product licensed, the number of modules and the number of transactions that
can be processed.

 Electronic PoS systems

   Our electronic PoS system product line, Compact, contains the features and
functions required by merchants to manage card-based e-payments in the physical
world. The Compact product line is comprised of point of sale devices, high-
security personal identification number pads, and a software development
toolkit for merchant e-payment transactions in the physical world. This product
line has historically been the foundation of our sales and long-term
relationships with banks and financial transaction processors.

                                       44
<PAGE>

  .  Compact 9000i is a range of card acceptance PoS devices for merchants to
     process payment card transactions, including smart card transactions, in
     large department stores, grocery chains, restaurants, hotels and service
     businesses. These countertop devices deliver e-payment transactions in a
     secure electronic format to the payment networks for authorization and
     data capture for onward settlement. The software configurations of these
     products are modular and can be varied to meet the needs of a wide range
     of merchants. We recently introduced the eVia 2000 which provides secure
     payment mobility for merchants through the use of wireless standards,
     including DECT and GSM, and IP-Protocols. We released our first
     electronic PoS device in October 1989.

  .  Compact 950-PP is a high security cardholder interface device for a
     cardholder using a debit or credit card to enter his personal
     identification number. This product then encrypts the personal
     identification number for forwarding in a secure message format to an
     authorization center for verification. The Compact 950-PP contains alarm
     security electronics to prevent unauthorized access to customer card and
     personal identification number data. It is also used for viewing and
     deducting value from smart cards. Secure payment applications and
     payment encryption keys can be securely and remotely downloaded to the
     device. This product supports DES, Triple DES and RSA public key
     encryption standards. We released the Compact 950-PP in February 1997.

  .  Compact 9000i SDK is a software development toolkit that allows our
     distributors and partners in local markets to develop and test diverse
     software modules for custom-tailored payment card applications. The SDK
     includes a license for foundation software libraries, development and
     test tools, as well as documentation. We released the Compact 9000i SDK
     in March 1999.

   Compact PoS devices and pin pads range from $325 each to $750 each,
depending on the functionality and the software modules included. Licenses of
the software development toolkit commence at approximately $50,000.

Cardholder Products: EzCard and NetWallet

   EzCard is an e-payment transaction software product primarily used by on-
line cardholders. It provides secure storage and transfer of payment data to
the merchant. It also manages card accounts, digital certificates, delivery
address information and purchase history details. EzCard complies with the new
electronic commerce modeling language standard, developed by companies
including Visa, MasterCard, Trintech, Microsoft and America-On-Line, and,
supports both SSL and SET payment options. This product automatically completes
the merchants' purchasing data web page for merchants that comply with this new
standard. EzCard also allows payment card issuers to perform risk management by
monitoring on-line purchases and managing fraudulent card activity. In
addition, payment card issuers can advertise and market directly to EzCard
holders through PayGate NetIssuer, which manages messages to and from the
EzCard. Payment card issuers can also create on-line branding through
customizing EzCards for their customers. To promote the use of payment cards
for e-commerce, we have in the past and intend to continue to distribute EzCard
bundled with PayGate NetIssuer. We released EzCard in July 1999.

   NetWallet is the precursor to our EzCard product. We released NetWallet in
October 1998 to promote the use of payment cards for e-commerce. Historically,
we have distributed NetWallet on a standalone basis at a minimal charge or
bundled with PayGate NetIssuer.

                                       45
<PAGE>

Services

   To complement and support our product offerings, we provide our customers
with the following services:

  .  Consulting services. Our consulting team provides comprehensive project
     management, using sophisticated methodologies and tools to identify
     customers' business objectives and requirements for e-payment solutions.
     We implement these solutions with our customers according to mutually
     agreed plans and milestones. We also provide in-house product
     consultation, and provide technical services to design or enhance our
     customers' existing information technology infrastructure.

  .  Educational and training services. We offer educational and training
     programs targeted specifically at users and administrators of our
     customers' information technology systems. These programs are tailored
     to provide customers with the technical knowledge to operate our e-
     payment solutions. Additionally, seminars and other educational
     initiatives are available on an ongoing basis to assist our customers in
     staying current with advances in the e-payment industry.

  .  Customization and implementation services. We provide customization
     services to customize or configure our solutions to meet our customers'
     particular needs and to integrate our products into their other
     processing, accounting and communications systems. Our experienced
     professional services engineers also perform on-site implementation
     services to manage, in conjunction with our customers' information
     technology resources, the implementation of their new systems through
     the testing and acceptance phases of the overall implementation plan.

Technology

   Our software solutions incorporate advanced technologies to address user
requirements in today's highly distributed networking environments. Our
products support high volumes of transactions. Our recently released e-payment
software products are browser based to take advantage of client operating
system portability.

   Our software is developed using C, C++, Java and web programming languages
and standards, and incorporates the following features:

  .  System Architecture. Our products are modular in design and flexible in
     implementation, so that they can be rapidly adapted to address specific
     customer requirements. We employ an object oriented systems
     architecture, allowing us to add and re-use functionality across
     existing and new products, lowering our product development costs. Our
     modular design can improve our time to market for new products,
     including emerging applications for products such as personal digital
     assistants, advanced mobile telephones and set top boxes.

  .  Security and encryption. Due to the sensitive nature of the data handled
     by our products, we have developed significant expertise in encryption
     technology. We employ a dedicated team of cryptography specialists who
     focus on the development of advanced cryptography algorithms and
     software products. This team includes nine professionals with doctorate
     degrees in mathematics, physics or related fields. These professionals
     are responsible for implementing the security infrastructure that forms
     the basis of our products. This infrastructure incorporates advanced
     security algorithms including DES, Triple DES and RSA private/public key
     and other advanced proprietary algorithms.

                                       46
<PAGE>

  .  Protocols and infrastructure. It is critical that our products be
     interoperable with a wide range of payment networks and customer
     information technology systems. Our products therefore feature advanced
     application programming interfaces, or APIs, to facilitate
     interoperability with payment systems and applications. Our products
     also support a variety of communications protocols, including Internet
     and telecommunications protocols such as X.25, ISDN and ATM, as well as
     specific bank authorization and settlement protocols.

  .  Support of widely accepted technologies. Our products are configured to
     run on operating systems and to support databases widely adopted by the
     e-payment industry. This includes the Windows and UNIX operating
     systems. They are also designed to integrate easily with enterprise
     resource planning software systems, such as the SAP R/3 system.

Customers

   We have a customer base of over 100 banks, financial transaction processors,
card associations, card companies, Internet service providers and technology
companies. As of January 31, 2000, we had shipped over 60,000 electronic PoS
systems and over 5,000 licenses of secure e-payment software. A representative
sample of our customers is as follows:

  Banks, Card Associations and Card Companies   Financial Transaction Processors
  -------------------------------------------   --------------------------------
     Bank of Ireland                               Allcash
     Boland Bank                                   B+S Card Services
     S-E Banken                                    EasyCash
     MasterCard                                    GRK
     VISA International                            Lufthansa Air Plus Card
     Discover Financial Services                   Services
     VISA USA                                      Post Girot
                                                   Which/Tyco International

  Internet Service Providers                    Technology Companies
  --------------------------                    -------------------
     Big Planet                                    Cap Gemini
     Open Market Inc.                              Galileo
     [email protected] (a subsidiary of Deutsche Bank)   SAP
     Fort Nocs                                     Siemens

Sales and Marketing

   Our sales and marketing efforts are targeted at three principal regions:

     .  Europe, Middle East and Africa,

     .  North and South America, and

     .  the Asia-Pacific region

   Our principal market is Germany, which represented 60% of our total revenue
in fiscal 2000. Our sales strategy is to use our direct sales force in
conjunction with indirect distribution channels such as regional distributors
and co-marketing relationships with established leaders in the e-payment
industry. In Europe, we plan to continue to market our electronic PoS systems
and e-payment software through our direct sales force and strategic
partnerships. Consistent with our historical strategy, we plan to continue to
focus our electronic PoS systems marketing in Europe, primarily in Germany. In
North and South America, we intend to

                                       47
<PAGE>

continue to use a direct sales approach together with alliances and
partnerships to develop this market for our Internet software products. In the
Asia-Pacific region, we plan to continue to rely primarily on independent
distributors to market our Internet software products.

 Direct Sales Channel

   We have direct sales offices in Dublin, Ireland; Frankfurt, Germany; San
Mateo, California and Miami, Florida. We also have a direct sales and product
marketing office in Austin, Texas. These offices coordinate direct sales and
manage indirect sales channels in the various regions. Due to the technical
nature of our products, members of the direct sales force are accompanied by
pre-sales technical support staff who are key to closing sales contracts and
winning customer confidence.

   Our direct sales accounted for approximately 96% of our total revenues in
fiscal 2000. At January 31, 2000, we employed 27 direct sales people who
primarily target card associations and card companies such as VISA, MasterCard,
Discover and American Express, as well as banks, financial transaction
processors and large merchants. Our direct sales group has also begun to target
Internet service providers and commerce service providers as customers of our
Internet software products.

 Indirect Sales Channel Strategy

   To further facilitate worldwide market penetration and complement our direct
sales efforts, we have begun to establish a range of indirect sales channels.
We expect these indirect channels to account for an increasing percentage of
our total revenue as we implement this strategy and e-commerce becomes more
widely adopted. These indirect channels include:

  .  Resellers Providing Additional Services. Since 1998, we have used
     regional resellers trained and certified by us to develop customer
     relationships and expand our global branding. We provide resellers such
     as Prism in South Africa and Scopus Tecnologia in Brazil with our
     software technology and implementation expertise.

  .  Systems Integrators and Consultants. We leverage our relationships with
     systems integrators and consultants to market our e-payment solutions
     while in turn providing them with the opportunity to make a highly
     functional, vendor-independent solution available to their customers.

  .  Emerging Distribution Channels. We continually evaluate new methods and
     opportunities to market and sell our products, including through on-line
     Internet sales or branding opportunities with banks and other financial
     institutions.

Strategic Relationships

   We intend to expand our position in the e-payment market by forming
additional strategic technology and marketing relationships with key industry
players. To date, we have established strategic relationships with VISA,
MasterCard, RSA Security, Compaq, SAP and Intershop. We believe our technology
and marketing alliances offer us a number of competitive advantages, which vary
with each relationship. These advantages include sales lead generation, early
access to the partner's engineering plans and technical personnel for
assistance in developing new product offerings. The following describes our
current strategic relationships:

   VISA. We initially developed a strategic relationship with VISA
International in Europe and have since extended this relationship to the United
States, Latin America and the Asia-Pacific region. VISA currently markets
PayWare Net in different regions throughout the world.

                                       48
<PAGE>

In addition, VISA exclusively recommends our PayGate software to replace its
proprietary data capture software used by over 30 of its member banks. In
August 1997, we entered into agreements with VISA LAC relating to the marketing
and distribution of NetWallet in Latin America, including the customization of
software to provide e-payment solutions for VISA's smart card customers. In
August 1998, VISA International became a shareholder in us. In May 1999, VISA
USA entered into a strategic alliance with us to provide one-stop e-commerce
solutions for VISA's member banks and Internet merchants, incorporating our
PayWare and PayGate technology.

   MasterCard. In 1999, we entered into a technology and strategic alliance
agreement with MasterCard International. Under the terms of this agreement,
MasterCard has agreed to license our PayGate NetIssuer product, to host and
operate a pilot site demonstrating PayGate NetIssuer, and to actively market
this product to MasterCard's member financial institutions and refer business
to us. We have agreed to provide sales materials to MasterCard and to provide
support for their marketing programs for PayGate NetIssuer. In addition, we and
MasterCard have jointly agreed to publicize this relationship, to maintain
links in a prominent position on each other's websites and to meet quarterly to
discuss product development.

   RSA Security. In 1998, we entered into a technology license agreement with
RSA and also established a continuing strategic relationship. The technology
licensing agreement provides us with royalty-free access to source and object
code for cryptography functionality that we have incorporated into our e-
payment software products. In addition, we and RSA have entered into a joint
marketing agreement to publicize the relationship and encourage the sales of
our products that incorporate RSA's cryptographic technology. RSA also provides
us with sales leads and a link on their web site. RSA has made a strategic
equity investment in us, and its vice chairman sits on our board of directors.

   Compaq. We are collaborating with Compaq to develop and provide Compaq and
its customers a secure e-payment software module that integrates with Compaq's
ActiveAnswers Internet solution, a product targeted to e-commerce needs. This
module is being designed to include the functionality of PayGate and PayWare.
Upon completion, our module will offer Compaq's customers with highly reliable,
secure Internet e-payment functionality running on Compaq ProLiant and
AlphaServer platforms.

   SAP. We are a member of the SAP's complementary software program. As part of
the alliance, we have provided a secure e-payment module, PayWare ERP, for the
SAP R/3 system release 4.0 enterprise business software solution. SAP also
provides us with sales leads and a link on their web site.

   Intershop. We work with Intershop to integrate our PayWare Net e-payment
product with Intershop's merchant server solutions to jointly provide complete
payment and hosting solutions to on-line merchants offering goods and services
on the Internet using SSL or SET security standards. Our enhanced version of
PayWare Net supports multiple currencies and payment types, complementing
Intershop's technology.

Research and Development

   We believe that our future success will depend in large part on our ability
to enhance and expand our technologies. We intend to continue to develop new
and innovative e-payment solutions to respond to the needs of our customers in
this rapidly changing industry. We intend to offer products that interoperate
with a variety of new and emerging acceptance channels and communication and
security protocols. We have developed our e-payment products both
independently, through our research and development team, and through

                                       49
<PAGE>

funded development projects, such as the development of certain modules of
PayWare SmartCard for VISA International. From time to time, we have acquired
or licensed technology from third parties, including encryption technology from
RSA Security.

   Each of our development centers has been chosen for its combination of
access to global markets and the availability of skilled personnel. The
following lists our research and development centers and their primary
concentration:

     .  Dublin, Ireland: Electronic PoS systems and e-payment software

     .  Princeton, New Jersey: Encryption and authentication

     .  San Mateo, California: E-commerce payment solutions

     .  Frankfurt, Germany: Smart card applications

   As of Feburary 29, 2000 we had a total of 161 employees dedicated to
research and development. Research and development expenses were $1.7 million
in fiscal 1998, $3.7 million in fiscal 1999 and $8.9 million in fiscal 2000.

Manufacturing

   We outsource the fabrication, testing and packaging of our electronic PoS
system products to Keltek and Fujitsu, enabling us to concentrate our resources
on product design and software development. We believe this eliminates the high
cost of owning and operating a manufacturing facility. The manufacturing
facilities for Keltek are located in the United Kingdom and for Fujitsu are
located in Ireland.

   We maintain a five-person quality control team that oversees the manufacture
of the products by Keltek and Fujitsu to ensure that our specifications are
met. These quality assurance engineers have both extensive knowledge of our
products and expertise in software quality assurance techniques. Members of the
team conduct on-site inspections of the manufacturing facilities of our
subcontractors as well as periodic assessments of products shipped by our
subcontractors to us. The members also participate on all beta release teams
and provide initial training materials for customer support and service.

Competition

   The card based e-payment industry is highly competitive, and we expect
competition to increase as other e-payment companies introduce electronic PoS
system products and e-payment software. In the electronic PoS systems market,
we principally compete with Verifone, a subsidiary of Hewlett-Packard, Giesecke
& Devrient, Dassault, Hypercom and Ingenico. Indirectly, we also compete with
local firms that offer country-specific alternatives. In addition, several of
our electronic PoS system products compete with software solutions designed by
our customers' in-house engineering departments. Competition has in the past
caused us to reduce the average selling prices of our electronic PoS systems,
and we expect this trend to continue.

   In the e-payment software market for payment card transactions in the
physical world, we principally compete with Verifone, CyberCash and Transaction
Systems Architects. In the e-payment software market for payment card
transactions over the Internet, we principally compete with IBM, Verifone,
GlobeSet and CyberCash. Additionally, we experience significant competition
from existing and potential customers that develop, implement and maintain
their own proprietary e-payment solutions relating to our e-payment software
solutions for both the physical world and the Internet. These existing and
potential customers are primarily banks, financial transaction processors and
merchants.

                                       50
<PAGE>

   In each of the electronic PoS systems and e-payment software markets, we
compete primarily on the basis of the following factors:

     .  product capabilities and technical features

     .  product performance and effectiveness

     .  price

     .  support of industry standards

     .  ease of use

     .  customer technical support and service

   We believe that we compete favorably in each of these markets based on these
factors. However, in particular cases, our competitors may offer electronic PoS
system products or e-payment software with functionality that is sought by our
prospective customers and which differs from that offered by us. Several of our
competitors have also in the past, and may in the future, distribute products
in pilot programs at low-cost or below-market prices or, in the case of
electronic wallets, at no cost.

   Additionally, several of our competitors have significantly greater
financial, technical and marketing resources and larger installed customer
bases than us. Also, a number of our competitors have been acquired by, or
formed strategic alliances with, industry leaders with significant resources.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future
competitors. In addition, our current and future competitors may develop
products comparable or superior to those developed by us or adapt more quickly
than us to new technologies, evolving industry standards or customer
requirements. Increased competition could result in price reductions, reduced
margins and loss of market share, any or all of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects.

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

   Our success is dependent on our proprietary software technology. We rely on
a combination of patents, contractual rights, trade secrets, copyright law,
non-disclosure agreements and trademarks to establish and protect our
proprietary rights in our products and technologies. Our patents include the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Field of Application             Regions Issued                Regions Pending
    --------------------             --------------                ---------------
<S>                           <C>                           <C>
Electronic field of point-       Ireland, U.S., Canada,     European Union, Ireland,
 of-sale security system               Australia,           U.S., Australia, Brazil, and
 incorporated in Compact        South Africa, U.K., Japan   Japan
                                       and Germany

Secure merchant transaction              Ireland            European Union, U.S.,
 software incorporated in                                   Australia, Brazil, and Japan
 PayWare

Secure bank/financial                    Ireland            European Union, U.S.,
 transaction processor                                      Australia, Brazil, and Japan
 software incorporated in
 PayGate

Secure card issuing software               --               European Union and U.S.
 incorporated in PayGate
 NetIssuer
</TABLE>

   These issued patents and the pending patent applications cover key areas of
our e-payment software for payment card transactions in the physical world and
over the Internet, as well as our electronic PoS system products.


                                       51
<PAGE>

   Our registered trademarks include the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Trademark                   Regions Issued                Regions Pending
         ---------                   --------------                ---------------
<S>                           <C>                           <C>
Trintech logo                              --               Ireland

Trintech the Secure Way to                 --               Ireland
 Pay logo

NetWallet                                  --               United States

                                 European Union, United     --
PayWare                                  States

                                 European Union, United     Ireland
PayGate                                  States

PayPurse                         European Union, Ireland    United States

PayLet                                     --               United States, Ireland

S/PAY                                      --               United States
</TABLE>

   On March 31, 1998, we licensed the source code for S/PAY and J/PAY from RSA.
S/PAY and J/PAY are security toolkit products which enable the user to add
cryptography functionality to other software products for securing e-payment
transactions. The license is exclusive for that portion of the source code that
implemented and provided the functionality of parts of the SET 0.0 standard.
Under the terms of the agreement, we also received a royalty-free sublicensable
license to the object code of the licensed software. Our rights under the
license are subject to pre-existing rights of third-party licensees. In
exchange for receiving the rights under the license, we paid RSA a one-time
payment of $2.5 million in cash.

   In addition to our patents, trademarks and technology licenses, we have
developed a significant portfolio of copyrights, know-how and trade secrets
during our 13 years of experience developing solutions for the e-payment
industry.

   Except for the intellectual property described above, we are not currently
dependent on any intellectual property that is of material importance to our
business or profitability.

Employees

   We employed the following numbers of employees as of January 31, 1998, 1999
and 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  As of January
                                                                       31,
                                                                  --------------
     Category                                                     1998 1999 2000
     --------                                                     ---- ---- ----
     <S>                                                          <C>  <C>  <C>
     Research and development....................................  63  103  155
     Professional and support services...........................  19   39   35
     Sales and marketing.........................................  13   46   54
     Administration..............................................  23   34   42
                                                                  ---  ---  ---
       Total..................................................... 118  222  286
                                                                  ===  ===  ===
</TABLE>

   Of our total number of employees, as of January 31, 2000, 156 are located in
Ireland, 32 are located in Europe outside Ireland and 98 are located in North
America.

   None of our employees are represented under collective bargaining
agreements. We have never experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that our
relations with our employees are good.

                                       52
<PAGE>

Investments

   Our investments were as follows as of January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             As of January 31,
                                                             ------------------
                                                             1998  1999   2000
                                                             ---- ------ ------
                                                              (in thousands of
                                                               U.S. dollars)
<S>                                                          <C>  <C>    <C>
Intangible assets--Capitalized software cost................ $--  $2,500 $1,250
Property, plant and equipment...............................  739  2,058  3,190
                                                             ---- ------ ------
  Total..................................................... $739 $4,558 $4,440
                                                             ==== ====== ======
</TABLE>

   Our capital expenditure budget for fiscal 2001 is currently $3.0 million of
which approximately $206,000 has been used as of February 29, 2000. The amount
that we actually spend on capital expenditures in the remainder of fiscal 2001
may be higher or lower, perhaps materially, depending on several variables,
including the rate of our growth, general economic conditions and changes in
our markets.

Facilities

   Our principal development center and our principal European executive and
administrative offices are located in a 22,500 square foot leased office
facility in Dublin, Ireland. Our principal executive and administrative offices
for North and South America are located in a 11,300 square foot leased facility
in San Mateo, California. We also have offices for development, sales and
marketing personnel which total an aggregate of approximately 11,700 square
feet in Frankfurt, Germany; Miami, Florida; Austin, Texas; and Princeton, New
Jersey.

Legal Proceedings

   From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal
proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. For example, in
September 1999, a former employee filed a complaint against us alleging
wrongful termination and breach of contract. While we believe this claim is
without merit, we cannot predict the outcome of this dispute. Neither we nor
any of our consolidated subsidiaries are a party to any litigation or
arbitration proceedings which could have, or during the last two fiscal years
has had, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.

Corporate Structure

   We were incorporated as a limited liability company under the laws of the
Republic of Ireland in 1987. Our registered number is 119798. On August 23,
1999, our shareholders resolved by special resolution to re-register us as a
public limited company. We are not subject to any restrictions on the length of
time for which we can continue to exist. Public limited companies are defined
by the Irish Companies (Amendment) Act, 1983 as companies which are limited by
shares, which state in their memorandum of association that they are to be
public and which comply with the requirements of the Irish companies acts as to
registration. Additionally, the share capital of a public limited company
stated in the company's memorandum of association cannot be less than
IR(Pounds)30,000. Our principal statutory objective is to carry on the business
of investment and to act as a holding company for our other businesses and
companies.

                                       53
<PAGE>

   We have illustrated below our corporate structure including our voting
equity ownership percentages in each of our subsidiaries:

[GRAPHIC OF CORPORATE STRUCTURE OF TRINTECH SETTING FORTH THE NAMES OF TRINTECH
  AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES AS WELL AS THE COUNTRIES IN WHICH EACH IS
                                   ORGANIZED]

   The following is a list and brief description of our significant
subsidiaries:

   Trintech Technologies Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary, is a limited
liability company having a share capital incorporated under the laws of the
Republic of Ireland. Its registered address is Trintech Building, South County
Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18, Ireland. The principal activity of
Trintech Technologies Limited is the sale of electronic PoS system products and
e-payment software. As of January 31, 2000, Trintech Technologies Limited had
158 employees. For fiscal 2000, Trintech Technologies Limited had revenues of
approximately $20.6 million and a net loss of approximately $13.1 million. As
of January 31, 2000, Trintech Technologies Limited's subscribed share capital
was $528,632. As of January 31, 2000, our net book value of our interest in
Trintech Technologies Limited was ($20,505,631), our receivables from Trintech
Technologies Limited was $22,793,327 and our liabilities to Trintech
Technologies Limited was $0.

   Trintech Limited is a limited liability company having a share capital
incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Ireland. Its registered address
is Trintech Building, South County Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18,
Ireland. All of the voting securities of Trintech Limited are owned by us.
Trintech Limited has issued shares of a special non-voting class to Huttoft
Company, an unlimited liability company owned by four of our executive
officers. The shares held by Huttoft Company do not entitle it to any share of
the assets of Trintech Limited on a winding up. The amount of any dividends
paid to Huttoft Company will be determined by our board of directors. The
principal activity of Trintech Limited is research and development. Trintech
Limited subcontracts research and development employees from Trintech
Technologies Limited to conduct its research and development programs. For
fiscal 2000, Trintech Limited had revenues of approximately $2.3 million and a
net income of approximately $1.3 million. As of January 31, 2000 Trintech
Limited's subscribed share capital was $2,319. As of January 31, 2000, our net
book value of our interest in Trintech Limited was $3,913,354, our receivables
from Trintech Limited was $0 and our liabilities to Trintech Limited was
$199,560.

   Trintech GmbH, a wholly-owned subsidiary, is a limited liability company
incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany. Its registered address is
Siemensstrasse 20, 63263 Neu Isenburg, Germany. The principal activity of
Trintech GmbH is the sale of electronic PoS system products and e-payment
software. As of January 31, 2000, Trintech GmbH had 30 employees. For fiscal
2000, Trintech GmbH had revenues of approximately $18.0 million and a net
income of approximately $0.4 million. As of January 31, 2000, Trintech GmbH's
share capital was $23,329. As of January 31, 2000, our net book value of our
interest in Trintech GmbH was ($183,453), our receivables from Trintech GmbH
were $707,169 and our liabilities to Trintech GmbH were $0.

                                       54
<PAGE>

   Trintech Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, is a California corporation. Its
registered address is 2105 South Bascom Avenue, Campbell, California, 95008.
The principal activity of Trintech Inc. is the sale of e-commerce software. As
of January 31, 2000, Trintech Inc. had 98 employees. For fiscal 2000, Trintech
Inc. had revenues of approximately $12.5 million and a net income of
approximately $0. As of January 31, 2000, Trintech Inc.'s subscribed share
capital was $10,000. As of January 31, 2000, the net book value of our interest
in Trintech Inc. was ($2,650,191), our receivables from Trintech Inc. was $0
and our liabilities to Trintech Inc. was $2,213.

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities under United States Federal Securities Laws

   We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Republic
of Ireland. Several of our directors and officers, and experts named in this
prospectus are non-residents of the United States, and these persons and a
significant portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a
result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process
within the United States upon these persons or to enforce against them in U.S.
courts judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the laws of
the United States, including the federal securities laws. We have been advised
by A&L Goodbody, Solicitors, our Irish corporate counsel, that there is doubt
regarding the enforceability against these persons in the Republic of Ireland,
whether in original actions or in actions for the enforcement of judgments in
U.S. courts, of civil liabilities predicated solely upon the laws of the United
States, including the federal securities laws.

                                       55
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

   The following table presents information regarding our directors and
executive officers as of February 29, 2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Name            Age                     Position
             ----            --- -------------------------------------------------
   <S>                       <C> <C>
   Executive Directors
     John F. McGuire.......   38 Chief Executive Officer and Director
     Cyril P. McGuire......   40 Executive Chairman and Director(1)
     Kevin C. Shea.........   49 Chief Operating Officer and Director
     R. Paul Byrne.........   35 Chief Financial Officer and Director
     Chris P. Meehan.......   40 Executive Vice President, Operations and Director
   Non-executive Directors
     D. James Bidzos.......   45 Director
     Wolfgang H. Heinrich..   51 Director(1)(2)
     Robert M. Wadsworth...   39 Director(1)(2)
     Trevor D. Sullivan....   63 Director
   Other Executive Officers
     George L. Burne.......   37 Vice President, Technology
     John Harte............   55 Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
     Donald Marcotte.......   43 Vice President, Sales
     Noel Ryan.............   34 Controller
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee

   John F. McGuire, one of our co-founders, has served as a director since
1987, the year of our incorporation, and has been our chief executive officer
since 1987. During his studies at Trinity College, Dublin, Mr. McGuire
developed an encrypted electronic PoS device, which provided our original
business concept. Mr. McGuire has received a bachelors of arts in mathematics,
a bachelors of engineering in electronics and a diploma of business management
from Trinity College, Dublin. Mr. McGuire is a member of Institute of Engineers
of Ireland. Mr. McGuire currently resides in Dublin, Ireland.

   Cyril P. McGuire, one of our co-founders, has served as a director since
1987 and as our executive chairman since August 1999. From 1991 to August 1999,
Mr. McGuire served as our president, and from 1987 to 1991, Mr. McGuire served
as our managing director. Before co-founding us, Mr. McGuire worked with the
Industrial Credit Corporation plc, a leading Irish commercial bank, from 1982
to 1987, where his responsibilities included the appraisal of electronic
industry investment projects. Mr. McGuire received a bachelors of commerce and
masters of business studies from University College Dublin. Mr. McGuire is a
member of the Marketing Institute of Ireland. Mr. McGuire currently resides in
Dublin, Ireland.

   Kevin C. Shea has served as a director and Chief Operating Officer since
January 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Shea was Chief Financial Officer of
National Data Corporation from May 1998 to December 1999. Mr. Shea was
Executive Vice President of corporate strategy and business development from
June 1996 until May 1998 and was General Manager of the Integrated Payment
Systems division of National Data Corporation from 1992 to 1996. Prior to
joining National Data Corporation, he held senior executive positions at
Citicorp and First Interstate Bank Corporation. Mr. Shea received a bachelors
of social science from the State University of New York. Mr. Shea currently
resides in the United States.

                                       56
<PAGE>

   R. Paul Byrne has been our chief financial officer since January 1996. Since
February 1997, Mr. Byrne has also served as a director and secretary. Before
joining us, Mr. Byrne was group financial controller and publisher at Lafferty
Publications Limited, a publishing company located in Dublin, from September
1989 to December 1995. From 1985 through 1989, Mr. Byrne was an accountant with
Price Waterhouse, a large accounting firm. Mr. Byrne received a bachelors of
commerce and a diploma in professional accounting from University College
Dublin and is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland.
Mr. Byrne currently resides in Dublin, Ireland.

   Chris P. Meehan has been our executive vice president, operations and a
director since January 1996. Before joining us, Mr. Meehan was group finance
director at Mentec Limited, a computer software company, from February 1983 to
December 1995. From 1979 through 1983, Mr. Meehan was an accountant with KPMG,
a large accounting firm. Mr. Meehan received a bachelors of commerce from
University College Dublin and is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants in Ireland. Mr. Meehan currently resides in Dublin, Ireland.

   Trevor D. Sullivan has served as a director since 1990. From 1990 to August
1999, Mr. Sullivan was the chairman of our board of directors. From 1987 to
1990, Mr. Sullivan was managing director of Memorex Ireland, a computer
products company, and, from 1985 until 1987, Mr. Sullivan was vice president,
customer operations of Memorex International, a computer products company. From
1981 until 1985, Mr. Sullivan held other senior management positions at Memorex
International, a computer products company. Before 1981, Mr. Sullivan held
several senior management positions at IBM, a computer company. Mr. Sullivan
currently resides in Dublin, Ireland.

   D. James Bidzos has served as a director since February 1999. Since its
founding in April 1995, Mr. Bidzos has served as chairman of the board of
directors of VeriSign, Inc., a public key infrastructure company, and, from
April 1995 to July 1995, as its chief executive officer. Between 1986 and
February 1999, Mr. Bidzos also served as the president and chief executive
officer of RSA Security, Inc., a security encryption company. Additionally, Mr.
Bidzos is a director and vice chairman of Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc.,
a data security company and the parent of RSA.

   Wolfgang H. Heinrich has served as a director since June 1999. From February
2000 to date, he has served as president, EMEA region of Oasis Technology Ltd.
From 1997 to February 2000, he has served as executive vice president, global
customer support, Visa International, a card association company, and, from
1995 to 1997, he served as executive vice president in charge of developing
strategies for domestic processing, international standardization, chip
technology developments and electronic commerce infrastructure developments.
From 1990 to 1995, he served as managing director of B+S Card Service, a
payment card service provider. From 1985 to 1990, he served as head of the
Frankfurt branch and member of the executive team of IKOSS GmbH, Frankfurt, a
banking software company.

   Robert M. Wadsworth has served as a director since September 1998. Since
1986, Mr. Wadsworth has been a general partner of HarbourVest Partners LLC, a
private investment company. Before 1986, Mr. Wadsworth worked for Booz, Allen &
Hamilton, an international consulting company, specializing in the areas of
operations strategy and manufacturing productivity. Mr. Wadsworth currently
serves on the advisory boards of several US venture firms and on the board of
directors of Banyan Systems, Inc., Coil S.A., Communication Systems Technology,
Inc., Concord Communications, Inc., Nuera Communications, Inc. and Outsourcing
Services Group, Inc. Mr. Wadsworth received his bachelor of science degree,
magna cum laude, in systems engineering and computer science from the
University of Virginia, and his masters in business administration, with
distinction, from Harvard Business School.


                                       57
<PAGE>

   George L. Burne has been our vice president, technology since September
1989. Before joining us, Mr. Burne was a senior software design
engineer/project leader at PCAS, a European technology company, from September
1987 to September 1989. Mr. Burne received a bachelors of science in English,
first class honors and a higher diploma in English from Trinity College,
Dublin. Mr. Burne is a member of the Institute of Electrical Engineers.

   John M. Harte joined us in July 1999 as our executive vice president for
sales and marketing. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Harte served as president and chief
executive officer of NeoVista Software Inc., a provider of data mining services
and a developer of solutions for knowledge discovery in databases. From 1987 to
1992, Mr. Harte held senior management positions in Alliant Computer Systems
Inc., a manufacturer of standards based parallel supercomputers. From 1989 to
1992, Mr. Harte served as vice president, worldwide sales, marketing and
services, and from 1987 to 1989 he served as president european operations.
Between 1987 and 1988, Mr. Harte held various sales and marketing positions in
Floating Point Systems Inc., a systems integration and software supplier. Mr.
Harte holds a bachelors of science in physics degree from Exeter University,
United Kingdom.

   Donald J. Marcotte joined us in January, 1999 and is our vice-president,
sales. Before joining us, Mr. Marcotte worked at Syncsort Inc., a maker of
client server performance software from 1990 until 1999. From 1995 through
1999, Mr. Marcotte served as Syncsort's director of North American sales. From
1990 through 1995, Mr. Marcotte was director for international operations where
he managed distributor operations. Mr. Marcotte also spent eleven years from
1979 to 1990 with Wang Laboratories, a computer services company, and IBM, a
computer company, where he held a number of management positions including
sales management. Mr. Marcotte received his bachelor in business administration
from the University of Notre Dame and his masters in business administration in
finance from Fordham University.

   Noel Ryan has served as our controller since March, 1999. From January 1997
until March 1999, Mr. Ryan was our management accountant. Before joining us,
Mr. Ryan was a senior financial analyst in Dataproducts, a subsidiary of the
Hitachi Corporation, Japan, from June 1990 until January 1997. Mr. Ryan has
received a bachelor of business studies from Dublin City University and is a
member of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.

   John McGuire and Cyril McGuire are brothers. There are no other family
relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board of Directors

   Our decision-making responsibility is divided between our shareholders in
general meeting and our board of directors. Our shareholders are entitled to
determine the form of our memorandum and articles of association in the manner
provided under Irish law and our memorandum and articles of association. Our
shareholders have delegated the power to manage our day to day business to the
board of directors. However, our shareholders may subsequently amend our
articles of association by special resolution to reserve to themselves the
power to manage our day to day business. Alternatively, our shareholders may
change the composition of our board of directors.

   Our memorandum and articles of association authorize no fewer than three nor
more than fifteen directors. Our shareholders may, from time to time, increase
or reduce the number of directors by ordinary resolution. We presently have
nine directors.

                                       58
<PAGE>

   Generally, directors are elected by our shareholders at an annual general
meeting by ordinary resolution, a resolution adopted by a majority of the votes
cast on the resolution by our shareholders entitled to vote on the matter. Our
shareholders may also, by ordinary resolution, appoint persons at extraordinary
meetings to fill vacancies created by retirement or by the increasing of the
size of the board. Our shareholders may also determine the retirement rotation
for any additional directors. Additionally, our shareholders may by ordinary
resolution at any shareholders' meeting remove any director and appoint another
person in his place, subject to compliance with the relevant statutory and
notice provisions and to the rights of the removed director to compensation or
damages arising from the removal.

   Our directors may also, at any time and from time to time, appoint any
person to the board to fill a vacancy or as an additional director. Any
director so appointed will serve until the next annual general meeting of the
shareholders and will be subject to re-election by the shareholders at that
meeting.

   Our directors are subject to retirement by rotation. At each annual meeting
of the shareholders, one third of the directors, rounded down to the next whole
number if it is a fractional number, are required to retire from office. The
retiring directors are those who have been in office for the longest period of
time. Retirement for persons who became directors or were reappointed on the
same day is determined by lot, unless otherwise agreed. Any director who
retires at an annual meeting may be immediately reappointed by the
shareholders.

   Under our current board composition, two of our directors are required to
retire at each annual general meeting of the shareholders. John and Cyril
McGuire will be required to retire at our annual general meeting in 2000.
Messrs. Sullivan and Meehan will be required to retire at our annual general
meeting in 2001. Messrs. Byrne and Wadsworth will be required to retire at our
annual general meeting in 2002. Messrs. Heinrich and Bidzos will be required to
retire at our annual general meeting in 2003. Mr. Shea will be required to
retire at our annual general meeting in 2004. The number of directors obligated
to retire at any annual general meeting could change if we appoint additional
directors.

   A director must resign from office if he is required to do so under the
Irish Companies Acts or other applicable law, is adjudged bankrupt or makes any
arrangement or composition with his creditors generally, or in the opinion of a
majority of his co-directors, he becomes incapable by reason of mental disorder
of discharging his duties as a director, or not being a director holding for a
fixed term an executive office in his capacity as a director, he resigns his
office by notice to us. Additionally, a director must resign from office if he
becomes of unsound mind or is convicted of an indictable offense, unless the
other directors otherwise determine. Also, a director may resign upon written
notice or may be removed by the other directors if that director is absent from
meetings of the board, without permission of the directors, for more than six
months or for any other reason by notice in writing and signed by all the other
directors in the case of a director holding office for a fixed term, upon
expiration of the term or upon receipt by that director of a notice in writing
delivered to him by us automatically terminating his appointment, or if we or
that director serves a notice for termination or appointment by giving the
requisite notice under the terms of the agreement under which he was appointed,
upon the expiration of the requisite period of notice under that agreement.

Board Committees

   Our board of directors may delegate aspects of its responsibilities to
committees of the board. Our board of directors has established an audit
committee and a compensation committee. The audit committee oversees actions
taken by our independent auditors, recommends the engagement of auditors and
reviews our internal audits. The compensation

                                       59
<PAGE>

committee establishes compensation policies and is responsible for determining
cash and equity compensation for executive officers, including the granting of
options under our share option schemes.

Executive Officers

   Our executive officers are responsible for managing our day-to-day business.
Our executive officers are appointed by the board of directors on terms and for
periods determined by the board. Subject to any contractual obligations with an
officer, the board of directors may revoke any appointment at any time.

Directors and Executive Officers Compensation

   The aggregate compensation paid by us and our subsidiaries to our directors
and executive officers as a group of 13 persons in the year ended January 31,
2000 totaled $1,150,535. All of the $1,150,535 was paid by our subsidiaries.
Amounts paid include salary and pension, retirement and other similar benefits.

   We do not have any currently outstanding loans to any of our directors. In
addition, we do not currently have any outstanding guarantees for the benefit
of any of our directors.

Our Advisory Board

   In March 1999, we established an advisory board consisting of members from
the banking, smart card and Internet industries. The role of the advisory board
is to provide insight and consultation on industry developments and trends that
affect us. The members of the advisory board also provide us with valuable
international contacts and profile in the e-payment industry. The advisory
board has no corporate authority under our memorandum or articles of
association. The members of the advisory board are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Name                                                         Age Position
       ----                                                         --- --------
       <S>                                                          <C> <C>
       Edward Jensen...............................................  62 Chairman
       Robert Schneider............................................  51 Member
       Magdalena Yesil.............................................  41 Member
</TABLE>

   Edward Jensen has served as the chairman of our advisory board since May
1999. From 1994 until 1999, he was the president and chief executive officer of
Visa International, a card association. From 1974 until 1994, he held various
positions at US Bancorp. Mr. Jensen served as vice president of corporate
planning and development of US Bancorp from 1974 until 1991, as chief operating
officer from 1991 until 1993 and as vice-chairman from 1993 until 1994.

   Robert Schneider has served as a member of our advisory board since June
1999. Mr. Schneider founded SCM Microsystems, Inc., a provider of smart-card
products and technologies, as its president, chief executive officer, general
manager and chairman of the board in 1990. Mr. Schneider currently serves as
chairman of the board and managing director of SCM Microsystems GmbH, a German
subsidiary of SCM Microsystems, Inc. Mr. Schneider holds a degree in
engineering from HTBL Salzburg and a B.A. degree from Akademie for business
administration in Uberlingen.

   Magdalena Yesil has served as a member of our advisory board since June
1999. Since 1998, Ms. Yesil has been a general partner in U.S. Ventures, a
venture capital firm. From August 1996 until April 1997, Ms. Yesil was the
chief executive officer of MarketPay, an e-commerce software company, and from
1994 until August 1996, Ms. Yesil was a co-founder

                                       60
<PAGE>

and vice-president of marketing and technology of CyberCash, a software
company. Ms. Yesil has received a B.A. in engineering from Stanford University.

   We currently do not provide cash compensation to persons for their services
as members of our advisory board. However, each advisory board member is
granted an option to acquire up to 60,000 ordinary shares (120,000 equivalent
ADSs) under our directors and consultants share option scheme in return for
service which he provides as a member of the advisory board.

   We do not have any currently outstanding loans to any members of our
advisory board. In addition, we do not have any currently outstanding
guarantees for the benefit of any members of our advisory board.

Employment Agreements

   We have entered into indefinite term employment agreements with each of John
McGuire, Cyril McGuire, Christopher Meehan, R. Paul Byrne, John Harte and Kevin
Shea under which each receives an annual base salary, an annual bonus and all
standard benefits accorded our other executives. In addition, each of these
executives will be entitled to participate in and receive options from our
employee share option schemes.

Employee Benefit Plans

 Share Issue Limits under Our Plans

   The aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to our employee
benefit plans is 5,000,000 ordinary shares (10,000,000 equivalent ADSs). For
each plan, the 5,000,000 ordinary share limit will be reduced by the number of
shares authorized for issuance in accordance with options granted or rights
acquired under the other plans. The aggregate share limit of 5,000,000 ordinary
shares can only be altered by an ordinary resolution approved by a majority of
our shareholders.

 Trintech Group Limited share option 1990 scheme

   In January 1990, we established the Trintech Group Limited share option 1990
scheme. The 1990 scheme was created for the benefit of our directors, executive
officers and employees as well as those of our subsidiaries which participated
in it. We terminated the 1990 scheme on October 22, 1997, and no further
options to acquire ordinary shares may be granted under it. As of January 31,
2000, there were no outstanding options to acquire ordinary shares under this
plan.

 Trintech Group Limited share option 1997 scheme

   We established the Trintech Group Limited share option 1997 scheme on May
28, 1997. The 1997 scheme was approved by our shareholders on November 21,
1997. The purpose of the 1997 scheme is to attract and retain the best
available personnel to promote the success of our business. We are required to
keep available sufficient authorized but unissued shares to satisfy our
obligations under the plan. The 1997 scheme will terminate on May 27, 2007,
unless previously terminated by the board of directors.

   Under the 1997 scheme, all of our employees and executive directors as well
as those of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive grants of nonstatutory
options. Employees are also eligible to receive grants of incentive stock
options intended to qualify under Section 422 of

                                       61
<PAGE>

the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The 1997 scheme is administered by the
compensation committee, which selects the persons to whom options will be
granted, determines the number of shares to be made subject to each grant and
prescribes other terms and conditions, including the type and amount of
consideration to be paid upon exercise and the vesting schedules in connection
with each grant.

   If we are a party to a merger, takeover or other reorganization, the
compensation committee may exercise discretion. The compensation committee
could request that participants exercise their outstanding options, agree to
assume outstanding options, agree to substitute options of a successor
corporation or make a cash settlement payment.

   The exercise price of all incentive stock options must be equal to the fair
market value of an ordinary share on the day preceding the date of grant. The
exercise price of non-statutory options is determined by the compensation
committee but must be at least equal to the par value of an ordinary share and,
for non-statutory stock options intended to qualify as performance based
compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 the exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value
of an ordinary share on the day preceding the date of grant. For any
participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all
of our classes of outstanding share capital, the exercise price of any
incentive stock option granted must be at least equal to 110% of the fair
market value of an ordinary share on the grant date, and the term of the
incentive stock option must not exceed five years. Options must be exercised
within a period specified at the date of grant, which is generally seven years.

   The board of directors may amend or modify the 1997 scheme at any time.
Shareholder approval is necessary to increase the aggregate number of ordinary
shares which may be issued under the 1997 scheme.

   As of January 31, 2000, 57,244 ordinary shares (114,488 equivalent ADSs)
have been issued upon the exercise of share options granted under the 1997
scheme, 3,310,827 ordinary shares (6,621,654 equivalent ADSs) are subject to
outstanding options, and 389,173 ordinary shares (778,346 equivalent ADSs)
remain available for future grant. The weighted exercise price for all
outstanding options to purchase equivalent ADSs under the 1997 scheme is $5.94,
or approximately (Euro) 6.12, per ADS.

 Trintech Group PLC directors and consultants share option scheme

   On April 22, 1998, we established the Trintech Group Limited directors and
consultants share option scheme. The purpose of the scheme is to attract and
retain the best available directors and consultants and to promote the success
of our business. The directors and consultants scheme will terminate on April
21, 2008, unless previously terminated by the board of directors.

   Under the directors and consultants scheme, all of our non-executive
directors and consultants as well as those of our subsidiaries are eligible to
receive grants of nonstatutory options. The directors and consultants scheme is
administered by the compensation committee, which selects the persons to whom
options will be granted, determines the number of shares to be made subject to
each grant and prescribes other terms and conditions, including the type and
amount of consideration to be paid upon exercise and the vesting schedules in
connection with each grant.

   If we are a party to a merger, takeover or other reorganization, the
compensation committee may exercise discretion. The compensation committee
could request that participants exercise their outstanding options, agree to
assume outstanding options, agree to substitute options of a successor
corporation or make a cash settlement payment.


                                       62
<PAGE>

   The exercise price of all incentive stock options must be equal to the fair
market value of an ordinary share on the day preceding the date of grant. The
exercise price of non-statutory options is determined by the compensation
committee but must be at least equal to the par value of an ordinary share and,
for non-statutory stock options intended to qualify as performance based
compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 the exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value
of an ordinary share on the day preceding the date of grant. For any
participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all
of our classes of outstanding share capital, the exercise price of any
incentive stock option granted must be at least equal to 110% of the fair
market value of an ordinary share on the grant date, and the term of the
incentive stock option must not exceed five years. Options must be exercised
within a period specified at the date of grant, which is generally seven years.

   The board of directors may amend or modify the directors and consultants
scheme at any time. Shareholder approval is necessary to increase the aggregate
number of ordinary shares which may be issued under the directors and
consultants scheme.

   As of January 31, 2000, no ordinary shares have been issued upon the
exercise of share options granted under the directors and consultants scheme,
300,500 ordinary shares (601,000 equivalent ADSs) are subject to outstanding
options, and 299,500 ordinary shares (599,000 equivalent ADSs) remain available
for future grant. The weighted exercise price for all outstanding options to
purchase equivalent ADSs under the directors and consultants scheme is $6.50,
or approximately (Euro) 6.70, per equivalent ADS.

 Trintech savings related share option scheme 1999

   On August 23, 1999, we obtained shareholder approval for the establishment
of the Trintech employee savings related share option scheme 1999 for our Irish
employees. The scheme will be adopted by the board shortly following the
receipt of approval by the Irish Revenue Commissioners. The savings related
share option scheme applies to all of our qualifying Irish employees and is
intended to be an approved scheme under Schedule 12A to the Taxes Consolidation
Act 1997 of the Republic of Ireland. The eligible employees may apply for an
option to purchase ordinary shares at a discount of 15% to the market value of
ordinary shares on the last day on which the ordinary shares were traded before
grant. Participants must enter into approved savings arrangements the purpose
of which is to fund the cost of the exercise of the option.

   The savings related share option scheme is open to our employees and
executive directors. Grants of options under the savings related share option
scheme may vary as between participants according to level of remuneration,
length of service or other factors relating to their position.

   The savings related share option scheme provides that, in the event of a
merger, take-over or other re-organization, any subsisting options may be
exercised within a specified time period not to exceed six months of the date
of the merger, take-over, or reorganization. There is also an alternative for
participants, with the agreement of any company which may acquire us, to
release their rights under the savings related share option scheme in
consideration for equivalent rights in the acquiring company or its parent.

   Rights granted under the savings related share option scheme are not
transferable. These rights may only be exercised by the participant or, in the
event of his death, his personal representative. The savings related share
option scheme will terminate ten years after its adoption by the board of
directors unless otherwise terminated before that date by the board

                                       63
<PAGE>

of directors. The board of directors has power to amend the savings related
share option scheme except that no amendment will be made which would adversely
affect the subsisting rights of participants.

 1999 employee share purchase plan

   On August 23, 1999, we obtained shareholder approval for the establishment
of the Trintech 1999 employee share purchase plan for our U.S. employees. We
may issue an aggregate of 350,000 ordinary shares (700,000 equivalent ADSs)
under the 1999 share purchase plan.

   The 1999 share purchase plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the
Code and contains consecutive, overlapping, twenty-four month offering periods.
Each offering period includes four six-month purchase periods. The offering
periods generally start on the first trading day on or after March 1 and
September 1 of each year.

   Our U.S. employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily
employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week
and more than five months in any calendar year. However, any employee who
immediately after grant owns stock with 5% or more of the total combined voting
power or value of all classes of our capital shares, or holds rights to
purchase shares under our employee share purchase plans that accrue at an
annual rate exceeding $25,000 worth of shares for each calendar quarter may be
not be granted an option to purchase shares under the 1999 share purchase plan.
The 1999 share purchase plan permits participants to purchase common stock
through payroll deductions of up to 15% of the participant's compensation.
Compensation is defined as the participant's base straight time gross earnings,
bonuses and commissions but is exclusive of payments for overtime, shift
premium payments, incentive compensation, incentive payments and other
compensation.

   The total amounts deducted and accumulated from the participant's pay are
used to purchase ordinary shares at the end of each purchase period. The price
of ordinary shares purchased under the 1999 share purchase plan is generally
85% of the lower of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the
beginning of the offering period or at the end of the purchase period. If the
fair market value at the end of a purchase period is less than the fair market
value at the beginning of the offering period, the participants will be
withdrawn from the current offering period following exercise and automatically
enrolled in a new offering period. The new offering period will use the lower
fair market value as of the first date of the new offering period to determine
the purchase price for future purchase periods. Participants may end their
participation at any time during an offering period, and they will be paid
their payroll deductions to date. Participation ends automatically upon
termination of employment with us.

   Rights granted under the 1999 share purchase plan are not transferable by a
participant other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as
otherwise provided under the 1999 share purchase plan. The 1999 share purchase
plan provides that, in the event of a merger of with or into another
corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each outstanding
option may be assumed or substituted for by the successor corporation. If the
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding
options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened and a new
exercise date will be set. The 1999 share purchase plan will terminate in 2009.
The board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 1999 share
purchase plan, except that no board action may adversely affect any outstanding
rights to purchase shares under the 1999 share purchase plan.


                                       64
<PAGE>

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

   In general, Section 200 of the Irish Companies Act, 1963 prohibits us from
exempting any of our officers or auditors from, or indemnifying any of them
against, any liability arising from any negligence, default, breach of duty or
breach of trust of which he may be guilty in relation to us. Section 200 does,
however, provide that we may indemnify any of our officers or auditors against
any liability incurred by him in defending proceedings, whether civil or
criminal, if judgment is given in his favor or the officer or auditor is
acquitted. Additionally, upon our election, we can provide an indemnity under
Section 200 where an officer or auditor is granted relief by a court under
either Section 391 of the Irish Companies Act of 1963 or Section 42 of the
Irish Companies (Amendment) Act, 1983. Our articles of association contain a
provision for this indemnity.

   Our subsidiary, Trintech, Inc., has agreed to indemnify each of its
directors and officers and each of the officers and directors serving at the
request of Trintech, Inc. as our directors and officers against liabilities and
expenses incurred by them in connection with claims made by reason of their
being a director or officer.

   We have obtained directors and officers insurance for some of our directors,
officers, affiliates, partners or employees for liabilities relating to the
performance of their duties.

   At present, there is no pending material litigation or proceeding involving
any of our officers or directors where indemnification will be required or
permitted. We are not aware of any threatened material litigation or proceeding
which may result in a claim for indemnification of an officer or director.

                                       65
<PAGE>

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

   The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership
of our ordinary shares as of January 31, 2000 for

  .  our chief executive officer and each of our other four most highly
     compensated executive officers at the end of our last completed fiscal
     year,

  .  each of our directors,

  .  each person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary
     shares,

  .  each selling shareholder, and

  .  our officers and directors as a group.

   The applicable percentage ownership of each shareholder identified in the
table is based on 50,281,444 equivalent ADSs outstanding at January 31, 2000. A
person is considered to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be
acquired by that person within 60 days of January 31, 2000 upon the exercise of
options or warrants. Calculations of percentage of beneficial ownership also
assume the exercise by only the named shareholder of all options and warrants
for the purchase of ordinary shares held by that shareholder which are
exercisable within 60 days of January 31, 2000. Unless otherwise noted in the
footnotes to the table, we believe that the persons named in the table have
sole voting and investing power for all shares indicated as being beneficially
owned by them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Equivalent ADSs                      Equivalent ADSs
                               Beneficially Owned                   Beneficially Owned
                             Prior to the Offering      Number of   After the Offering
                             -------------------------    ADSs      ------------------
       Beneficial Owner         Number      Percent   Being Offered   Number   Percent
       ----------------      -------------  -------   ------------- ---------- -------
   <S>                       <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
   John F. McGuire (1)(2)..      9,300,017     17.7%      90,000     9,210,017  16.6%
    c/o Trintech Building
    South County Business
     Park
    Leopardstown
    Dublin 18, Ireland
   Cyril P. McGuire
    (1)(3).................      9,300,017     17.7       90,000     9,210,017  16.6
    c/o Trintech Building
    South County Business
     Park
    Leopardstown
    Dublin 18, Ireland
   Kevin C. Shea...........         40,000      0.0            0        40,000   0.0
   R. Paul Byrne (4).......        109,614      0.2       50,000        59,614   0.1
   Christopher P. Meehan
    (5)....................        691,608      1.3       90,000       601,608   1.1
   George L. Burne (6).....        535,320      1.0       50,000       485,320   0.9
   John Harte (7)..........         42,187      0.0            0        42,187   0.0
   Trevor D. Sullivan (8)..          4,090      0.0            0         4,090   0.0
   James Bidzos (9)........      2,087,670      4.2            0     1,887,670   3.5
   Wolfgang H. Heinrich
    (10)...................          3,750      0.0            0         3,750   0.0
   Robert Wadsworth (11)...      2,003,750      4.0            0     1,803,750   3.3
   Instove Limited (12)....      7,701,466     15.3      900,000     6,721,466  12.3
    P.O. Box 437 14
    14 Conway Street
    St. Helier
   Enterprise Ireland
    (13)...................      2,779,196      5.5      250,000     2,529,196   4.7
    Wilton Park House
    Wilton Place
    Dublin 2, Ireland
   HarbourVest
    International (11).....      2,000,000      4.0      200,000     1,800,000   3.3
    One Financial Center,
     44th Floor
    Boston, MA 02111
   RSA Security, Inc.
    (14)...................      1,917,254      3.8      200,000     1,717,254   3.2
    36 Crosby Drive
    Bedford, MA 01730
   Officers and directors
    as a group
    (12 persons) (15)......     24,141,938     45.9      750,000    23,391,938  42.1
   Other selling
    shareholders...........
</TABLE>

                                       66
<PAGE>

- --------
(1) Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited, which are owned by two Jersey
    discretionary trusts, Jayness Trust and Vanspur Trust, have the option to
    acquire up to 2,890,750 equivalent ADSs, representing approximately 5.6% of
    the equivalent ADSs before the offering, currently owned by John McGuire
    and have the option to acquire up to 2,890,750 equivalent ADSs,
    representing approximately 5.6% of the equivalent ADSs before the offering,
    currently owned by Cyril McGuire. Neither John McGuire, Cyril McGuire nor
    any of their family members are trustees or beneficiaries of these trusts
    and John and Cyril McGuire disclaim any beneficial interest in the
    securities held by Jayness Limited, Vanspur Limited or the trusts. For
    shares held by Instove Limited, see note (12) below.
(2) Includes 133,333 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
    currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
    overallotment option is exercised in full, these 9,200,017 equivalent ADSs
    would represent approximately 16.5% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding
    after the offering.
(3) Includes 133,333 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
    currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters
    allotment option is exercised in full, these 9,200,017 equivalent ADSs
    would represent approximately 16.5% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding
    after the offering.
(4) Includes 106,214 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
    currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
    overallotment option is exercised in full, these 59,614 equivalent ADSs
    would represent approximately 0.1% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after
    the offering.
(5) Includes 79,678 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
    currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
    overallotment option is exercised in full, these 641,608 equivalent ADSs
    would represent approximately 1.2% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after
    the offering.
(6) Includes 94,000 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
    currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
    overallotment option is exercised in full, these 485,320 equivalent ADSs
    would represent approximately 0.9% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after
    the offering.
(7) Represents 42,187 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
    currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
    overallotment option is exercised in full, these 42,187 equivalent ADSs
    would represent approximately 0.0% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after
    the offering.
(8) Includes 3,750 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
    currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
    overallotment option is exercised in full, these 4,090 equivalent ADSs
    would represent approximately 0.0% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after
    the offering.
(9) Includes 1,917,254 equivalent ADSs held by RSA Security, of which Mr.
    Bidzos is a director and vice chairman, 3,750 equivalent ADSs subject to
    options that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of January 31,
    2000, and 166,666 equivalent ADSs held by Tolmi L.L.C. in trust for Mr.
    Bidzos personally. Mr. Bidzos may be considered to have or share investment
    and voting control over the equivalent ADSs owned by RSA Security. Mr.
    Bidzos disclaims any beneficial interest in the equivalent ADSs held by RSA
    Security. If the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full,
    these 1,887,670 equivalent ADSs would represent approximately 3.4% of the
    equivalent ADSs outstanding after the offering.
(10) Includes 3,750 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
     currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
     overallotment option is exercised in full, these 3,750 equivalent ADSs
     would represent approximately 0.0% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding
     after the offering.
(11) Includes 2,000,000 equivalent ADSs held by HarbourVest International
     Private Equity Partners III L.P., of which Mr. Wadsworth is a general
     partner, and 3,750 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
     currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. HarbourVest Partners, LLC
     is the managing member or the general partner of HarbourVest
     International. Mr. Wadsworth is the general partner of HarbourVest
     Partners. Mr. Wadsworth may be considered to have or share investment and
     voting control over the equivalent ADSs owned by this entity.
     Mr. Wadsworth disclaims any beneficial interest in the equivalent ADSs
     held by HarbourVest International Private Equity Partners III L.P. in
     excess of his pecuniary interest as a general partner. If the
     underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full, these 1,803,750
     equivalent ADSs would represent approximately 3.3% of the equivalent ADSs
     outstanding after the offering.
(12) Equivalent ADSs are held by Instove Limited, which in turn is owned by two
     Jersey discretionary trusts, Hacke Trust and Belte Trust. Neither John
     McGuire nor Cyril McGuire nor any of their family members are trustees or
     beneficiaries of these trusts, but the trustees may, in their sole
     discretion, select any beneficiaries. John McGuire and Cyril McGuire both
     disclaim any beneficial interest in the equivalent ADSs held by Instove
     Limited or the trusts. Instove Limited has granted the underwriters the
     option to purchase up to 450,000 ADSs to cover over-allotments, if any. If
     the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, after the
     offering, Instove Limited will hold 6,251,466 equivalent ADSs,
     representing 11.4% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after the offering.
(13) If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, after the
     offering, Enterprise Ireland will hold 2,529,196 equivalent ADSs,
     representing 4.6% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after the offering.
(14) If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, after the
     offering, RSA Security, Inc. will hold 1,717,254 equivalent ADSs,
     representing 3.1% of the equivalent ADSs outstanding after the offering.
(15) Includes 643,078 equivalent ADSs subject to options that are exercisable
     currently or within 60 days of January 31, 2000. If the underwriters'
     overallotment option is exercised in full, these 23,391,938 equivalent
     ADSs would represent approximately 42.1% of the equivalent ADSs
     outstanding after the offering.

                                       67
<PAGE>

                           RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   On March 31, 1998, we licensed the source code for S/PAY and J/PAY from RSA
Security. S/PAY and J/PAY are security toolkit products which enable the user
to add cryptography functionality to other software products for securing e-
payment transactions. The license is exclusive for that portion of the source
code that implements and provides the functionality of the SET standard. Under
the terms of the agreement, we also received a royalty-free sublicensable
license to the object code of the licensed software. Our rights under the
license are subject to pre-existing rights of third-party licensees to license
portions of the tool kit products. In exchange for receiving the rights under
the license, we paid RSA Security a one-time payment of $2.5 million in cash.
In connection with the execution of this license, we and RSA Security also
entered into an agreement that specified joint marketing activities to be
undertaken by us and RSA Security.

   On March 31, 1998, RSA Security, purchased 482,765 of our ordinary shares.
As part of the equity investment, we granted RSA Security the right to appoint
one member to our board of directors. James Bidzos, a director and vice
chairman of RSA Security, was initially appointed by RSA Security and currently
serves on our board. RSA Security's right to appoint one member to our board of
directors terminated upon the closing of our initial public offering.

   On June 30, 1998, we closed the sale of 2,750,000 of our redeemable
convertible preference shares at a price of $6.00 per share. HarbourVest
Partners LLC purchased 1,000,000 redeemable convertible preference shares and
RSA Security purchased 500,000 redeemable convertible preference shares in this
transaction. As part of this transaction, we granted the investors the right to
appoint one member to our board of directors. Robert M. Wadsworth, a general
partner of HarbourVest Partners LLC, was initially appointed by the investors
and currently serves on our board. The investors' right to appoint one member
to our board of directors terminated upon the closing of our initial public
offering.

   In August 1998, we entered into an agreement with VISA International. The
agreement confirmed and summarized the intentions of both parties concerning
the development of a strategic relationship to pursue opportunities in the
Internet marketplace. In connection with this agreement, we issued to VISA
International a warrant to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares, exercisable for a
two-year period. As part of this transaction, we granted VISA International the
right to appoint one member to our board of directors. Wolfgang Heinrich was
initially appointed by VISA International and currently serves on our board.
VISA International's right to appoint a board member terminate upon the closing
of this offering. Concurrent with the closing of the transactions with VISA
International, VISA International purchased 250,000 of our redeemable
convertible preference shares at a price of $6.00 per share.

   From time to time, we have entered into development and marketing agreements
with Visa International and some of its affiliated entities. Under these
arrangements, we have developed products to meet the specific needs of Visa and
its members. In return, Visa has paid us development and services fees and has
agreed to promote these products to its members. Additionally, once we have
developed these products, we have entered into licensing arrangements with Visa
in which we have provided Visa licenses to use these products and additional
technical and support services.

   In April 1999, we entered into a development and marketing agreement with
Visa International to develop a product meeting Visa's cash payment server
specifications.


                                       68
<PAGE>

   In May 1999, we entered into a license agreement with Visa USA in which we
agreed to license one copy of PayGate Enterprise Gateway to Visa International.
The purpose of the license was to develop and test the product for merchants.
Visa paid us license and support fees plus additional royalties. Under the
agreement, we are required to place in escrow the current version of RSA S-Pay
source code and documentation. If we fail to provide a modification to the
source code to meet Visa's modified SET specifications within 90 days of Visa's
publication of these specifications or if we suffer a bankruptcy during the
term of the agreement, Visa will have access to the source code solely for use
under the license.

   Effective September 1, 1998, we entered into a lease agreement with John and
Cyril McGuire under which we currently lease approximately 22,500 square feet
of space in a building located in Dublin, Ireland which is owned by John and
Cyril McGuire. The term of the lease is for a period of 25 years. Our rent
under the lease is IR(Pounds)401,514, or approximately $539,795 per year, which
was determined by a fair assessment of the local rental market by an
independent appraisal firm. The rent is to be reviewed by an independent
appraiser every five years and may be increased based on the independent
appraiser's assessment of the current rental market using rental rates for
similar properties in comparable locations. This lease agreement may be amended
from time to time by agreement among us and John and Cyril McGuire. We have the
right to terminate the lease on September 1, 2007.

   Trintech Limited, one of our Irish subsidiaries, has issued shares of
special non-voting class to Huttoft Company, an unlimited company. Huttoft
Company is wholly-owned by John McGuire, Cyril McGuire, R. Paul Byrne and
Christopher Meehan, four of our executive officers, but is otherwise unrelated
to us. We own all of the voting securities of Trintech Limited. The shares held
by Huttoft Company do not entitle it to any share of the assets of Trintech
Limited in the event of a winding-up. We and Huttoft Company own all of the
outstanding securities of Trintech Limited. Trintech Limited has in the past
and may in the future declare and pay dividends to Huttoft Company, and Huttoft
Company may pay dividends to its shareholders out of these amounts. The amount
of any dividends paid to Huttoft Company will be determined by our board of
directors, subject to Irish law, in its discretion. We treat any dividends paid
by Trintech Limited to Huttoft Company as compensation expense for accounting
purposes. Any dividends which are declared and paid by Trintech Limited to
Huttoft Company would result in a reduction in profits available to us.

   In March 1991, we entered into an agreement with some of our then existing
shareholders. This agreement was subsequently supplanted by a shareholders'
agreement entered into in September 1993 and again in November 1993. Enterprise
Ireland, John and Cyril McGuire were the only parties to this agreement who
remain shareholders in us. Under this agreement, each of John and Cyril McGuire
agreed to restrictions on his ability to compete with us for a period of one
year after their employment with us has been terminated for any reason.
Additionally, John McGuire, Cyril McGuire and Enterprise Ireland agreed to
provide each other with rights to participate in any sale of their shares to a
third party.

   On January 31, 1997, we entered into a shareholders' agreement with John
McGuire, Cyril McGuire and Enterprise Ireland. This shareholders' agreement
provides Enterprise Ireland with the right to appoint one person to serve on
our board of directors for so long as it is a shareholder. This agreement also
requires that we provide Enterprise Ireland with information rights. Under a
letter agreement between Enterprise Ireland, John and Cyril McGuire and us
dated June 11, 1999, each of the amended March 1991 agreement and the January
1997 agreement terminated on the closing date of our initial public offering.


                                       69
<PAGE>

   From time to time since December 1996, Enterprise Ireland has provided us
with grants in support of some of our projects for the purpose of increasing
employment in Ireland. These grants have totaled an aggregate of
IR(Pounds)942,320. These grants must be repaid if we fail to maintain the
projected employment for a period of five years from the date of receipt of the
grant.

   We believe that the terms of all transactions with related parties are
comparable to those that would be attainable by us in the ordinary course of
business from unaffiliated third parties under similar circumstances.

   As of January 31, 2000, we had granted share options to the following
directors and officers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Number of
                                                                     Options (in
                                                                      equivalent
                                   Name                                 ADSs)
                                   ----                              -----------
       <S>                                                           <C>
       Kevin C. Shea................................................   840,000
       R. Paul Byrne................................................   512,170
       John Harte...................................................   450,000
       Donald Marcotte..............................................   300,000
       Christopher P. Meehan........................................   294,556
       John F. McGuire..............................................   200,000
       Cyril P. McGuire.............................................   200,000
       George L. Burne..............................................   141,000
       Noel Ryan....................................................    24,000
       Trevor Sullivan..............................................    20,000
       Robert Wadsworth.............................................    20,000
       Wolfgang H. Heinrich.........................................    20,000
       D. James Bidzos..............................................    20,000
</TABLE>

                                       70
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

General

   Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will be
US$297,000, divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares, nominal value US$0.0027
per share, and 10,000,000 Series B preference shares, nominal value US$0.0027
per share. Our authorized capital is the number of shares available for
issuance by us under our memorandum and articles of association. As of January
31, 2000, 50,281,444 equivalent ADSs representing 25,140,722 ordinary shares
were issued and outstanding. None of our ordinary shares are currently held in
treasury. All of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding are registered
shares and not bearer shares, and are fully paid, duly authorized and validly
issued.

   The following summarizes rights of holders of our ordinary shares and is
based upon the memorandum and articles of association which were approved by a
special resolution of our shareholders in a general meeting passed on August
23, 1999 and under applicable Irish corporate law. The summary does not purport
to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our memorandum
and articles of association, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

   In the following description, a shareholder or a holder of ordinary shares
is the person registered in our register of members as the holder of the
relevant ordinary share. The Bank of New York, as depositary, will be the
registered holder for those ordinary shares represented by ADSs.

Rights on a Liquidation or Winding-Up

   Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets remaining for
distribution to the holders of ordinary shares after payment of liabilities and
after provision has been made for each class of shares, if any, having
preference over the ordinary shares would be divided, equally, among the
holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the amounts paid up on the shares
held by them. A liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of
our shareholders and any other sanction required by the Irish Companies Acts,
1963 to 1999, divide equally among the shareholders in cash or property the
whole or any part of our assets and may vest any assets in trustees upon trusts
for the benefit of contributories. However, no shareholders may be compelled to
accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

Dividends

   Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends as may be recommended by the
board of directors and approved by our shareholders or any interim dividends
the board of directors may decide to pay. No dividends have been paid on the
ordinary shares in any of the five fiscal years immediately preceding the date
of this prospectus.

   Under Irish law, we may only pay dividends out of profits legally available
for that purpose. Available profits are defined as our accumulated realized
profits, to the extent not previously distributed or capitalized, less our
accumulated realized losses, to the extent not previously written off in a
reduction or reorganization of capital. In addition, we may make a distribution
only if and to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, the amount of
our net assets is not less than the aggregate of our paid up share capital and
undistributable reserves.

   If in the future dividends are, subject to Irish law, approved by our board
or by our shareholders, the dividends will be paid to the persons who hold our
securities on the date determined by our board. However, under our articles of
association, our directors may

                                       71
<PAGE>

resolve that we will not be required to pay dividends to a shareholder who has
not claimed these dividends within twelve years of their declaration if
resolved by the board of directors. Unclaimed dividends will be used by us as
decided by our board of directors.

Voting Rights

   Each holder of ordinary shares is entitled to one vote for each share held
on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Under Irish law, a
majority of votes cast is required to pass ordinary resolutions; however, a 75%
majority of the votes cast is required to pass special resolutions. Examples of
special resolutions are resolutions to approve any amendment to our memorandum
or articles of association or to change our name. Variation of the rights
relating to any class of shares requires the approval of a special resolution
by the class in question. Shareholders do not have cumulative voting rights for
the election of directors. Holders of a majority of the ordinary shares
entitled to vote in any election of directors may therefore elect all of the
directors standing for election.

Shareholder Meetings

   An annual general meeting of shareholders must take place in the Republic of
Ireland unless either the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the
meeting unanimously consent in writing to the meeting being held elsewhere or a
resolution has been passed at the preceding annual general meeting providing
that the meeting be held elsewhere. Extraordinary general meetings of the
shareholders may be held either in the Republic of Ireland or outside the
Republic of Ireland. Annual and extraordinary general meetings may be called by
either the board of directors or at the request of shareholders holding not
less than one-tenth of our then outstanding voting share capital. Annual
general meetings must be held once every calendar year. However, not more than
fifteen months may elapse between these meetings. The Minister for Enterprise,
Trade and Employment for the Republic of Ireland may, on the application of any
shareholder, call or direct the calling of an annual general meeting if the
meeting is not held within the required time period.

   Irish company law requires at least 14 days' written notice of a meeting,
except that an annual general meeting or a meeting convened for the passing of
a special resolution requires at least 21 days' written notice. In limited
circumstances, general meetings can be called on shorter notice. Further, in
circumstances prescribed by law, extended, or 28 days, notice must be given for
a general meeting. Shareholders' notices will be published in one German
national newspaper approved for official notices by the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange as long as ADRs are listed in Germany.

   Three or more shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote
upon the business to be transacted and, together holding not less than one
third of our outstanding voting shares, constitute a quorum at shareholders
meetings. A vote which takes into account all votes which may be cast at that
meeting by shareholders attending as opposed to a show of hands at any
shareholders meeting may be demanded by any of the following:

  .  the chairman of the meeting

  .  at least three shareholders present, in person or by proxy, who are
     entitled to vote at the meeting

  .  any shareholder or shareholders present, in person or by proxy,
     representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all
     the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting

                                       72
<PAGE>

  .  any shareholder or shareholders present, in person or by proxy, holding
     shares conferring the right to vote at the meeting being shares on which
     there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than
     one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that
     right.

Issuance of Shares

   Under our articles, our board of directors may issue ordinary shares up to
the authorized but unissued share capital without obtaining shareholder
approval. However, Irish company law requires that this authority expire after
five years unless once again extended by our shareholders. Also, our
shareholders may at any time by ordinary resolution renew, alter or revoke this
authority. Our articles provide that the authority of our board expires on
August 22, 2004 unless extended by our shareholders. These authorized but
unissued ordinary shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes,
including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate
acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

Preemptive Rights

   In general, Irish company law prohibits companies from issuing any shares or
rights to subscribe for or to convert any securities into shares for any
consideration without first offering those shares, on a pro rata basis, to the
existing shareholders. These requirements may be disapplied for a period of up
to five years under a company's articles of association or by a special
resolution passed by a company's shareholders. Our articles contain a provision
disapplying these preemptive rights for all of our authorized but unissued
shares for the five year period ending on August 22, 2004. This disapplication
may be renewed, varied or revoked at any time by a special resolution of our
shareholders.

   In addition, due to the restrictions on the offer and sale of securities in
the United States under U.S. securities laws and regulations, any offer of new
ordinary shares to existing shareholders on the basis of their preemptive
rights might not be opened to holders of ADRs.

Share Certificates

   Shareholders are entitled to certificates within two months of the date of
issuance of their shares, in a form as may be prescribed by law and by the
board of directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by the
shareholder. Each certificate shall have our corporate seal affixed to it.

Transfers of Ordinary Shares

   Except as otherwise established by rules adopted by the board of directors,
and subject to applicable law, ordinary shares may be transferred on our books
by the surrender to us or to our transfer agent, of a properly stamped and duly
executed stock transfer form, a duly executed certificate representing the
ordinary shares and, if executed under a power of attorney, a properly executed
written power of attorney, together with any proof of authority or the
authenticity of signature as we or our transfer agent may otherwise reasonably
request.

Registration Rights

   Under the terms of two investors' rights agreements, as of February 29,
2000, the holders of an aggregate of 6,000,000 equivalent ADSs have the right
to require us on no more than two occasions to register all or a portion of
their ordinary shares. These holders may also require us on no more than two
additional occasions to register all or a portion of their

                                       73
<PAGE>

ordinary shares on a Form S-3 registration statement when that form becomes
available to us. Additionally, as of February 29, 2000, these holders, plus the
holders of up to an additional 917,254 equivalent ADSs, are entitled to
piggyback registration rights in connection with any registration under the
U.S. Securities Act of our securities for our own account or the account of
other security holders. If we propose to register any ordinary shares under the
U.S. Securities Act, the holders of these piggyback registration rights are
entitled to receive notice of the registration and to include their shares in
the registration.

   These registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations
including the right of the underwriters in any underwritten offering to limit
the number of shares held by security holders with registration rights to be
included in the registration. The registration rights for any holder terminate
when the shares held by the holder represent less than one percent of our
outstanding shares and may be sold under Rule 144 promulgated under the U.S.
Securities Act, during any three-month period. We are generally required to
bear all of the expenses of all the registrations under these investor rights
agreements, except underwriting discounts and commissions. Registration of any
of the ordinary shares held by security holders with registration rights would
result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the
U.S. Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration. The
investors' rights agreements also contain commitments by us to indemnify the
holders of registration rights, subject to specified limitations.

Derivative Action Suits

   Under Irish company law, our shareholders do not generally have standing to
maintain proceedings arising from wrongs suffered by us. There are, however,
exceptions available under equitable principles on a case-by-case basis. For
example, controlling shareholders cannot perpetrate fraud on the minority
shareholders or commit an act that is illegal or outside the scope of corporate
authority. Additionally, if we attempt to act on the strength of a decision by
a simple majority, where particular decisions call for more than a simple
majority, an individual shareholder may bring suit. In cases where controlling
shareholders do not institute proceedings in our name, one or more of the
aggrieved minority shareholders may apply to the court to bring a derivative
action. A minority shareholder may also initiate proceedings in our name in
limited circumstances.

Class Action Suits

   In contrast to a derivative action, Irish company law permits an action by a
shareholder in his own right on the basis of the infringement of his personal
rights. A shareholder may commence a suit in a representative capacity for
himself as well as other similarly affected consenting shareholders.
Additionally, under Irish company law, any shareholder who claims that our
affairs are being conducted, or that the powers of our directors are being
exercised, in a manner oppressive to his interests as a shareholder, may apply
to the Irish courts for an appropriate order.

Interlocking and Interested Directors

   Irish company law requires each of our directors to declare the nature of
any direct or indirect interest which the director may have in a proposed
contract with us at a meeting of the directors before the board votes to
approve the contract. An interested director must generally abstain from a vote
on any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he has an
interest. Our articles allow the shareholders, by ordinary resolution, to
suspend or relax these provisions to any extent either generally or for any
particular contract, arrangement or transaction.

                                       74
<PAGE>

   If any question arises at any directors' meeting regarding the materiality
of a director's interest in a proposed transaction or the right of a director
to vote on the proposal and the question is not resolved by the director
voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, the chairman of the relevant
meeting has the authority to decide the matter. Additionally, our shareholders
may, by ordinary resolution, ratify any transaction not duly authorized by
reason of a contravention of our articles of association.

   Irish law also regulates various types of transactions between us and our
directors or any person connected with any of our directors. These provisions
require shareholder approval for long-term employment contracts with directors
and for the purchase or sale by us of assets from or to a director or any
person connected with any of our directors. Additionally, we may not make loans
to, or enter into credit transactions as creditors for, a director or persons
connected to directors or give guarantees or provide security in connection
with these matters, except in limited circumstances.

Irish Mergers and Competition Legislation and Other Anti-Takeover Provisions

   Irish Mergers and Competitive Legislation. Irish law requires prospective
purchasers of our voting securities to provide advance notice of an acquisition
of our shares to the minister for Enterprise, Trade and Employment of Ireland
if, after an acquisition, that person would control more than 25% of our voting
securities and specific financial thresholds are exceeded. Subject to several
exceptions, the person must also notify the minister of any subsequent
acquisition of voting securities. Under Irish law, title to the shares
concerned will not pass unless either clearance for an acquisition is obtained
from the minister or the prescribed statutory period following notification of
the acquisition lapses without the minister having made an order.

   In addition, under Irish competition legislation, proposed mergers and
acquisitions which might be anti-competitive in nature may require prior
notification to, and approval of, the Irish Competition Authority. Further,
third parties may file a complaint with the Irish Competition Authority or
institute court proceedings seeking relief, including injunctions and exemplary
damages, for a merger or acquisition which would be prohibited under the
relevant legislation.

   For purposes of the Irish mergers and competition legislation described
above, the acquisition of ADSs would generally be treated in the same manner as
an acquisition of ordinary shares.

   Provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association Concerning
Control. Several provisions of our memorandum and articles of association,
which are described in these paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and
may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a
shareholder might consider in its best interests, including those attempts that
might result in a premium over the market price for the ADSs.

   German Antitakeover Law. In compliance with the admission regulations of the
Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, we have adopted the
takeover code recommended by the Stock Exchange Expert Commission at the German
Federal Ministry of Finance. This takeover code, while not having the force of
law, is complied with by those companies listed on the Neuer Markt segment of
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange which acknowledge it.

Presentation of Financial Statements to Shareholders

   Our board of directors is required to present to our shareholders at each
annual general meeting our statutory financial statements and a report by the
directors on our state of affairs.

                                       75
<PAGE>

Purchase of Own Shares

   Under our articles, we may purchase our own shares, including redeemable
shares, only out of distributable profits. Additionally, in the case of a
purchase other than on a stock exchange, as recognized under the Irish company
law, the purchase must first be authorized by special resolution of our
shareholders and, in the case of a purchase on a stock exchange, the purchase
must first be authorized by ordinary resolution.

Irish Stamp Duty

   For a discussion of the tax imposed on the transfer of ordinary shares, see
"Taxation--Irish Stamp Duty."

Prohibition on Financial Assistance to Purchase Shares

   Irish company law prohibits us from giving any direct or indirect financial
assistance to any person, whether by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision
of security or other form of financial assistance, for the purpose of
purchasing or subscribing for any of our shares.

Options and Warrants

   As of January 31, 2000, options to purchase up to 3,611,327 ordinary shares
(7,222,654 equivalent ADSs) were outstanding, with exercise prices ranging from
$0.78 to $30.00 per equivalent ADS. Of these outstanding options, 3,310,827
ordinary shares (6,621,654 equivalent ADSs) are subject to options under the
1997 scheme and 300,500 ordinary shares (601,000 equivalent ADSs) are subject
to options under the directors and consultants scheme. In addition, as of
January 31, 2000, a warrant to purchase up to 250,000 ordinary shares (500,000
equivalent ADSs) at an exercise price of $3.00 per equivalent ADS was
outstanding.

Listing

   The ADSs representing the previous ordinary shares have been approved for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market and approved for listing on the
regulated market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange with trading on the Neuer
Markt. Application has been made to have the ADSs representing the ordinary
shares to be registered in this offering admitted for listing on both the
Nasdaq National Market and the regulated market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange
with trading on the Neuer Markt.

Transfer Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent

   The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is IRG Registrars,
Dublin, Ireland. The transfer agent and registrar for the ADSs will be The Bank
of New York. The paying agent for the ADSs in Germany is Deutsche Bank
Aktiengesellschaft, who will coordinate with The Bank of New York to fulfill
its obligations as paying agent.

Deliverability and Clearing

   The ADSs will be represented by one or more ADRs deposited with The
Depository Trust Company. On or about April   , 2000, the ADRs will be
deposited with The Depository Trust Company. The ADSs are expected to be
accepted for clearance through The Depository Trust Company and Deutsche Borse
Clearing AG. The ADSs may be credited at the option of investors either to the
Depository Trust Company or the Deutsche Borse Clearing account or to the
accounts of participants with The Depository Trust Company or Deutsche Borse
Clearing.

   The German securities identification number of the ADSs is 925534. The
international securities identification code of the ADSs is US8966821014. The
CUSIP number of the ADSs is 896682101.

                                       76
<PAGE>

Rights of Dissenting Shareholders

   The Irish Companies Acts require that any arrangements or compromises
between us and a class of our shareholders, or class of our creditors, relating
to types of reconstructions, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or
takeovers be approved at a meeting of our shareholders and by the sanction of
the courts. Once approved and sanctioned, all shareholders of the relevant
class are bound by the terms of the scheme and a dissenting shareholder would
have no dissenters rights. The Irish Companies Acts also provide that where a
takeover offer is made for our shares and, within four months of the date of
the offer, the person making the offer has acquired or contracted to acquire
not less than 80% in value of our shares, the person may, before the expiration
of six months after the date of the offer, by notice compulsorily require our
shareholders who have not accepted the offer to transfer their shares on the
terms of the offer. A dissenting shareholder may apply to court within one
month of the date on which a notice was given to object to the compulsory
transfer or its terms. However, in the absence of a showing of fraud or
oppression, the court is unlikely to prevent the compulsory transfer from
taking effect, but it may vary the terms of the transfer. Irish law does not
generally provide for appraisal rights.

Series B Preference Shares

   Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will, subject
to the normal resolution on the issuances of shares, have the authority,
without further action by our shareholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of
preference shares in one or more series. The board also will have the authority
subject to Irish law to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges
and relative, participating, optional or special rights and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of any preference shares issues, including dividend
rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation
preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the ordinary
shares. Our board of directors, without shareholder approval, will be able to
issue preference shares with voting, conversion or other rights that could
adversely affect your voting power and other rights. These preference shares
could thus be issued quickly with terms that could delay or prevent a change in
control of us or make removal of our management more difficult. Additionally,
the issuance of these preference shares may decrease the market price of the
ADSs. We have no present plans to issue any preference shares.

                                       77
<PAGE>

                   DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

   To facilitate ownership of interests in our ordinary shares and trading in
the United States and Germany, ADSs relating to the ordinary shares shall be
issued by a depositary in New York to you and to other persons who deposit the
ordinary shares with the depositary. The ADSs will be represented by ADRs.

   The ADR is the receipt which represents the number of ADSs to which you are
entitled. You will not own our ordinary shares directly unless you withdraw the
ordinary shares that you deposit. As a holder of ADRs, your rights will be
governed by the deposit agreement between us, The Bank of New York, as
depositary, and the registered holders of ADRs and the owners of a beneficial
interest in ADSs. The following is a summary of the material provisions of the
deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire
agreement and the ADR. The deposit agreement has been filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Copies of the
deposit agreement and our articles of association are also available for
inspection at the corporate trust office of The Bank of New York, currently
located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, and at the principal
office of Allied Irish Bank, as the custodian, currently located at Carrisbrook
House, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland. The Bank of New York's principle
executive office is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.

American Depositary Receipts

   The Bank of New York, as depositary, will issue the ADRs. Each ADR will
represent ownership interests in, or the right to receive, one-half of one
ordinary share which we will deposit with Allied Irish Bank, as the custodian,
in Ireland. Each ADR will also represent securities, cash or other property
deposited with the depositary, as a result of a distribution we may make on the
ordinary shares, but which are not distributed to ADR holders. The
circumstances in which the depositary will deliver to you distributions we make
on the ordinary shares are described below.

   You may hold ADRs either directly or indirectly through your broker or other
financial institution. If you hold ADRs directly, you are an ADR holder. The
ADR will be in physical form if held by you directly, and may be in book-entry
or electronic form if held by a broker or other financial institution on your
behalf. This description assumes you hold your ADRs directly. If you hold your
ADRs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other
financial institution to assert your rights described in this section. You
should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those
procedures are.

   Because the depositary will actually own the ordinary shares, you must rely
on it to exercise the rights of a shareholder. The obligations of the
depositary are described in the deposit agreement.

   The deposit agreement and the ADRs are generally governed by New York law.

Dividends and Other Distributions

   The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other
distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited
securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these
distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADRs represent. You
must hold the ADRs on the date established by us to be eligible for dividends
and other distributions. If we do not establish the date, the depositary may
establish it to determine who is eligible.

                                       78
<PAGE>

   For a discussion of the cash dividends or other distributions we may make on
the ordinary shares, including distributions as a result of our liquidation,
dissolution or winding-up, see "Description of Share Capital--Rights on a
Liquidation or Winding-Up," and "--Dividends."

   Cash. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash
distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars or euro, if it can do so on
a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States or
euro to Germany. If that is not possible or if any approval from the government
of the Ireland is needed and cannot be obtained, the agreement allows the
depositary to distribute U.S. dollars or euro only to those ADR holders to whom
it is possible to do so. It will hold the currency it cannot convert into U.S.
dollars or euro for the account of the ADR holders who have not been paid. It
will not invest the currency it cannot convert and it will not be liable for
any interest.

   Before making a distribution, the depositary will deduct any withholding
taxes that must be paid under Irish law. For U.S. holders, it will distribute
only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents down to the
nearest whole cent, and for German holders, it will distribute only whole euro
and cents and will round fractional cents down to the nearest whole cent. If
the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert
the Irish currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

   Ordinary shares. The depositary may distribute new ADRs representing any
ordinary shares which we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, if we
furnish it promptly with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The
depositary will distribute new ADRs in proportion to the number of ADRs you
already own. The depositary will only distribute whole ADRs. It will sell
ordinary shares which would require it to issue a fractional ADR and distribute
the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does
not distribute additional ADRs, each ADR will also represent the new ordinary
shares.

   Rights to receive additional shares. If we offer holders of our securities
any rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or any other rights, the
depositary has discretion to determine how these rights become available to you
as a holder of ADRs. We must first instruct the depositary to do so and furnish
it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary could
decide it is not legal or practical to make the rights available to you, or it
could decide that it is only legal or practical to make the rights available to
some but not all holders of the ADRs. The depositary may decide to sell the
rights. If the depositary decides it is practical to sell the rights, the
depositary will sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as
it does with cash. If the depositary decides that it is not legal or practical
to make the rights available to you or to sell the rights, the rights that are
not distributed or sold could lapse. In that case, you will receive no value
for them. The depositary is not responsible for a failure in determining
whether or not it is legal or practical to distribute the rights. However, the
depositary is liable for damages if it acts negligently or in bad faith.

   If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will exercise the rights
and purchase the ordinary shares on your behalf. The depositary will then
deposit the ordinary shares and issue ADRs to you. It will only exercise rights
if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you
to pay.

   U.S. or German securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation,
and transfer of the ADRs issued after exercise of rights. For example, you may
not be able to trade the new ADRs freely in the United States. In this case,
the depositary may issue the new ADRs under a separate restricted deposit
agreement which will contain the same provisions as the deposit agreement,
except for changes needed to put the restrictions in place.

                                       79
<PAGE>

   Other Distributions. The depositary will send to you anything else we
distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and
practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a
choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net
proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what
we distributed, in which case ADRs will also represent the newly distributed
property.

   The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or
impractical to make a distribution available to any ADR holders. We have no
obligation to register ADRs, ordinary shares, rights or other securities under
the U.S. Securities Act or the German securities laws. We also have no
obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADRs,
ordinary shares, rights or anything else to ADR holders. This means you may not
receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them
if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

   Method for the depositary to issue ADRs. The depositary will issue ADRs if
you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive
ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and
of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees,
the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADRs in the names you
request and will deliver the ADRs at its office to the persons you request.

   Method for an ADR Holder to cancel ADRs and obtain ordinary shares. You may
turn in your ADRs at the depositary's office. Upon payment of its fees and
expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer
taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver (1) the underlying ordinary shares
to an account designated by you to the extent legally permissible and (2) any
other deposited securities underlying the ADR at the office of the custodian.
Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the ordinary
shares at its office.

Voting Rights

   You do not have the right as an ADR holder to attend our meetings. You may
instruct the depositary to vote the shares underlying your ADRs. You could
exercise your right to vote directly if you withdraw the ordinary shares.
However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the
ordinary shares.

   When we notify the depositary of an upcoming vote, the depositary will
notify you of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to
you. The materials will describe the matters to be voted on, explain how you,
if you hold the ADRs on a date specified by the depositary, may instruct the
depositary to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying
your ADRs as you direct and to request a poll for each matter for which you
gave directions. The materials will also include a statement that, if you do
not give the depositary instructions, the depositary may give a discretionary
proxy to a person that we designate. For your instructions to be valid, the
depositary must receive them in writing on or before a date specified by the
depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to Irish law
and the provisions of our articles of association, to vote or to have its
agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities as you instruct.
The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct.


                                       80
<PAGE>

   If you do not give the depositary instructions, you will be considered to
have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person
designated by us. However, no instruction will be deemed to have been given,
and the depositary will not give a discretionary proxy, if the matter to be
voted upon:

  .  is a matter not submitted to shareholders by means of a proxy statement
     comparable to that specified in the U.S. proxy rules;

  .  is the subject of a counter-solicitation, or is part of a proposal made
     by a shareholder which is being opposed by our management;

  .  is related to a merger or consolidation, except in limited circumstances
     involving a merger between us and a wholly-owned subsidiary;

  .  authorizes mortgaging of property;

  .  authorizes or creates indebtedness or increases the authorized amount of
     indebtedness;

  .  authorizes or creates preference shares or increases the authorized
     amount of existing preference shares;

  .  alters the terms or conditions of any shares then outstanding or
     existing indebtedness;

  .  involves waiver or modification of preemptive rights, except when our
     proposal is to waive these rights for shares being offered under share
     option or purchase plans involving the additional issuance of not more
     than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

  .  alters voting provisions or the proportionate voting power of a class of
     shares, or the number of its votes per share, except where cumulative
     voting provisions govern the number of votes per share for election of
     directors and our proposal involves a change in the number of its
     directors by not more than 10% or not more than one;

  .  changes existing quorum requirements for shareholder meetings;

  .  authorizes issuance of ordinary shares, or options to purchase ordinary
     shares, to our directors, officers, or employees in an amount which
     exceeds 5% of the total amount of the class outstanding. However, when
     no plan is amended to extend its duration, we shall factor into the
     calculation the number of ordinary shares that remain available for
     issuance, the number of ordinary shares subject to outstanding options
     and any ordinary shares being added. Should there be more than one plan
     being considered at the same meeting, all ordinary shares will be
     aggregated;

  .  authorizes (a) a new profit-sharing or special remuneration plan, or a
     new retirement plan, the annual cost of which will amount to more than
     10% of average annual income before taxes for the preceding five years,
     or (b) the amendment of an existing plan which would bring its costs
     above 10% of the five-year average annual income before taxes. Should
     there be more than one plan being considered at the same meeting, all
     costs are aggregated; exceptions may be made in cases of: (a) retirement
     plans based on agreement or negotiations with labor unions or which have
     been or are to be approved by labor unions, and (b) any related
     retirement plan for benefit of non-union employees having terms
     substantially equivalent to the terms of a union-negotiated plan, which
     is submitted for action of shareholders concurrently with a union-
     negotiated plan;


                                       81
<PAGE>

  .  changes our purposes or powers to an extent which would permit us to
     change to a materially different line of business and it is our stated
     intention to make such a change;

  .  authorizes the acquisition of property, assets, or a company, where the
     consideration to be given has a fair value of 20% or more of the market
     value of our previously outstanding ADSs and ordinary shares;

  .  authorizes the sale or other disposition of assets or earning power of
     20% or more of those existing before the transaction;

  .  authorizes a transaction not in the ordinary course of business in which
     an officer, director or substantial security holder has a direct or
     indirect interest; or

  .  reduces earned surplus by 51% or more, or reduces earned surplus to an
     amount less than the aggregate of three years' ordinary share dividends
     computed at the current dividend rate.

   We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to
ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition,
the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out
voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This
means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be
nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

Fees and Expenses

  ADR holders must pay:              For:

  $ 5.00 or less per 100 ADSs        Each issuance of an ADR,
                                     including as a result of a
                                     distribution of ordinary shares
                                     or rights or other property

                                     Each cancellation of an ADR,
                                     including if the deposit
                                     agreement terminates

  $ 0.02 or less per ADS             Any cash payment

  Registration or transfer fees      Transfer and registration of
                                     ordinary shares on the share
                                     register of the foreign
                                     registrar from your name to the
                                     name of the depositary or its
                                     agent when you deposit or
                                     withdraw ordinary shares

  Expenses of the depositary         Conversion of Irish pounds to
                                     U.S. dollars or euros

  Expenses of the depositary         Cable, telex and facsimile
                                     transmission expenses, if
                                     expressly provided in the
                                     deposit agreement

  Taxes and other governmental       As necessary
  charges the depositary or
  custodian have to pay on any
  ADR or ordinary share
  underlying an ADR, for
  example, stock transfer
  taxes, stamp duty or
  withholding taxes


                                       82
<PAGE>

Payment of Taxes

   The depositary may deduct the amounts of taxes owed from any payments to
you. It may also sell deposited securities, by public or private sale, to pay
any taxes owed. You will remain liable if the proceeds of the sale are not
enough to pay the taxes. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will,
if appropriate, reduce the number of ADRs to reflect the sale and pay to you
any proceeds, or send to you any property remaining after it has paid the
taxes.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   If we:                               Then:
   <S>                                  <C>
   .  Change the nominal or par         The cash, shares or other securities
      value of our ordinary shares      received by the depositary will become
                                        deposited securities.

   .  Reclassify, split up or           Each ADR will automatically represent
      consolidate any of the            its equal share of the newly deposited
      deposited securities              securities.

   .  Distribute securities on the      The depositary will, when we ask them
      ordinary shares that are not      to, distribute some or all of the
      distributed to you                securities it received, or cash or
                                        other consideration in lieu of the
                                        securities.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   If we:                               Then:
   <S>                                  <C>
   .  Recapitalize, reorganize,         It may also issue new ADRs or ask you
      merge, liquidate, sell all or     to surrender your outstanding ADRs in
      substantially all of our          exchange for new ADRs representing the
      assets, or take any similar       new deposited securities.
      action
</TABLE>

Amendment and Termination

   Amendment of the Deposit Agreement. We may agree with the depositary to
amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason.
If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other
governmental charges or expenses of the depositary, or prejudices an important
right of ADR holders, it will only become effective 30 days after the
depositary notifies you of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes
effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADR, to agree to the
amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the amended deposit agreement.

   Termination of the Deposit Agreement. The depositary will terminate the
deposit agreement if we ask to do so. The depositary may also terminate the
deposit agreement if it has told us that it would like to resign and we have
not appointed a new depositary bank within 90 days. In both cases, the
depositary must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

   After termination, the depositary and its agents will be required to do only
the following under the deposit agreement:

     (1) advise you that the deposit agreement is terminated,

     (2) collect distributions on the deposited securities, and

     (3) deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon
cancellation of ADRs.

                                       83
<PAGE>

   One year after termination, the depositary will, if practical, sell any
remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the
depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other
cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro rata benefit of the
ADR holders that have not surrendered their ADRs. It will not invest the money
and has no liability for interest.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADR Holders

   Limitations on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary;
Limitations on Liability to Holders of ADRs. The deposit agreement expressly
limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits
our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

  .  are only obligated to take the actions specifically described in the
     deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

  .  are not liable if either of us is prevented or delayed by law or
     circumstances beyond our control from performing our obligations under
     the deposit agreement;

  .  are not liable if either of us exercises discretion permitted under the
     deposit agreement;

  .  have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding
     related to the ADRs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf
     of any other party; and

  .  may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and
     to have been signed or presented by the proper party.

   In the agreement, we agree to indemnify the depositary from any liability
which may arise out of acts performed or omitted by the depositary other than
those arising out of the depositary's bad faith or negligence.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

   Before the depositary will issue or register transfer of an ADR, make a
distribution on an ADR, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary
may require:

  .  payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges
     and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the
     transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities;

  .  production of satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any
     signature of other information it considers necessary; and

  .  compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time,
     consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of
     transfer documents.

   The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADRs
generally when the transfer books of the depositary, our transfer books or
those of The Depository Trust Company, Deutsche Borse Clearing or the foreign
registrar are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it is
advisable to do so.

                                       84
<PAGE>

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADRs

   You have the right to cancel your ADRs and withdraw the underlying ordinary
shares at any time except:

  .  When temporary delays arises because: (1) the transfer books are closed
     by us or the depositary; (2) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked
     to permit voting at a shareholders' meeting; or (3) we are paying a
     dividend on the ordinary shares;

  .  When you or other ADR holders seeking to withdraw ordinary shares owe
     money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

  .  When it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals to comply with any laws or
     governmental regulations that apply to ADRs or to the withdrawal of
     ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

   This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the
deposit agreement.

Pre-Release of ADRs

   In limited circumstances, subject to the provisions of the deposit
agreement, the depositary may issue ADRs before deposit of the underlying
ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADR. The depositary may
also deliver ordinary shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADRs, even if
the ADRs are cancelled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out.
A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying ordinary shares are
delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADRs instead of
ordinary shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADRs
only under the following conditions:

     (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the
  pre-release is being made must represent to the depositary in writing that
  it or its customer owns the ordinary shares or ADRs to be deposited;

     (2) the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash or other
  collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and

     (3) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more
  than five business days' notice. In addition, the depositary will limit the
  number of ADRs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-
  release, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time,
  if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

Disclosure of Interests

   By purchasing ADRs, you agree to comply with our articles of association and
the laws of the Republic of Ireland regarding any disclosure requirements
regarding ownership of ordinary shares, all as if the ADRs were, for this
purpose, the ordinary shares they represent. By purchasing ADRs, you also agree
to be bound by provisions of the deposit agreement mandating compliance with
the disclosure requirements of Irish company law.

   As a public company, the Irish Companies Act, 1990, and our memorandum and
articles of association will permit us and our directors to request information
from you related to your ownership of the ADRs issued by us. Irish law and our
memorandum and articles of association impose penalties for failing to comply
with the disclosure requirements, including the possibility of having the
voting rights of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs withdrawn, losing the
right to distributions or criminal penalties.

                                       85
<PAGE>

   To facilitate compliance with the notification requirements, ADR holders may
deliver any notification to the depositary, and the depositary will, as soon as
practicable, forward the notification to us and, to the extent practicable and
as permitted by applicable law, any authorities in the Republic of Ireland as
specified by the ADR holder.

Information Regarding the Depositary

   The depositary is The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation
established in 1784. It does not have a limited life. It does not have a
registration number or a registered office. Its principal executive and
administrative offices are located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York
10286.

   If the depositary becomes insolvent, the deposited securities which are
represented by ADSs would be distributed to the ADR holders entitled to them
after surrender of the holders' ADRs, payment of the fees of the depository,
and payment of any applicable taxes or governmental charges, as permitted by
the terms of the ADRs. Under those circumstances, the deposited securities are
not subject to the claims of the depositary's creditors.

                                       86
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   Future sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could
adversely affect prevailing market prices from time to time. In particular,
after legal restrictions on resale described below expire, a substantial amount
of our ADSs will be able to be sold in the public market. Sales of substantial
amounts of our ADSs also could adversely affect our ability to raise equity
capital in the future.

   Upon completion of the offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of
54,281,444 equivalent ADSs, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-
allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these
shares, the 6,000,000 ADSs sold in this offering are freely tradable, unless
they are purchased by any of our affiliates. In general, our affiliates include
our directors, officers and 10% shareholders. These affiliates may generally
only resell our shares in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described
below.

   Restricted securities may be sold in the public market in the United States
only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under
Section 4(1) of the Securities Act or under Rules 144 or 701 under the
Securities Act. The restricted securities also may be sold in the public market
outside the United States under Rule 904 under the Securities Act. These rules
are summarized below. As a result of the agreements describe below, these
restricted securities are eligible for sale in the public market as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Approximate
                               ADSs
                             eligible
           Date              for sale                  Comment
           ----             ----------- --------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>         <C>
Upon effectiveness.........     --      Freely tradeable shares and shares
                                        eligible for sale under Rule 144,
                                        144(k) or 701 that are not subject to
                                        the 90 day lockup

91 days after the date of
 the
prospectus.................     --      Lockup released; shares eligible for
                                        sale, under Rule 144, 144(k) or 701
</TABLE>

   In addition, as of January 31, 2000, there were outstanding options to
purchase up to            ordinary shares (         equivalent ADSs) which will
be eligible for sale in the public market following the offering from time to
time, subject to becoming exercisable and, in the case of the options mentioned
in the following paragraph, the expiration of agreements with the underwriters
described in the following paragraph.

   All of our officers and directors and the selling shareholders in this
offering, holding in the aggregate          ordinary shares (        equivalent
ADSs), have entered into agreements with the underwriters. Under these
agreements, our officers and directors and these shareholders have agreed not
to offer, sell, contract to sell or dispose of, or enter into any transaction
having a similar economic effect similar to that of a sale of, any ordinary
shares for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, without the
prior written consent of Deutsche Bank AG. This consent may be given at any
time without public notice. We have entered into a similar agreement, except
that we may issue, and grant options or warrants to purchase, ADSs or ordinary
shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for
ADSs or ordinary shares, upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants
and under the existing stock option and stock purchase plans.

                                       87
<PAGE>

   In general, under Rule 144 shareholders who have beneficially owned
restricted shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any
prior owner except one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one
percent of the number of outstanding equivalent ADSs, which will equal
approximately           ADSs immediately after the offering, or the average
weekly trading volume in the shares during the four calendar weeks immediately
preceding the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to provisions
governing the manner of sale and requiring notice and publicly available
information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who has not been one of our
affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to
sell the shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information,
volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless shares
are otherwise restricted, and subject to the agreements with the underwriters
described above, 144(k) shares may be sold immediately upon the completion of
the offering.

   In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any
of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us under
Rule 701 in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other
written agreement is eligible to resell those shares, unless contractually
restricted, 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement in
reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of restrictions,
including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

   Rule 904 under the Securities Act provides that ADS representing ordinary
shares owned by any person, other than persons deemed to be affiliates by
virtue of their significant shareholdings in us, may be sold without
registration outside of the United States. To do so, the sale generally must be
made to a person outside the United States, effected outside the United States
and without directed selling efforts made in the United States. In general,
this means that the ADSs representing ordinary shares, including restricted
ordinary shares and ordinary shares held by several of our directors and
officers who do not own a significant percentage of the ordinary shares
outstanding, may be sold without registration on the Neuer Markt or outside of
the United States.

   We have filed a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to
register ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our share option plans.
ADSs represented by ordinary shares issued upon exercise of options are
immediately available for sale in the public market, subject to Rule 144 volume
limitations applicable to affiliates.

   Some of our shareholders have the right to cause us to register their
ordinary shares.

                                       88
<PAGE>

                            THE GERMAN EQUITY MARKET

The Frankfurt Stock Exchange and the Neuer Markt

   The Frankfurt Stock Exchange is the most significant of the eight German
stock exchanges and accounted for approximately 80% of the turnover in traded
shares in Germany in 1999. The aggregate annual turnover of the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange in 1999 of approximately DM 7.975 trillion for both equity and debt
instruments, made it the fourth largest stock exchange in the world behind the
New York Stock Exchange, London and Tokyo in terms of turnover. The calculation
of the aggregate annual turnover of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange is based on
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange's practice of separately recording the sale and
purchase components involved in any trade. As of December 31, 1999, the equity
securities of 3,265 corporations, including 2,554 foreign corporations, were
traded on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.

   The Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange is a new trading
segment that was launched in March 1997. It is designed for innovative, small
to mid-size companies in high growth industries or in traditional industries
that have an international orientation and that are willing to provide active
investor relations. The Frankfurt Stock Exchange requires that the issuer make
a presentation, and it may reject the issuer if it considers the issuer
inappropriate for the Neuer Markt. Issuers are requested to provide investors
on an ongoing basis with information such as annual and quarterly reports,
including cash flow statements, and a corporate action timetable. This
information is required to be submitted in English and German as well as in
electronic form, thus enabling the stock exchange to disseminate corporate
information over the Internet page entitled "Company Information" at
http://www.neuer-markt.de.

Trading on the Neuer Markt

   Trading of shares listed on the Neuer Markt takes place on the floor of the
stock exchange, but is computer-aided. Shares listed on the Neuer Markt can
also be traded on a computer-aided system called Xetra. Trading takes place on
every business day between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m., Frankfurt time. Trading
within the Xetra system is done by banks and brokers who have been admitted to
trading on at least one of Germany's stock exchanges. Xetra is integrated into
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and is subject to its rules and regulations.

   Markets in listed securities are generally of the auction type, but listed
securities also change hands in inter-bank dealer markets off the Frankfurt
Stock Exchange. Price formation is determined by open bid by state-appointed
specialists who are themselves exchange members, but who do not, as a rule,
deal with the public. Prices of shares traded on the Neuer Markt are displayed
continuously during trading hours. At the half-way point of each trading day, a
single standard quotation is determined for all shares. The members'
association of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange publishes a daily list of prices
which contains the standard prices of all traded securities, as well as their
highest and lowest quotations during the past year.

   Transactions on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, including transactions within
the Xetra system, are settled on the second business day following trading.
Transactions off the Frankfurt Stock Exchange for large volumes or if one of
the parties is foreign are generally also settled on the second business day
following trading, unless the parties have agreed upon a different date.
Following an amendment to the conditions of German banks for securities
trading, customers' orders to buy or sell listed securities must be executed on
a stock exchange, unless the customer instructs otherwise. Trading can be
suspended by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange if orderly stock exchange trading is
temporarily endangered or if a suspension is in the public interest.

                                       89
<PAGE>

   A specific feature of the Neuer Markt is the introduction of the obligatory
designated sponsor. The designated sponsor is an entity admitted for trading at
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange which provides additional liquidity by quoting
prices for the buying and selling of shares on request. Each issuer on the
Neuer Markt has to nominate at least two designated sponsors which will not
only ensure that there is sufficient liquidity for its shares, but also serve
as consultants on all stock market related matters for the issuer.

   Trading on German stock exchanges is monitored by regulatory agencies
including the Federal Supervisory Office for Securities Trading.

   The ADSs have been admitted for listing on the Neuer Markt. Since September
24, 1999, our ADSs have been traded on the Neuer Markt under the symbol TTP.
The Neuer Markt is still a relatively new market. Therefore, an active trading
market for the ADSs may not develop on the Neuer Markt or the Neuer Markt may
experience problems in settlement or clearance as trading develops. Any delays
or problems could adversely affect the market price of the ADSs. Persons
proposing to trade the ADSs on the Neuer Markt should inform themselves about
the potential costs of trading on this market.

                                       90
<PAGE>

                                    TAXATION

   The following is a general summary of important tax considerations derived
from the laws of the Republic of Ireland, Germany and the federal law of the
United States relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs or
ordinary shares by U.S. holders, German holders and Irish holders. For the
purposes of this discussion, a U.S. holder means an individual citizen or
resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
corporation or partnership created or organized under the laws of the United
States, or any of the states comprising the United States, an estate the income
of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source,
or a trust, the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision
of a court within the United States and regarding which one or more U.S.
persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
For purposes of this discussion, a German holder means an individual with his
residence or usual place of stay in Germany as well as a corporation with its
registered seat or management in Germany, or permanent establishment in
Germany, which is maintained by a shareholder not subject to unlimited tax
liability or is usually at the shareholder's disposal, and an Irish holder
means any person who is a resident or is ordinarily resident in Ireland or who
is carrying on a trade in Ireland through a branch or agency.

   This summary is of a general nature only and does not discuss all aspects of
Irish, German and U.S. taxation that may be relevant to a particular investor.
In particular, the following summary does not address the tax treatment of U.S.
holders or Irish holders who own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of
our outstanding voting stock. Nor does this summary address classes of U.S.
holders, such as broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations,
financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax and
persons who do not hold ADSs as capital assets. These particular investors not
addressed in this summary may be subject to special rules.

   Prospective purchasers of ADSs are advised to consult their own tax advisors
regarding the U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences, as well as
regarding the tax consequences in Germany and the Republic of Ireland and other
jurisdictions, of the purchase, sale and ownership of ADSs applicable in their
particular tax situations.

   The statements of Irish, German and U.S. tax laws described below are based
on the laws in force and as interpreted by the relevant taxation authorities as
of the date of this prospectus and are subject to any changes in Irish, German
or U.S. law, or in the interpretation of these laws by the relevant taxation
authorities, or in the double taxation conventions among any two of the
Republic of Ireland, Germany and the United States occurring after that date.
The discussion regarding Irish taxation matters is based on the various Irish
taxes acts, finance acts and other relevant legislation, judicial decisions,
statements of practice and revenue practices in force at this time, all of
which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect. The discussion
regarding U.S. federal income taxation matters is based on the provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, final, temporary and proposed U.S. treasury
regulations promulgated under the U.S. code and administrative and judicial
interpretations of the U.S. code, all as in effect as of the date of this
prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive
effect.

   On January 11, 2000, the German Federal Ministry of Finance published the
draft "Business Tax Reform and Tax Reduction Act," or the "Draft Bill". Most of
the proposed changes will be implemented with effect from January 1, 2001.

   According to the Draft Bill, the current split rate of corporate income tax
will be replaced by a flat tax rate of 25%. The top marginal personal income
tax rate on ordinary income of

                                       91
<PAGE>

currently 51% will be reduced--over several years--to 45% by 2005. Trade tax
and solidarity surcharge will remain unchanged. The cornerstone of the Draft
Bill is a fundamental reform of the structure of German business taxation,
including the transfer from the current corporate full imputation tax system to
a system referred to as "Half Income System" as well as an option for
partnerships to be treated as corporations for tax purposes. Other notable
changes include an unconditional participation exemption for capital gains on
the disposition of shares by a corporation which will come into effect on
January 1, 2002.

   The German Federal Government adopted the Draft Bill on February 9, 2000
with only few changes. It will now be submitted to the German Federal
Parliament and, after having passed the German Federal Parliament, to the
German Federal Council of States. The proposed changes are put into parentheses
in the following sections:

Our Taxation

   Republic of Ireland Taxation. Companies which are resident in the Republic
of Ireland are subject to Irish corporation tax on their total profits wherever
arising and whether or not remitted to the Republic of Ireland. It is the
present intention of our directors to manage and control us from Ireland so
that we will be regarded as resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes. The
standard rate of Irish corporation tax on trading income is currently 28% but
this is to be reduced by 4% each year until January 1, 2003, with the rate
applying as and from that date being 12.5%. Non-trading income is taxed at the
rate of 25%.

   There is also a reduced rate of corporation tax in Ireland of 10% which
applies to income from the sale of goods manufactured in Ireland and from other
activities considered to be the manufacture of goods in Ireland. The electronic
PoS and software activities of Trintech Technologies, Inc., one of our
subsidiaries, qualifies for the 10% rate of tax until December 31, 2010. After
that date, our income will be taxable at the then current standard rates
appropriate for trading income and non-trading income.

   Irish tax law also provides that a company which is resident in Ireland and
which is not resident elsewhere shall be entitled to have any income from a
qualifying patent disregarded for taxation purposes provided several conditions
are fulfilled. The legislation does not provide a termination date for this
relief. One of our subsidiaries currently has income qualifying for this
exemption.

   Irish capital duty is payable at 1% on our issue of shares.

   United States Taxation. Under the 1997 Convention, we will not be subject to
the U.S. income tax unless we engage in a trade or business in the United
States through a permanent establishment. We currently operate in the United
States through our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, Trintech, Inc. We expect to be
able to conduct our business activities in a manner that will not result in our
being considered to be engaged in a trade or business or to have a permanent
establishment in the United States, even though Trintech, Inc. is a U.S.
taxpayer.

   German Taxation. The tax treatment of ADSs includes some unresolved
questions, since ADSs are comparatively new instruments in Germany. Therefore
no court decisions or letters of the fiscal authorities exist in Germany
dealing with special questions of ADSs.

   Potential investors should be aware that for purposes of German law,
ownership of the ADSs is not considered legal ownership of the underlying
ordinary shares. However, the economic and other rights associated with owning
ADSs are similar to those associated with owning the underlying ordinary shares
directly. Therefore, there are no tax benefits associated with, and in
principal no differences regarding the German tax treatment of dividends or
capital gains resulting from, holding ADSs instead of ordinary shares.

                                       92
<PAGE>

   Foreign companies are subject to German trade tax if trade is established
through a permanent establishment or a representative in Germany. Since 1998,
trade tax has no longer been levied on the capital but only on the profits of
the foreign companies. The applicable tax rate depends on the municipality in
which the permanent establishment or representative is located.

   Foreign companies without a registered seat or place of management in
Germany are also subject to limited corporation tax liability on their domestic
income. The general corporation tax rate amounts to 40% (25%) according to sec.
23 para 1 Corporation Tax Law. A solidarity surcharge of 5.5% is also levied on
the amount of corporation tax, as a result of which the aggregate tax totals
42.2%.

   Profit transferred abroad after the application of trade and corporation tax
are not subject to withholding tax.

   We currently only operate in Germany through our wholly owned subsidiary
Trintech GmbH, Neu-Isenburg. Therefore we believe that Trintech Group, Dublin,
Ireland is not subject to German trade or corporation tax.

Taxation of Dividends

   Republic of Ireland Taxation. We currently intend to retain future earnings,
if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Should we begin
paying dividends, unless exempted, all dividends paid by us will be subject to
Irish withholding tax at the rate of 24%. The Finance Bill, if enacted as
published, will reduce this rate to 22% with effect from April 6, 2000. An
individual holder of ordinary shares resident in a relevant territory, being a
country with which Ireland has a double tax treaty, which includes the United
States, or in a member state of the European Union other than Ireland, will be
exempt from withholding tax provided he makes the requisite declaration. A
transitional provision permits dividends to be paid free of withholding tax to
investors whose address in our share register is in a relevant territory until
April 6, 2000. Corporate holders of ordinary shares ultimately controlled by
residents of a relevant territory or the principal class of shares of which, or
of a 75% parent, is traded on a stock exchange in a relevant territory will be
exempt from withholding tax provided the appropriate declaration is made. The
Finance Bill contains provisions which if enacted will provide that corporate
holders of ordinary shares resident in a relevant territory which are not
controlled by Irish residents and corporate holders wholly owned by two or more
companies, the shares of each of which are traded on a stock exchange in a
relevant territory will be exempt from withholding tax provided that the
appropriate declaration is made. A holder of ADRs will be exempt from
withholding tax if it is beneficially entitled to the dividend and if its
address on the register of ADRs maintained by the depositary is in the United
States. Additionally, the depositary must be authorized by the Irish Revenue
Commissioners as a qualifying intermediary for this exemption to apply. Where
such a withholding is made it will satisfy the liability to Irish tax of the
shareholder except in circumstances where an Irish resident or ordinarily
resident individual holder of ordinary shares may have an additional liability.

   A charge to Irish social security taxes and other levies can arise for
individuals. An individual who is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in
Ireland can only incur this liability if that individual also carries on a
trade or profession in Ireland. However, under the social welfare agreement
between Ireland and the United States, an individual who is liable for U.S.
social security contributions can normally claim an exemption from these taxes
and levies.


                                       93
<PAGE>

   United States Taxation. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross
amount, which includes the amount of the tax credit, of any dividend paid to
the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined
based on U.S. tax principles, will be included in a U.S. holder's gross income
and treated as foreign source dividend income. These dividends will not be
eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations. The
amount of any distribution that exceeds earnings and profits will be treated
first as a nontaxable return of capital, reducing the U.S. holder's basis in
its shares, and then as capital gain. The amount includable in income will be
the U.S. dollar value of the payment based on the exchange rate on the date of
payment regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S.
dollars. Generally, gain or loss, if any, resulting from currency fluctuations
during the period from the date any dividend is paid to the date the payment is
converted into U.S. dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income or
loss.

   The U.S. Internal Revenue Service, has ruled privately that a U.S. holder
will be eligible for a U.S. foreign tax credit under Article XIII of the 1949
Convention for the Irish tax imposed on a dividend paid by an Irish company.
The same result should occur under the 1997 Convention. Although private letter
rulings are not binding authority and are directed only to the taxpayer who
requests them, they are considered persuasive in determining the position of
the IRS. The amount of the allowable credit is likely to be determined by
applying a statutorily defined formula. To the extent that any distribution is
made by us out of profits taxed in the Republic of Ireland at the standard
rate, the allowable tax credit amount should be equal to 11/89ths of the net
distribution. To the extent that the distribution is paid out of profits
taxable in the Republic of Ireland at the reduced 10% rate, the allowable tax
credit amount should be equal to 1/18th of the net distribution.

   If the U.S. holder is a U.S. partnership, trust or estate, the allowable tax
credit amount will be available only to the extent that the income derived by
the partnership, trust or estate is subject to U.S. tax as the income of a
resident either in its hands or in the hands of its partners or beneficiaries.

   German Taxation. Dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs held as German
business assets are subject to trade tax. German holders of at least 10%
ordinary shares might benefit from a participation exemption for trade tax
purposes.

   Profits distributed by us are subject to German income or corporation tax,
if they are paid to:

  (a) a shareholder or ADS holder subject to unlimited tax liability, including
   individuals with their residence or usual place of stay in Germany as well
   as corporations with their registered seat or management in Germany, or

  (b) a permanent establishment in Germany which is maintained by a shareholder
   not subject to unlimited tax liability or is usually at the shareholder's or
   ADS holder's disposal.

   These dividend payments are subject to German corporation tax at the rate of
40% (25%) or the German progressive income tax, in each case plus a solidarity
surcharge of 5.5%. Profits transferred after the deduction of taxes as
described in clause (b) are not subject to withholding tax. Holders of at least
10% ordinary shares might benefit from a participation exemption for
corporation tax purposes. (Pursuant to the Draft Bill, it is planned that
dividends were tax exempt without any holding periods or participation ratios,
provided that they are derived by a corporation, effective January 1, 2001.
However, 5% of the dividend amount which are deemed to be non tax-deductible
business expenses under current law will still be treated as non tax-
deductible.)

                                       94
<PAGE>

   As withholding tax is levied in Ireland on dividend distributions paid by
us, Irish withholding tax in an amount of 18% can be credit against that
portion of the German income or corporation tax attributable to the dividend
payment. It is, however, unclear regarding whether ADSs holders may avail
themselves of this tax credit because only the legal shareholder typically has
the right to take a credit for foreign withholding tax. If the withholding tax
amount actually withheld exceeds the German income tax attributable to the
dividend payment, the tax credit is restricted to the latter amount. Instead of
the tax credit, the withholding actually withheld may be deducted from taxable
income.

   German holders who are individuals may, as of the year 2000, claim a tax-
exempt amount for income from capital assets of DM3,000 or, for married couples
filing a joint income tax return, DM 6,000. These German holders can also
deduct from their dividend income costs resulting from the purchase, custody
and ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs, in particular the fees of custody
and refinancing. These costs may, without evidence, be deducted for tax
purposes from the profits from dividends, to the amount of DM100 per year or
DM200 in the case of married couples filing a joint income tax return.

Taxation of Capital Gains

   Republic of Ireland Taxation. A person who is not an Irish holder will not
be subject to Irish capital gains tax on the disposal of ordinary shares or
ADRs provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are quoted on a recognized stock
exchange. Nasdaq and the Neuer Markt are recognized stock exchanges. Irish
holders will be liable to Irish tax on capital gains arising on the disposal of
the ordinary shares or ADRs. The capital gain will generally be calculated by
reference to the difference between the purchase price and the sale price of
the ordinary shares or ADRs. The usual indexation relief and other reliefs and
allowances may be available in computing the liability of the shareholder.

   United States Taxation. Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign
investment companies, or PFIC, below, a U.S. holder's sale or exchange of ADSs
generally will result in the recognition of capital gain or loss by the U.S.
holder in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the
U.S. holder's tax basis in the ADSs sold. Gain or loss realized on the sale of
ADSs by non-corporate U.S. holders will be subject to a maximum rate of U.S.
federal income tax of 20%, provided the ADSs were held for more than 12 months.
In general, any capital gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder upon the sale
or exchange of ADSs will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for U.S.
foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to
limitations. A U.S. holder's tax basis in its ADSs will generally be the
purchase price paid for its ADSs by the U.S. holder. A U.S. holder that is
liable for both Irish and U.S. tax on a gain on the disposal of the ordinary
shares will generally be entitled, subject to limitations and under the 1997
Convention, to credit the amount of Irish capital gains or corporate tax paid
for the gain on the sale against the U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax
liability for this gain.

   German Taxation. Capital gains realized from the sale of ordinary shares or
ADSs which were held as business assets by a German holder are subject to
taxation without any special regulations. The conversion of ADSs into ordinary
shares should not be a taxable event for German tax purposes. The conversion
should qualify as a replacement of the sole economic against the legal and
economic ownership. There are no German tax court decisions addressing the
exchange or conversion of foreign depositary receipts into foreign shares.

                                       95
<PAGE>

   Capital gains deriving from the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs held as
private assets are only subject to taxation if:

  (a) the sale takes place within one year of purchase or, after this period
   has expired, the holder had, at any time during the five years preceding the
   sale, a participation of at least 10% (1%) directly or indirectly in the
   case of ADSs, in us, or

  (b) the ordinary shares or ADSs were received in return for a tax privileged
   contribution in kind.

   The conversion of ADSs into ordinary shares should not be a taxable event in
either case, although there are some uncertainties regarding German tax
treatment of the conversion by private individuals as described above.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

   We will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if we
satisfy either of the following two tests:

  (a) 75% or more of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income,
   or

  (b) on average for the taxable year, 50% or more of our assets, by value or,
   if we so elect, by adjusted basis, produce or are held for the production of
   passive income.

   We do not believe that we satisfy either of the tests for PFIC status. We
also do not believe that we will satisfy either of the tests for PFIC status
after completion of this offering. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year, U.S.
holders would be required to either

  (a) pay an interest charge together with tax calculated at maximum ordinary
   income rates on particular excess distributions, which is defined to include
   gain on a sale or other disposition of ADSs, or

  (b) if a qualified electing fund election is made by a U.S. holder, to
   include in their taxable income enumerated undistributed amounts of our
   income, or

  (c) if an election is made by the U.S. holder to mark our shares to market,
   to include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair
   market value at the end of the year of our shares held by the U.S. holder
   over its adjusted basis in the shares, and to recognize additional gain, if
   any, on the sale or other disposition of the shares as ordinary income for
   that year. The U.S. holder will be allowed to claim a deduction as an
   ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the shares
   over their fair market value at the end of the year or over their final sale
   or disposition price, to the extent of the net amount of previously included
   income resulting from the mark to market election. The U.S. holder's basis
   in our ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any income or less
   amounts.

   Each U.S. holder should consult his own tax advisor regarding the
advisability of making the QEF election.

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

   Any dividends paid, or proceeds on a sale of, ADSs to or by U.S. holders may
be subject to U.S. information reporting, and the 31% U.S. backup withholding
tax may apply unless the holder (1) is an exempt recipient, or (2) provides a
U.S. taxpayer identification number, certifies that no loss of exemption from
backup withholding has occurred and otherwise complies with any applicable
backup withholding requirements. Any amounts withheld under

                                       96
<PAGE>

the U.S. backup withholding tax rules will be allowed as a refund or credit
against the U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax, provided the required
information is furnished to the U.S. IRS.

Irish Capital Acquisition Tax and Probate Tax

   A gift or inheritance of ordinary shares or ADRs will be within the charge
to capital acquisitions tax, regardless of whether the former holder in
relation to the gift or inheritance is domiciled, and if the Finance Bill is
enacted as published resident and ordinarily resident, outside Ireland. Capital
acquisitions tax is charged at a rate of 20% if the Finance Bill is enacted as
circulated without amendment above a tax-free threshold. This tax-free
threshold is determined by the amount of the current benefit and of previous
benefits within the charge to the capital acquisitions tax and the relationship
between the former holder and the successor. Gifts and inheritances between
spouses are not subject to the capital acquisitions tax. There is also a
probate tax which is charged at 2% on the value of the estates of deceased
persons which exceed a specified threshold. To the extent that they pass under
a will or outside of a will, ordinary shares or ADRs would be within the charge
to this tax.

   The Estate Tax Convention between Ireland and the United States generally
provides for Irish capital acquisitions tax paid on inheritances in Ireland to
be credited, in whole or in part, against tax payable in the United States, in
the case where an inheritance of ordinary shares or ADRs is subject to both
Irish capital acquisitions tax and US federal estate tax. The Estate Tax
Convention does not apply to Irish capital acquisitions tax paid on gifts.

Irish Stamp Duty

   It is assumed for the purpose of this paragraph that ADRs are dealt in on a
stock exchange in the United States recognized by the Irish taxing authorities.
Under current Irish law, no stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition of
ADRs by persons purchasing ADRs or on any subsequent transfer of an ADR. A
transfer of ordinary shares, including transfers effected through CREST,
wherever executed and whether on sale, in contemplation of a sale or by way of
a gift, will attract duty at the rate of 1% of the consideration given or, in
the case of a gift or where the purchase price is inadequate or
unascertainable, on the market value of the ordinary shares. Transfers of
ordinary shares which are not liable to duty at the rate of 1%, such as
transfers under which there is no change in beneficial ownership, may attract a
fixed duty of IR(Pounds)10.

   The transfer by a holder to the depositary or custodian of ordinary shares
for deposit in return for ADRs and a transfer of ordinary shares from the
depositary or custodian in return for the surrender of ADRs will be stampable
at the rate of 1% if the transfer of the ordinary shares relates to a sale or
contemplated sale or any other change in the beneficial ownership under Irish
law of the ordinary shares. If, however, the transfer of the ordinary shares is
a transfer under which there is no change in the beneficial ownership under
Irish law of the ordinary shares being transferred, a fixed duty of
IR(Pounds)10 may be payable on the transfer.

   The person accountable for payment of stamp duty is the recipient or, in the
case of a transfer by way of a gift or for a consideration less than the market
value, all parties to the transfer. Stamp duty is normally payable within 30
days after the date of execution of the transfer. Late or inadequate payment of
stamp duty will result in a liability to interest, penalties and fines.

   The Irish Revenue Commissioners are prepared to exempt from Irish stamp duty
the transfer of ADRs dealt in on the Neuer Markt as long as the ADRs are also
dealt in on the Nasdaq National Market.

                                       97
<PAGE>

Other Taxes in Germany

   Wealth Tax. At present, for assessment periods as of January 1, 1997, there
is no wealth tax levied in Germany.

   Inheritance and Gift Tax. The transfer of ordinary shares or ADSs to another
person as a gift or due to death is only subject to German inheritance and gift
tax if:

  (a) the former holder, or the new holder has, at the time of the passing of
   the assets, his residence or usual place of stay in Germany or before this
   time has been a German citizen not living abroad for more than five years,
   without having a residence in Germany, or

  (b) the ordinary shares or ADSs were part of the former holder's business
   assets, for which a permanent establishment was maintained in Germany or a
   permanent representative was commissioned.

   Other Taxes. If a purchase, sale or other alienation of ordinary shares or
ADSs is executed, no German capital transfer, tax, sales tax, stamp duty or
similar tax will be incurred.

   Real estate transfer tax may be incurred if 95% of the ordinary shares or
ADSs are transferred to one shareholder or if there is a unification of 95% of
the ordinary shares or ADSs at the level of a shareholder, provided we or one
of our direct or indirect subsidiaries hold German real estate.

                          EXCHANGE CONTROL REGULATIONS

   Republic of Ireland. Irish exchange control regulations ceased to apply from
and after December 31, 1992. Except as indicated below, there are no
restrictions on non-residents of the Republic of Ireland dealing in domestic
securities which includes shares or depositary receipts of Irish companies such
as us and dividends and redemption proceeds are freely transferable to non-
resident holders of the securities.

   The Financial Transfers Act, 1992 of Ireland was enacted in December 1992.
This act gives power to the Minister for Finance of Ireland to make provision
for the restriction of financial transfers between the Republic of Ireland and
other countries. Financial transfers are broadly defined and include all
transfers which would be movements of capital or payments within the meaning of
the treaties governing the European Communities. The acquisition or disposal of
ADSs issued by an Irish incorporated company and associated payments may fall
within this definition. In addition, dividends or payments on redemption or
purchase of shares and payments on a liquidation of an Irish incorporated
company would fall within this definition. Currently, orders under this act
prohibit any financial transfer to or by the order of or on behalf of residents
of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, reconstituted in 1991 as Serbia and
Montenegro, or Iraq unless permission for the transfer has been given by the
Central Bank of Ireland.

   We do not anticipate that Irish exchange controls or orders under the
Financial Transfers Act, 1992 will have a material effect on our business.

   For the purposes of the orders relating to Iraq and the Federal Republic of
Yugoslavia, reconstituted in 1991 as Serbia and Montenegro, a resident of those
countries is a person living in these countries, a body corporate or entity
operating in these countries and any person acting on behalf of any one of
these persons.

                                       98
<PAGE>

   Any transfer of, or payment for, an ordinary share or ADS involving the
government of any country which is currently the subject of United Nation
sanctions, any person or body controlled by any government or country under
United Nations sanctions, or any person acting on behalf of these governments
or countries, may be subject to restrictions required under these sanctions as
implemented into Irish law. Angola is currently the subject of United Nation
sanctions.

   Federal Republic of Germany. At present, the Federal Republic of Germany
does not restrict the export or import of capital, except for investments in
countries such as Iraq and Libya as required by resolutions adopted by the
United Nations and the European Union. However, for statistical purposes only,
every individual or corporation residing in Germany, a resident, must report to
the German Federal Central Bank, subject only to several immaterial exceptions,
any payment received from or made to an individual or a corporation resident
outside Germany, or a non-resident, if a payment exceeds DM 5,000 or the
equivalent in a foreign currency. In addition, residents must report any claims
against or any liabilities payable to non-residents if these claims or
liabilities, in the aggregate, exceed DM 3 million or the equivalent in a
foreign currency during any one month.

   Furthermore, residents must periodically report investments which it may
make in a non-resident enterprise if at least 10% of the share capital or of
the voting rights of the non-resident enterprise is attributable to the
resident or any of its non-resident affiliates. However, this reporting
requirement does not apply if the total assets of the non-resident enterprise
do not exceed DM 1.0 million or, if less than 50% of the share capital or
voting rights of the non-resident enterprise are attributable to the resident
or any of its non-resident affiliates, do not exceed DM 10.0 million.

   A non-resident affiliate is a non-resident entity of which more than 50% of
the share capital or voting rights are attributable to a resident. Moreover,
enterprises resident in Germany must periodically report investments which are
made in them if at least 10% of the share capital or of the voting rights of
the resident enterprise are attributable to one or more non-residents or any of
their resident affiliates. However, this reporting requirement does not apply
if the total assets of the resident enterprise do not exceed DM 1.0 million or,
if less than 50% of the share capital or voting rights of the resident
enterprise are attributable to one or more non-residents or any of their
resident affiliates, do not exceed DM 10.0 million. A resident affiliate is a
resident entity of which more than 50% of the share capital or voting rights
are attributable to a non-resident.

                                       99
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

   Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the
underwriters named below, through their representatives Deutsche Bank AG,
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, FleetBoston Robertson
Stephens Inc. and Chase Securities Inc. have agreed to purchase from us the
following numbers of ADSs.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Number of
                              Underwriters                               ADSs
                              ------------                             ---------
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   Deutsche Bank AG...................................................
   Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation................
   FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.................................
   Chase Securities Inc...............................................
                                                                       ---------
     Total............................................................ 6,000,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>

   The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters
depend on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement, and that the underwriters will purchase all of the ADSs offered by
us under this prospectus if any of these shares are purchased.

   We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters propose to
offer the ADSs to the public at the public offering price presented on the
cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at a price less a concession not
in excess of $    , or approximately (Euro)     , per ADS to other dealers.
After the public offering, the offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the representatives.

   We and     of our shareholders have granted the underwriters an option,
exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to
purchase up to 900,000 additional ADSs at the public offering price less the
underwriting discount presented on the cover page of this prospectus. To the
extent that the underwriters exercise their option, each of the underwriters
will have a commitment to purchase approximately the same percentage of ADSs
available under the option that the number of ADSs to be purchased by it in the
above table bears to 6,000,000, and we and the selling shareholders will be
obligated under the option to sell the same number of ADSs to the underwriters.
The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in
connection with the sale of the ADSs offered by us under this prospectus. If
purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional ADSs on the same terms as
those on which the 6,000,000 ADSs are being offered.

   We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters
against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, arising
from breaches of representations.

   All of our officers and directors and the selling shareholders in this
offering have entered into agreements with the underwriters. Under these
agreements, our officers and directors and these shareholders have agreed not
to offer, sell, contract to sell or dispose of, or enter into any transaction
having a similar economic effect similar to that of a sale of, any ADSs or
ordinary shares for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus
without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank AG. This consent may be
given at any time without public notice. We have entered into a similar
agreement, except that we may issue, and grant options or warrants to purchase,
ADSs or ordinary shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or
exchangeable for ADSs or ordinary shares, upon the exercise of outstanding
options and warrants and under the existing stock option and stock purchase
plans.

                                      100
<PAGE>

   The representatives have advised us that, under Regulation M of the U.S.
federal securities laws, participants in the offering may engage in
transactions which might stabilize or maintain the market price of the ADSs at
a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These
transactions include the following:

  .  Stabilizing bids. A stabilizing bid is a bid for or the purchase of the
     ADSs on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or
     maintaining the price of the ADSs.

  .  Syndicate covering transaction. A syndicate covering transaction is the
     bid for or the purchase of the ADSs on behalf of the underwriters to
     reduce a short, or over-sold, position incurred by the underwriters in
     connection with the offering.

  .  Penalty bid. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the
     representatives to reclaim the selling concession otherwise owed an
     underwriter or syndicate member in connection with the offering if the
     ADSs originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member is
     purchased by the representatives in a syndicate covering transaction and
     has therefore not been effectively placed by that underwriter or
     syndicate member.

   The representatives have advised us that these transactions may be effected
in different ways, including on the Neuer Markt or the Nasdaq National Market.
These transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

   The representatives have also advised us that the underwriters and dealers
may engage in passive market making transactions in the ADSs in accordance with
Regulation M of the U.S. federal securities laws. In general, a passive market
maker may not bid for or purchase the ADSs at a price that exceeds the higher
independent bid. In addition, the net daily purchases made by any passive
market maker generally may not exceed 30% of its average daily trading volume
in the ADSs during a specified two-month prior period or 200 ADSs, whichever is
greater. A passive market maker must identify passive market making bids as
such on the Nasdaq electronic inter-dealer reporting system. Passive market
making may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of
the ADSs at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open
market. Underwriters and dealers are not required to engage in passive market
making and may discontinue these activities at any time.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered by us
under this prospectus will be passed upon by A&L Goodbody, Solicitors, Dublin,
Ireland, our Irish counsel. Some legal matters under United States law
regarding this offering will be passed upon by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California, our U.S. counsel. Some
legal matters under the law of the Republic of Germany regarding this offering
will be passed upon by Oppenhoff & Radler, member of Linklaters & Alliance,
Frankfurt, Germany, our German counsel. Legal matters regarding this offering
will be passed upon for the underwriters by Brobeck Hale and Dorr, London,
England. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati may rely upon A&L Goodbody,
Solicitors regarding matters governed by Irish law, and upon Oppenhoff &
Radler, member of Linklaters & Alliance, regarding matters governed by German
law. As of February 29, 2000, investment partnerships composed of some current
and former members of and persons associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, as well as some individual attorneys of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, beneficially owned an aggregate of 16,668 equivalent ADSs.

                                      101
<PAGE>

                                    EXPERTS

   The consolidated financial statements of Trintech Group PLC as of January
31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and for each of the three years in the period ended
January 31, 2000 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst &
Young, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing in this
prospectus. The auditors are located at Harcourt Centre, Harcourt Street,
Dublin, Ireland.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act for the ordinary
shares represented by the ADSs offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does
not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and
the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further
information about us and the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered by
this prospectus, reference is made to the registration statement and the
exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement.
Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or
any other document summarize only the material information about the contract
or other document. These statements are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the copy of each these contracts or other document filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement. The registration statement, including
exhibits and schedules attached to the registration statement, may be inspected
without charge at the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., and
copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from
the Public Reference Room of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located at
Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661
and at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 after payment
of fees prescribed by the Commission.

   We will furnish the depositary referred to under "Description of American
Depositary Shares" with annual reports in English, which will include a review
of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in
conformity with U.S. GAAP. Upon receipt of the reports, the depositary will
promptly mail these reports to all registered holders of ADSs. We will also
furnish to the depositary in English all notices of shareholders' meetings and
other reports and communications that are made generally available to its
shareholders. The depositary will make notices, reports and communications
available to holders of ADSs in the manner we request and will mail to all
record holders of ADSs a notice containing a summary of the information
contained in any notice of a shareholders' meeting received by the depositary.

   We are subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 applicable to foreign private issuers. In connection with the
Exchange Act, we will file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and
other information with the Commission. In addition, we will submit to the
Commission quarterly reports, which will include unaudited quarterly condensed
consolidated financial information, on Form 6-K for the first three quarters of
each fiscal year and file our annual report on Form 20-F within the time period
prescribed under Section 13 of the Exchange Act for filing domestic issuers of
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K. These reports
and other information may be obtained, upon written request, from The Bank of
New York, as depositary at its corporate trust office located at 101 Barclay
Street, New York, New York 10286. These reports and other information may also
be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities
maintained by at Public Reference Room of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located
at

                                      102
<PAGE>

Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661
and at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 after payment
of fees prescribed by the Commission. Although the rules of the Nasdaq National
Market require us to solicit proxies from our shareholders, we are not subject
to the proxy solicitation requirements of Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and
our officers, directors and 10% beneficial owners are not subject to the
beneficial ownership reporting requirements or the short-swing profits recovery
rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.


                                      103
<PAGE>

                 INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             OF TRINTECH GROUP PLC

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................ F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets............................................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations..................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preference
 Shares and
 Shareholders' Equity (Net Capital Deficiency)............................ F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows..................................... F-6
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements............................ F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders,
 Trintech Group PLC

   We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trintech
Group PLC and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable
convertible preference shares and shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the
years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of Trintech Group PLC and its subsidiaries at January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the
years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States.

Ernst & Young
Dublin, Ireland

March 16, 2000

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
          (U.S dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           January 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                      1998     1999      2000
                                                     -------  -------  --------
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>      <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $   272  $ 1,691  $ 10,862
Marketable securities..............................      --     7,178    48,830
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
 accounts of $98, $241 and $330 respectively.......    4,017    4,073     7,799
Inventories (note 4)...............................      893    1,055       840
Value added taxes..................................      420      407       192
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........      662    1,299     1,332
                                                     -------  -------  --------
 Total current assets..............................    6,264   15,703    69,855
Property and equipment, net (notes 7 and 8)........      739    2,058     3,190
Other assets--software development costs...........      --     2,500     1,250
                                                     -------  -------  --------
 Total assets......................................  $ 7,003  $20,261    74,295
                                                     =======  =======  ========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Bank overdraft.....................................  $   --   $   411  $    --
Accounts payable...................................    2,009    1,459     4,082
Accrued payroll and related expenses...............      235      583       871
Other accrued liabilities..........................      512    1,571     2,677
Value added taxes..................................      517      372       460
Warranty reserve...................................      922      876       556
Deferred revenue...................................      620      994     3,406
                                                     -------  -------  --------
 Total current liabilities.........................    4,815    6,266    12,052
                                                     -------  -------  --------
Capital lease due after more than one year (note
 7)................................................       67      142       409
Government grants repayable and related loans (note
 15)...............................................      479      793       718
Series A redeemable convertible preference shares,
 $0.0027 par value nil, 3,000,000 and nil shares
 authorized at January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000
 respectively nil, 2,960,000 and nil shares issued
 and outstanding at January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000
 respectively......................................      --    17,760       --
Series B preference shares, $0.0027 par value nil,
 nil and 10,000,000 authorized at January 31, 1998,
 1999 and 2000 respectively
 None issued and outstanding.......................      --       --        --
Shareholders' equity:
Ordinary Shares, $0.0027 par value: 100,000,000
 shares authorized; 15,689,715, 16,227,445 and
 25,140,722 shares issued and outstanding at
 January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 respectively......       45       47        71
Additional paid-in capital.........................    4,547    4,781    84,286
Accumulated deficit................................   (2,601)  (9,474)  (21,585)
Accumulated other comprehensive income.............     (349)     (54)   (1,656)
                                                     -------  -------  --------
 Total shareholders' equity (net capital
  deficiency)......................................    1,642   (4,700)   61,116
                                                     -------  -------  --------
 Total liabilities and shareholders' equity........  $ 7,003  $20,261  $ 74,295
                                                     =======  =======  ========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
          (U.S. dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Year ended January 31,
                                           ----------------------------------
                                              1998        1999        2000
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenue:
 Product.................................. $   10,824  $   14,554  $   18,457
 License..................................      4,101       4,477       9,158
 Service..................................      1,721       2,002       2,629
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
   Total revenue..........................     16,646      21,033      30,244
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Cost of revenue:
 Product..................................      8,352      10,851      12,034
 License..................................        334         648       2,981
 Service..................................      1,008       2,414       2,242
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
   Total cost of revenue..................      9,694      13,913      17,257
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Gross margin..............................      6,952       7,120      12,987
Operating expenses:
 Research and development.................      1,729       3,676       8,892
 Sales and marketing......................      2,474       5,921       8,849
 General and administrative...............      2,530       4,347       7,336
 Stock compensation.......................        --          --        2,068
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
   Total operating expenses...............      6,733      13,944      27,145
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) from operations.............        219      (6,824)    (14,158)
 Interest income, net.....................         18         272       1,208
 Exchange gain (loss), net................        (12)       (321)        842
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) before provision for income
 taxes....................................        225      (6,873)    (12,108)
 Provision for income taxes (note 13).....        (50)        --           (3)
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
Net Income (loss)......................... $      175  $   (6,873) $  (12,111)
                                           ==========  ==========  ==========
Basic net income (loss) per Ordinary
 Share.................................... $     0.01  $    (0.43) $    (0.63)
                                           ==========  ==========  ==========
Shares used in computing basic net income
 (loss) per Ordinary Share................ 15,688,335  16,157,831  19,309,964
                                           ==========  ==========  ==========
Diluted net income (loss) per Ordinary
 Share.................................... $     0.01  $    (0.43) $    (0.63)
                                           ==========  ==========  ==========
Shares used in computing diluted net
 income (loss) per Ordinary Share......... 15,749,161  16,157,831  19,309,964
                                           ==========  ==========  ==========
Basic net income (loss) per equivalent
 ADS...................................... $     0.01  $    (0.21) $    (0.31)
                                           ==========  ==========  ==========
Diluted net income (loss) per equivalent
 ADS...................................... $     0.01  $    (0.21) $    (0.31)
                                           ==========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>


                             See accompanying notes

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                              TRINTECH GROUP PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES
                                      AND
                 SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (NET CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)
                (U.S. dollars in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Number of                                                                            Total
                          Redeemable   Redeemable                                              Accumulated  Shareholders'
                          Convertible  Convertible Number of           Additional                 Other      Equity (net
                          Preference   Preference   Ordinary  Ordinary  Paid-in   Accumulated Comprehensive    capital
                            Shares       Shares      Shares    Shares   Capital     Deficit      Income      deficiency)
                          -----------  ----------- ---------- -------- ---------- ----------- ------------- -------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at January 31,
1997....................         --     $    --    15,685,575   $45     $ 4,543    $ (2,776)     $   (73)     $  1,739
Issuance of Ordinary
Shares on exercise of
options (a).............         --          --         4,140     0           4         --           --              4
Net income..............         --          --           --     --         --          175          --            175
Currency translation
adjustment..............         --          --           --     --         --          --          (276)         (276)
                                                                                                              --------
Comprehensive income
(loss)..................         --          --           --     --         --          --           --           (101)
                          ----------    --------   ----------   ---     -------    --------      -------      --------
Balance at January 31,
1998....................         --          --    15,689,715    45       4,547      (2,601)        (349)        1,642
Issuance of Ordinary
Shares..................         --          --       482,765     2       1,998         --           --          2,000
Issuance of Ordinary
Shares on exercise of
options (a).............         --          --        14,965     0          20         --           --             20
Issuance of Convertible
Redeemable Preference
Shares (b)..............   3,000,000      18,000          --     --         --          --           --            --
Conversion of Redeemable
Convertible Preference
Shares to Ordinary
Shares (b)..............     (40,000)       (240)      40,000     0         240         --           --            240
Issuance of Warrant to
Visa....................         --          --           --     --         163         --           --            163
Expenses of share
issues..................         --          --           --     --      (2,187)        --           --         (2,187)
Net loss................         --          --           --     --         --       (6,873)         --         (6,873)
Currency translation
adjustment..............         --          --           --     --         --          --           295           295
                                                                                                              --------
Comprehensive income
(loss)..................         --          --           --     --         --          --           --         (6,578)
                          ----------    --------   ----------   ---     -------    --------      -------      --------
Balance at January 31,
1999....................   2,960,000      17,760   16,227,445    47       4,781      (9,474)         (54)       (4,700)
Conversion of Redeemable
Convertible Preference
Shares to Ordinary
Shares (b)..............  (2,960,000)    (17,760)   2,960,000     8      17,752         --           --         17,760
Issuance of Ordinary
Shares on exercise of
options (a).............         --          --        65,679     0         145         --           --            145
Issuance of Ordinary
Shares for Cash.........         --          --     5,887,598    16      63,086         --           --         63,102
Expense of share
issues..................         --          --           --     --      (3,546)        --           --         (3,546)
Stock compensation......         --          --           --     --       2,068         --           --          2,068
Net loss................         --          --           --     --         --      (12,111)         --        (12,111)
Currency translation
adjustment..............         --          --           --     --         --          --        (1,602)       (1,602)
                                                                                                              --------
Comprehensive income
(loss)..................         --          --           --     --         --          --           --        (13,713)
                          ----------    --------   ----------   ---     -------    --------      -------      --------
Balance at January 31,
2000....................           0    $      0   25,140,722   $71     $84,286    $(21,585)     $(1,656)     $ 61,116
                          ==========    ========   ==========   ===     =======    ========      =======      ========
</TABLE>
- ----
(a) See note 12 to these statements
(b) See note 10 to these statements

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                          (U.S. dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year ended January 31,
                                                    -------------------------
                                                     1998    1999      2000
                                                    ------  -------  --------
<S>                                                 <C>     <C>      <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (loss).................................. $  175  $(6,873) $(12,111)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
 cash used in operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization.....................    339      566     2,277
 Stock compensation................................    --        83     2,148
 (Profit) on disposal of marketable securities.....    --      (159)     (919)
 Purchase of marketable securities.................    --   (64,227) (302,167)
 Sale of marketable securities.....................    --    57,208   261,434
 Effect of changes in foreign currency exchange
  rates............................................   (254)     252    (1,611)
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Inventories.....................................    (94)    (102)       75
   Accounts receivable............................. (2,292)     151    (4,536)
   Prepaid expenses and other assets...............   (153)    (515)     (252)
   Value added tax receivable......................   (178)      35       181
   Accounts payable................................    794     (647)    2,913
   Accrued payroll and related expenses............     38      331       362
   Deferred revenues...............................    254      333     2,591
   Value added tax payable.........................    317     (175)      148
   Warranty reserve................................    275      (99)     (213)
   Government grants repayable and related loans...    139      283        50
   Other accrued liabilities.......................    (55)     948     1,242
                                                    ------  -------  --------
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
 activities........................................   (695) (12,607)  (48,388)
                                                    ------  -------  --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment.................   (458)  (1,636)   (1,904)
Sale of property and equipment.....................     31       27        14
Purchase of capitalized software development
 costs.............................................    --    (2,500)      --
                                                    ------  -------  --------
Net cash used in investing activities..............   (427)  (4,109)   (1,890)
                                                    ------  -------  --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Principal payments on capital leases...............    (37)     (86)     (127)
Issuance of ordinary shares........................      4    2,020    63,247
Issuance of convertible redeemable preference
 shares............................................    --    18,000       --
Expenses of share issue............................    --    (2,187)   (3,546)
Proceeds (repayments) of loans from directors......   (222)     --        --
Proceed (repayments) under bank overdraft
 facility..........................................   (172)     405      (388)
                                                    ------  -------  --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
 activities........................................   (427)  18,152    59,186
                                                    ------  -------  --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents....................................... (1,549)   1,436     8,908
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
 equivalents.......................................    (78)     (17)      263
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...  1,899      272     1,691
                                                    ------  -------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period......... $  272  $ 1,691  $ 10,862
                                                    ======  =======  ========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
 Interest paid..................................... $   19  $   --   $      6
                                                    ======  =======  ========
 Taxes paid........................................ $   20  $   --   $      3
                                                    ======  =======  ========
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash flow
 information:
 Acquisition of property and equipment under
  capital leases................................... $  108  $   217  $    434
                                                    ======  =======  ========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 Organization

   Trintech Group PLC is organized as a public limited company under the laws
of Ireland. Trintech Group PLC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively,
the "Company") operate in two market segments: electronic PoS systems that
securely process card payment transactions in a physical point-of-sale ("PoS")
environment and e-payment software products that securely process on-line card-
payment transactions over private and public networks, including the Internet.
The Company also provides related development and professional services,
including project management, implementation and training services. The
Company's major customers, based on revenues earned, are banks and other
financial transaction processors in Germany. The Company also earns significant
revenues from similar customers in other European countries, the Americas and
the rest of the world.

   In March 1998 the Company completed a private placement of $2 million in
ordinary shares and in August 1998 the Company completed a private placement of
$18 million in Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares.

   In August 1999, 5,800,000 American Depositary Shares ("ADS") representing
5,800,000 Ordinary shares were sold in an initial public offering (the "IPO").
Simultaneous with that sale, the underwriters elected to exercise their over-
allotment option to purchase an additional 87,598 ADS representing 87,598
Ordinary Shares.

   Trintech converted all its Redeemable Convertible Preferred Shares into
Ordinary Shares on the completion of its IPO.

 Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

   The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
and include the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries in Ireland, the
United Kingdom, the Cayman Islands, Germany and the United States after
eliminating all material inter-company accounts and transactions.

 Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and the accompanying footnotes. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.

 Vulnerabilities due to Certain Concentrations

   A small number of customers have historically accounted for a significant
portion of the Company's revenues. The loss of any of the Company's major
customers or delays in orders by any such customers could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

   The Company uses two manufacturers for its PoS system products. While the
Company has alternative manufacturing sources, if either manufacturer increased
cost or ceased manufacturing the Company may not be able to rapidly obtain
alternative capacity at a comparable price. Failure to obtain an adequate
supply of products on a timely basis would delay product delivery to customers,
which may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results
of operations.

 Companies Acts, 1963 to 1999

   The financial information relating to Trintech Group PLC and its
subsidiaries included in this document does not comprise statutory financial
statements as referred to in Section 19 of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986,
copies of which are required by that Act to be annexed to the company's annual
return lodged with the Registrar of Companies. The auditors have made reports
without qualification under Section 193 of the Irish Companies Act, 1990 in
respect of all such financial statements. Copies of statutory financial
statements of the Company as an individual entity for the years ended January
31, 1998 and January 31, 1999 have been so annexed to the relevant annual
returns, and a copy of the group statutory financial statements for the year
ended January 31, 2000 will be annexed to the relevant annual return in due
course.

 Translation of Financial Statements of Foreign Entities

   The Irish pound ("IR(Pounds)") is the functional currency of the Company and
the Company's subsidiaries in Ireland. The US dollar ("US$") is the functional
currency of the Company's subsidiaries in the United States and the Cayman
Islands. The United Kingdom pound sterling (Sterling) is the functional
currency of the Company's UK subsidiary and the Deutsche mark is the functional
currency of the Company's subsidiary in Germany. Transaction gains or losses
arising on changes in the exchange rates between functional currencies and
foreign currencies are included in net income (loss) for the period.

   The Company's assets and liabilities are translated to US dollars, the
reporting currency, at the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Revenues,
costs and expenses are translated to US dollars at average rates of exchange
prevailing during the periods. Translation adjustments arising are reported as
a component of shareholders' equity.

 Revenue Recognition

   The Company's revenue is derived from product sales, license fees and
charges for services.

   The Company recognizes product revenue from the sale of electronic PoS
system products upon shipment.

   For Fiscal Years 1999 and 2000, the Company followed the revenue recognition
criteria of Statement of Position 97-2 ("SOP 97-2"), as amended by SOP 98-4 and
SOP 98-9 issued by the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants for its license revenue. The adoption
of SOP 97-2 did not have a material effect on the Company's operating results.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

   Under the terms of SOP 97-2 where an arrangement to deliver software does
not require significant production, modification or customization, the Company
recognizes license revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

  .  persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

  .  delivery has occurred;

  .  vendor's fee is fixed or determinable; and

  .  collectibility is probable.

   For Fiscal Year 1998, the Company followed the revenue recognition criteria
set out in SOP 91-1. Accordingly, the Company recognized license revenue on
shipment, provided that it had no significant related obligations or collection
uncertainties remaining.

   The Company recognizes technical support revenue ratably over the term of
the support agreement, generally twelve months.

   The Company recognizes service revenue when earned. Service revenue is
derived from consultancy, educational and training and customization and
implementation services. Services are provided primarily on a time and
materials basis for which revenue is recognized in the period that the services
are provided. Where contracts for services extend over a number of accounting
periods and are not being provided on a time and materials basis the revenue is
accounted for in conformity with the percentage-of-completion contract
accounting method. Percentage-of-completion is measured using output measures,
primarily arrangement milestones where such milestones indicate progress to
completion, or input measures using the allocation of time spent to date as a
proportion of total time allocated to the contract.

 Cost of Revenue

   Cost of product revenue includes outsourced manufacturing costs, and
packaging, documentation, labor and other costs associated with packaging and
shipping electronic PoS system products. Cost of license revenue includes
shipping, software documentation, labor, third-party license fees and other
costs associated with the delivery of software products from which license
revenue is derived and the cost of providing after-sale support and maintenance
services to customers. Cost of service revenue includes labor, travel and other
non-recoverable costs associated with the delivery of services to customers.

 Cash and Cash Equivalents

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments with insignificant
interest rate risk and purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.

 Marketable Securities

   Marketable securities consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds and U.S.
government agency fixed income securities. Marketable securities are stated at
market value, and by policy, the Company invests in high grade marketable
securities. All marketable securities are defined as trading securities under
the provisions of Statement of Financial Account Standards No. 115, "Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS 115"), and
unrealized holding gains and losses are reflected in earnings.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 Research and Development

   Research and development expenditures are generally charged to operations as
incurred. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Number 86, "Accounting
for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed,"
requires capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the
establishment of technological feasibility. Based on the Company's product
development process, technological feasibility is established upon completion
of a working model. Development costs incurred by the Company between
completion of the working model and the point at which the product is ready for
general release have been insignificant. Through January 31, 2000, all research
and development costs have been expensed.

   On March 31, 1998, Trintech Technologies Limited, a subsidiary of the
Company purchased technology for $2.5 million from RSA Data Security, a wholly
owned subsidiary of Security Dynamics, under the terms of the RSA Technology
License Agreement. The technology comprised a license to the source code and a
royalty-free sublicensable license to the object code, for S/PAY and J/PAY.
S/PAY and J/PAY are encryption technology toolkits that implemented and
provided the functionality of certain elements of the SET 0.0 standard, and the
license is exclusive as to the SET portions of the source code. The purchase of
this technology has been accounted for as expenditure on a product enhancement
that has reached technological feasibility and accordingly has been
capitalized. The capitalized costs are being amortized to income on the sales
curve or straight line methods, whichever gives the greater amortization, over
the two year period from February 1, 1999 following the achievement of the SET
mark in January 1999 and the general availability of the enhanced product from
that date.

 Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are
computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of the
assets as follows:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                <C>
   Motor vehicles, computer and office equipment, furniture and
    fixtures......................................................... 3 years
</TABLE>

 Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share

   Basic and diluted earnings per share is calculated in accordance with
statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 "Earnings per Share"
("Statement 128"). All earnings per share amounts for all periods have been
presented in conformity with the requirements of Statement 128.

 Concentration of Credit Risk

   The Company sells its products primarily to banks and financial transaction
processors throughout the world. While a small number of customers have
historically accounted for a significant portion of the Company's revenue,
management believes that these customers are credit worthy and, accordingly,
minimal credit risk exists with respect to these customers. The Company
performs ongoing credit evaluations on its customers and maintains reserves for
potential credit losses. To date such losses have been within management's
expectations. The Company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of
approximately US$98,000, US$241,000 and US$330,000 at January 31, 1998, 1999
and 2000 respectively. The Company generally requires no collateral from its
customers.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

   The Company invests its excess cash in low-risk, short-term deposit accounts
with high credit-quality banks in the United States, Germany and Ireland. At
January 31, 2000 US$48,830,000 was invested in marketable securities held for
trading purposes, comprised of US$19,550,000 in corporate bonds and
US$29,280,000 in U.S. government agency securities, under the management of a
financial institution. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the
relative credit standing of all of the financial institutions dealt with by the
Company, and considers the credit risk to be minimal.

 Employment Grants

   Employment grants are credited to the income statement when earned and
offset against the related payroll expense in two equal installments, the first
on the creation of the job, and the second six months following the creation of
the job.

 Marketing Grants and related loans

   Marketing grants and related loans received are accounted for in accordance
with the terms of the agreement for the specific grant/loan. This is either as
a 50% offset against the relevant expenditure on developing an overseas market
and a 50% loan to be repaid at rates linked to future revenues earned in the
related markets, or as a 100% loan to be repaid at rates linked to future
revenues earned in the related markets. All loan amounts are credited to a
balance sheet liability account as the Company believes they will have to be
repaid in the future.

 Accounting for Income Taxes

   The Company uses the liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under
this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws which will be in effect
when the differences are expected to reverse.

 Foreign Exchange Contracts

   From time to time one of the Company's Irish subsidiaries enters into
foreign exchange contracts as a hedge against accounts receivable in currencies
other than its functional currency. Market value gains and losses are
recognized, and the resulting credit or debit offsets foreign exchange losses
or gains included in Exchange gain (loss), net in the statement of operations.

 Stock Compensation

   The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", ("APB 25") and related
interpretations in accounting for its stock options. FASB Statement Number 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", ("SFAS 123"), requires that
companies electing to continue using the intrinsic value method make pro-forma
disclosures of net earnings and earnings per share as if the fair value based
method of accounting had been applied. See Note 12 for the fair value
disclosures required under SFAS 123.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

   Under APB 25, the Company has not recognized compensation expense during the
years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 respectively, as the Company
believes the exercise price of the Company's share options at the date of grant
was equal to or greater than the estimated fair value of the underlying shares
on the date of grant.

   The Company has followed the provisions of SFAS 123 and EITF 96-18
"Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for
Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services", in accounting
for warrants and options issued to nonemployees. The Company has adopted the
fair value method as prescribed by SFAS 123 in determining the fair value of
the warrants issued and the resultant compensation expense. The Company has
recognized compensation expense of US $0, US $83,000 and US $2,148,000 during
the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 respectively in respect of
warrants issued to nonemployees.

 Advertising and Promotion Expense

   All costs associated with advertising are expensed as incurred. Advertising
and promotion expense was US$215,000, US$919,000 and $1,125,000 for the years
ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

 Inventories

   Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.

 Warranty Reserves

   The Company maintains reserves for future warranty claims arising from past
sales of product. The Company makes provision for such costs when revenue is
recorded from product sales.

 Recent Accounting Pronouncements

   In 1998, The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133")
which was originally required to be adopted for fiscal years commencing after
June 15, 1999 but has now been deferred to fiscal years commencing after June
15, 2000. SFAS 133, requires all derivatives to be recorded in the balance
sheet at fair value and establishes "special accounting" for the following
three different types of hedges: hedges of changes in the fair value of assets,
liabilities or firm commitments ("referred to as fair value hedges"), hedges of
the variable cash flows of forecasted transactions ("cash flow hedges") and
hedges of foreign currency exposures of net investments in foreign operations
("forwards"). Forwards that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value
through income. If the forwards are hedges, depending on the nature of the
hedges, changes in their fair values will either be offset against the change
in the fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments
through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged
item is recognized in earnings. The Company has not yet determined what the
effect of SFAS 133 will be on the earnings and financial position of the
Company. Because SFAS 133 allows certain foreign currency transactions to be
accounted for as hedges, the Company may change its policies towards the
management of certain foreign currency exposures. Any changes that may occur
would be to reduce the Company's exposure to foreign currency risks.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

2. Cash and Marketable Securities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   January 31,
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  1998 1999 2000
                                                                  ---- ---- ----
                                                                  (U.S. dollars
                                                                  in thousands)
     <S>                                                          <C>  <C>  <C>
     Restricted Cash............................................. $ -- $ -- $161
                                                                  ==== ==== ====
</TABLE>

   Marketable securities are considered to be trading securities per SFAS 115
and are carried on the balance sheet at their market value.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             January 31, 1999
                                                           --------------------
                                                                Unrealized
                                                                   Gain  Market
                                                            Cost  (Loss) Value
                                                           ------ ------ ------
                                                             (U.S. dollars in
                                                                thousands)
     <S>                                                   <C>    <C>    <C>
     U.S. Government Agency Securities.................... $3,152  $ 3   $3,155
     Corporate bonds......................................  4,028   (5)   4,023
                                                           ------  ---   ------
       Total.............................................. $7,180  $(2)  $7,178
                                                           ======  ===   ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          January 31, 2000
                                                     --------------------------
                                                             Unrealized Market
                                                      Cost      Gain     Value
                                                     ------- ---------- -------
                                                          (U.S. dollars in
                                                             thousands)
     <S>                                             <C>     <C>        <C>
     U.S. Government Agency Securities.............. $29,120    $160    $29,280
     Corporate bonds................................  19,385     165     19,550
                                                     -------    ----    -------
       Total........................................ $48,505    $325    $48,830
                                                     =======    ====    =======
</TABLE>

   The change in unrealized gain (loss) included in net income (loss) is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Year ended
                                                                  January 31,
                                                                  ------------
                                                                  1999   2000
                                                                  -----  -----
     <S>                                                          <C>    <C>
     Unrealized (loss) at beginning of period.................... $  --  $  (2)
     Included in income (loss) in the period.....................    (2)   327
                                                                  -----  -----
     Unrealized gain (loss) of end of period..................... $  (2) $ 325
                                                                  =====  =====
</TABLE>

3. Revolving Credit Facility: Bank Overdraft Facility and Overdrafts

   The Company currently has a secured overdraft facility of IR(Pounds)650,000
(approximately US$808,000) from Bank of Ireland. This overdraft is secured by a
debenture over the assets of Trintech Group PLC, Trintech Limited and Trintech
Technologies Limited to a value of IR(Pounds)650,000. Advances under the
facility bear interest at the Bank's AA overdraft rate, 5.94% as at January 31,
2000. As of January 31, 2000 there was US$0 outstanding under the facility. The
facility does not have a stated expiration date, but all amounts drawn
thereunder are repayable on demand.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

4. Inventories

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            January 31,
                                                    -----------------------------
                                                      1998      1999      2000
                                                    ------------------- ---------
                                                    (U.S. dollars in thousands)
     <S>                                            <C>      <C>        <C>
     Raw materials................................. $    398 $      333 $     78
     Finished goods................................      495        722      762
                                                    -------- ---------- --------
       Total....................................... $    893 $    1,055 $    840
                                                    ======== ========== ========
</TABLE>

5. Foreign Exchange Contracts and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

   At January 31, 2000, the Company had a contract maturing in February 2000
and a contract maturing in May 2000 each to sell 1,000,000 US dollars and
receive Euro. The fair value of the contracts at January 31, 2000 was
US$100,000 negative. At January 31, 1998, the Company had contracts maturing in
February 1998 to sell 500,000 Deutsche marks and receive Irish pounds. The fair
value of the contract at January 31, 1998 was $2,000 negative.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               January 31,
                             -------------------------------------------------
                                  1998            1999              2000
                             --------------  ---------------  ----------------
                             Carrying Fair   Carrying  Fair   Carrying  Fair
                              Amount  Value   Amount  Value    Amount   Value
                             -------- -----  -------- ------  -------- -------
                                       (U.S. dollars in thousands)
<S>                          <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
Non Derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents..    $272   $272    $1,691  $1,691  $10,862  $10,862
Marketable Securities
 trading...................    $--    $--     $7,178  $7,178  $48,830  $48,830

Derivatives
Foreign currency forward
 contracts.................     --      (2)      --       (2) $   --      (100)
</TABLE>

   The carrying amounts in the table are included in the statements of
financial position under the indicated captions.

6. Operating Lease Commitments

   The Company's significant operating leases are for the premises in Dublin,
Ireland; Frankfurt, Germany; San Mateo, California; Austin, Texas; and
Princeton, New Jersey. In Dublin, the Company leases the new corporate
headquarters from John and Cyril McGuire, officers and directors of the
Company. The new facility is held under a lease expiring in 2023, with rent
reviews every five years and an option to exit in 2007. The rent paid by the
company was determined after completion of a survey of the rental market, and
the terms of the lease are no less favorable than those that could be obtained
in arms-length transactions. The Frankfurt facility is under a five year lease
which expires in 2004. The San Mateo facility is under a 5 year lease which
expires in 2004. The Austin facility is under a two year lease which expires in
2001. The Princeton facility is under a new five year lease which expires in
2003. Rent expense under all operating leases was approximately, US$345,000,
US$574,000 and US$1,236,000 for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999, and
2000, respectively.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

6. Operating Lease Commitments (Continued)

   Future minimum lease payments under the operating leases as of January 31,
2000, are as follows (U.S. dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                 <C>
     Year ending January 31,
       2001............................................................. $1,518
       2002.............................................................  1,492
       2003.............................................................  1,428
       2004.............................................................  1,254
       2005.............................................................    860
       Thereafter.......................................................  1,035
                                                                         ------
       Total minimum lease payments..................................... $7,587
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>

7. Capital Leases

   The following is an analysis of the property acquired under capital leases,
and included in property and equipment, by major classes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Asset balances at January 31,
                                                -------------------------------
                                                  1998       1999       2000
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                 (U.S. dollars in thousands)
     <S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
     Computers and office equipment............ $     291  $     309  $     705
     Motor vehicles............................        51         36         62
     Fixtures and fittings.....................        25         14         12
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
       Total cost..............................       367        359        779
     Accumulated depreciation..................      (263)      (118)      (218)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
       Total, net.............................. $     104  $     241  $     561
                                                =========  =========  =========
</TABLE>

   The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments under
capital leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease
payments as of January 31, 2000 (U.S. dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                   <C>
     Year ending January 31,
       2001............................................................... $175
       2002...............................................................  164
       2003...............................................................  123
       2004...............................................................   88
       2005...............................................................   83
                                                                           ----
       Total minimum lease payments.......................................  633
       Less: Amount representing interest.................................  (68)
                                                                           ----
     Present value of net minimum lease payments.......................... $565
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>

   The current portion and non-current portion of present value of net minimum
lease payments as of January 31, 2000 was US$156,000 and US$409,000,
respectively.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

8. Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            January 31,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                       1998     1999     2000
                                                      -------  -------  -------
                                                         (U.S. dollars in
                                                            thousands)
     <S>                                              <C>      <C>      <C>
     Computers and office equipment.................. $ 1,482  $ 2,233  $ 3,938
     Motor vehicles..................................     251       82      162
     Fixtures and fittings...........................      84      766      919
                                                      -------  -------  -------
     Total cost......................................   1,817    3,081    5,019
     Accumulated depreciation........................  (1,078)  (1,023)  (1,829)
                                                      -------  -------  -------
     Property and equipment, net..................... $   739  $ 2,058  $ 3,190
                                                      =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

9. Redeemable Preference Shares

   At January 31, 1997 the Company's authorized share capital included 200,000
redeemable preference shares at a par value of IR(Pounds)1 each.

   On January 31, 1997, pursuant to the Company's Articles of Association, the
181,062 redeemable preference shares, then in issue, were redeemed at par, for
a consideration of IR(Pounds)181,062 (approximately US$288,000) out of the
proceeds of a new issue of ordinary shares on that date.

   On November 21, 1997 the Company cancelled the authorized redeemable
preference shares.

   The redeemable preference shares conferred on the holders thereof upon a
winding up of the Company the right to a repayment of capital in priority to a
repayment of capital to the holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the
Company. Such redeemable preference shares did not, however, confer upon the
holders thereof any further rights to participate in the assets of the Company.
The preference shares conferred on the holders thereof the rights to receive
notice of and to attend all general meetings of the Company, but not the right
to vote on any resolution proposed thereof, nor the right to receive a
dividend, from the Company.

10. Shareholders' Equity and Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares

   The Company's authorized share capital comprises 100,000,000 Ordinary shares
of US$0.0027 par value per share and 10,000,000 Series B Redeemable Convertible
Preference Shares of US$0.0027 par value per share.

   The Company previously had authorized share capital of IR(Pounds)206,000
comprising 100,000,000 Ordinary shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 par value per share
and 3,000,000 Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares of
IR(Pounds)0.002 par value per share. On August 23, 1999 in connection with the
re-registration of the Company as a public limited company, the Company re-
organised its share capital into Ordinary shares and Series A Redeemable
Convertible Preference Shares of US$0.0027 par value per share in the following
manner:

     The authorised share capital was first reduced from IR(Pounds)206,000 to
  IR(Pounds)38,431 by the cancellation of 83,744,574 authorised and unissued
  Ordinary Shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each and 40,000 Series A Redeemable
  Convertible Preference Shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

10. Shareholders' Equity and Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares
(Continued)

     The authorised share capital was then increased to IR(Pounds)38,431 plus
  US$278,100 by the creation of 100,000,000 Ordinary shares of US$0.0027 each
  and 3,000,000 Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares of US$0.0027 each.

     The 16,255,426 Ordinary shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each in issue at that
  date were converted to redeemable shares and these shares, together with
  the 2,960,000 Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares of
  IR(Pounds)0.002 each were redeemed out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of
  16,255,426 Ordinary shares of US$0.0027 each and 2,960,000 Series A
  Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares of US$0.0027 each.

     The authorised share capital was then reduced to US$278,100 by the
  cancellation of the authorised shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each which had
  been redeemed.

   On the closing of the initial public offering of the Company's shares the
authorised share capital was reduced to US$270,000 by the cancellation of the
3,000,000 Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares of US$0.0027 each.

   Immediately thereafter the authorised share capital was increased to
US$297,000 by the creation of 10,000,000 Series B Preference Shares of
US$0.0027 each which may be issued with such special, qualified, preferred,
deferred or other rights or privileges or conditions as to capital, dividends,
rights of voting or other matters as the Directors may decide.

   The accompanying financial statements have given effect to this re-
organisation.

   Dividends may only be declared and paid out of profits available for
distribution determined in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in Ireland and applicable Irish company law.

   During 1998, in connection with the issuance of the Series A Redeemable
Convertible Preference Shares and certain strategic marketing agreements with
VISA International, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 250,000 of the
Company's Ordinary Shares at a price of $6 per share. The warrant is fully
exercisable upon the date of issuance and expires two years from the date of
the strategic marketing agreement.

   The Company has determined the fair value of the warrant at the time of
issuance using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following
weighted-average assumptions: risk free interest rate of 6%; dividend yields of
0%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company's ordinary
shares of 0.325; and a weighted-average expected life of the option of two
years. The determined value of the warrant was debited to prepaid expenses and
other current assets and is being charged to marketing expenses over the two
year term of the strategic marketing agreement. The Company amortised US$83,000
and US$80,000 of the value of the warrant to sales and marketing expense in the
years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

   During 1999, in connection with a strategic alliance with MasterCard, the
Company issued options to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company's Ordinary
Shares at prices ranging from $11.55 to $12.50. The options vest eighteen
months from the date of grant and expire two years from the date of issuance.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

10. Shareholders' Equity and Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares
(Continued)

   The Company has determined the fair value of the options at the period end
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions: risk free interest range of 5.5%; divided yields of 0%; volatility
factors of the expected market price of the Company's ordinary shares of 0.4;
and a weighted-average expected life of the options of 1.34 years. The Company
recorded $587,000 in stock compensation related to these options in the year
ended January 31, 2000.

   Also in 1999, in connection with the formation of the Company's Advisory
Board, the Company issued options to purchase 60,000 shares of the Company's
Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of $11.36 to each of the three Advisory
Board Members. The options vest ratably over 4 years and expire after seven
years from the date of grant.

   The Company has determined the fair value of the options at the period end
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions: risk free interest rate of 5.5%; dividend yields of 0%; volatility
factors of the expected market price of the Company's ordinary shares of 0.4;
and a weighted-average expected life of the options of 1.16 years. The company
recorded $1,481,000 in stock compensation related to these options in the year
ended January 31, 2000.

   The holders of the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares were
entitled to receive a dividend, when and if declared by the Board of Directors,
on an equal basis with the holders of Ordinary Shares. There were no dividends
declared or payable by the Company in any of the years presented. At January
31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 the Company did not have any profits available for
distribution.

   The Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares were redeemable on a
change of control and accordingly were classified outside shareholders' equity
at their redemption value.

   The Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares were convertible at
any time at the option of the holder into Ordinary Shares at the then effective
conversion price. The Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares
automatically converted into Ordinary Shares: upon the closing of a firmly
underwritten public offering under the Securities Act of 1933 (IPO) of Ordinary
Shares of the Company at a per share price not less than $10.50 per share and
for a total offering of not less than $20 million; or at such time as the
Company received the consent of not less than two-thirds of the holders of the
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares; or in the event that fewer
than one-third of the originally issued Series A Redeemable Convertible
Preference Shares remained outstanding.

   Each Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Share had a number of votes
equal to the number of Ordinary Shares then issuable upon conversion of such
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares. Upon liquidation, the
holders of the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares were entitled
to receive a per share amount equal to the Original Purchase Price plus any
declared but unpaid dividends, before any distribution was made to the holders
of the Ordinary Shares.

   In August 1998, 40,000 Series A Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares
were converted to 40,000 Ordinary Shares at a conversion price of $6 each. In
September 1999, the remaining 2,960,000 Series A Redeemable Convertible
Preference Shares were converted to 2,960,000 Ordinary Shares.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

11. Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Year ended January 31,
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                 1998       1999        2000
                                              ---------- ----------  ----------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>         <C>
Numerator:
Numerator for basic and diluted net income
 (loss) per ordinary share--Income (loss)
 available to ordinary shareholders.........  $      175 $   (6,873) $  (12,111)
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings per share--
 weighted average Ordinary Shares...........  15,688,335 16,157,831  19,309,964
Effect of employee stock options............      60,826        --          --
                                              ---------- ----------  ----------
Denominator for diluted net income (loss)
 per Ordinary Share.........................  15,749,161 16,157,831  19,309,964
                                              ---------- ----------  ----------
Basic net income (loss) per Ordinary Share..  $     0.01 $    (0.43) $    (0.63)
                                              ---------- ----------  ----------
Diluted net income (loss) per Ordinary
 Share......................................  $     0.01 $    (0.43) $    (0.63)
                                              ---------- ----------  ----------
ADSs used in computing basic net income
 (loss) per equivalent ADS..................  31,376,670 32,315,662  38,619,928
                                              ---------- ----------  ----------
ADSs used in computing diluted net income
 (loss) per equivalent ADS..................  31,498,322 32,315,662  38,619,928
                                              ---------- ----------  ----------
</TABLE>

12. Employee Benefit Plans

   The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", ("APB 25") and related
interpretations in accounting for its stock options because, as discussed
below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for under FASB Statement
Number 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", ("SFAS 123"), requires
use of option valuation models that were not developed for use in valuing stock
options. Under APB 25, the Company has not recognized compensation expense
during the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, as the
Company believes the exercise price of the Company's share options at the date
of grant was equal to or greater than the estimated fair value of the
underlying shares on the date of grant.

   The Company established a share option scheme in January 1990, which was
available to all employees of the Company. Options granted under this scheme
generally had a three year vesting period. All options granted under this
scheme were granted prior to 1994. There are no options outstanding under the
scheme. This scheme was terminated in October 1998.

   In May 1997 the Company established the Trintech Group Limited Share Option
1997 Scheme (the "1997 Scheme"). The 1997 Scheme initially provided for the
issuance of up to 1,200,000 of the Company's Ordinary Shares. In June 1998,
Trintech's Board of Directors and shareholders approved an amendment to the
1997 Scheme, providing for an increase in the number of Ordinary Shares that
may be issued under the 1997 Scheme to an aggregate of 2,200,000. In July 1999,
Trintech's Board of Directors and shareholders approved an amendment to the
1997 Scheme, providing for an increase in the number of Ordinary Shares that
may be issued under the 1997 Scheme to an aggregate of 3,700,000. All options
granted have a seven year term and generally commence vesting at a rate of one
twelfth of the total

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

12. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

   During 1998, the Company's Board of Directors and shareholders also approved
the Directors and Consultants Share Option Scheme which provides for the grant
of options to purchase a maximum of 200,000 Ordinary Shares of the Company to
non-employee directors and consultants of the Company. In July 1999, Trintech's
Board of Directors and shareholders approved an amendment to the 1998 Scheme,
providing for an increase in the number of Ordinary Shares that may be issued
under the 1998 Scheme to an aggregate of 600,000.

   In August, 1999, the Company obtained shareholder approval for the
establishment of the Trintech 1999 employee savings related share option scheme
for our Irish employees. The Company may issue an aggregate of 350,000 shares
under the 1999 savings related scheme. The scheme will be adopted shortly by
the board following the receipt of approval by the Irish Revenue Commissioners.
The 1999 savings related scheme applies to all of the Company's qualifying
Irish employees and is intended to be an approved scheme under Schedule 12A to
the Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 of the Republic of Ireland. The eligible
employees may apply for an option to purchase ordinary shares at a discount of
15% to the market value of ordinary shares on the last day on which the
ordinary shares were traded before grant. Participants must enter into approved
savings arrangements the purpose of which is to fund the cost of the exercise
of the option. As of January 31, 2000 no shares had been issued under this
plan.

   On August 23, 1999, the Company obtained shareholder approval for the
establishment of the Trintech 1999 employee share purchase plan for Trintech's
U.S. employees. The Company may issue an aggregate of 350,000 ordinary shares
under the 1999 share purchase plan. The 1999 share purchase plan is intended to
qualify under Section 423 of the Code and contains consecutive, overlapping,
twenty-four month offering periods. Each offering period includes four six-
month purchase periods. The offering periods generally start on the first
trading day on or after March 1 and September 1 of each year. The 1999 share
purchase plan permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll
deductions of up to 15% of the participant's compensation. As of January 31,
2000 no shares had been issued under this plan.

   In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2000, the Company recorded a stock
compensation charge of $2.1 million in relation to stock options granted at
market value to the members of Trintech's advisory board and to a strategic
alliance partner with the Company.

   Pro forma information regarding net income is required by SFAS 123, and has
been determined as if the Company had accounted for its stock options under the
fair value method of SFAS 123. The fair value for these options was estimated
at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
following weighted-average assumptions for 1998, 1999 and 2000: risk free
interest rate of 6%, 5% and 6% respectively; dividend yields of 0%; volatility
factors of the expected market price of the Company's ordinary shares for
options granted following the initial public offering of 0.4 and volatility
factors of 0.001 (to approximate to the minimum value method appropriate for
non-public companies) for options granted prior to the initial public offering
and a weighted-average expected life of the option of three years.

   The Black-Scholes option model was developed for use in estimating the fair
value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully
transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because
the Company's stock options have characteristics significantly different from
those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

12. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's
opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single
measure of the fair value of its stock options.

   For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The Company's
pro forma information follows for the years ended January 31, 2000 (in
thousands of U.S. dollars):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year ended January 31,
                                                       -----------------------
                                                       1998   1999      2000
                                                       ----- -------  --------
     <S>                                               <C>   <C>      <C>
     Pro forma net income (loss)...................... $ 115 $(7,014) $(12,835)
                                                       ===== =======  ========
     Pro forma net income (loss) per ordinary share
       Basic.......................................... $0.01 $ (0.43) $  (0.66)
       Diluted........................................ $0.01 $ (0.43) $  (0.66)
     Pro forma net income (loss) per equivalent ADS
       Basic.......................................... $0.00 $ (0.22) $  (0.33)
       Diluted........................................ $0.00 $ (0.22) $  (0.33)
</TABLE>

   A summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information for
the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          January 31, 1998    January 31, 1999     January 31, 2000
                          ------------------ -------------------- --------------------
                                   Weighted-            Weighted-            Weighted-
                                    average              average              average
                                   exercise             exercise             exercise
                          Options    price    Options     price    Options     price
                          -------  --------- ---------  --------- ---------  ---------
<S>                       <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning
 of Period..............   31,651    $1.00     912,393    $2.12   1,486,681   $ 3.40
Granted.................  903,420    $2.15     756,220    $4.59   2,471,358    16.36
Lapsed..................  (18,538)   $1.78    (166,967)   $2.02    (281,033)    7.45
Exercised...............   (4,140)   $1.00     (14,965)   $1.34     (65,679)    2.41
                          -------    -----   ---------    -----   ---------   ------
Outstanding at end of
 period.................  912,393    $2.12   1,486,681    $3.40   3,611,327   $11.96
                          =======    =====   =========    =====   =========   ======
Exercisable at end of
 period.................   23,573    $1.00     129,257    $2.27     438,116   $ 3.79
                          =======    =====   =========    =====   =========   ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Weighted-       Weighted-       Weighted-
                                       average         average         average
                                Fair  exercise  Fair  exercise  Fair  exercise
                                Value   price   Value   price   Value   price
                                ----- --------- ----- --------- ----- ---------
<S>                             <C>   <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>   <C>
Weighted-average fair value of
 options granted during the
 year for options whose
 exercise price exceeds the
 market price of the Ordinary
 Shares on the date of grant..  $0.26   $2.20   $ --    $ --    $ --   $  --
Weighted-average fair value of
 options granted during the
 year for options whose
 exercise price equals the
 market price of the Ordinary
 Shares on the date of grant..  $0.45   $2.14   $0.83   $4.59   $3.91  $16.36
</TABLE>


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

12. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

   Exercise prices for options outstanding as of January 31, 2000 ranged from
$1.55 to $60.00 per share. The breakdown of outstanding options at January 31,
2000 by price range is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Weighted average      Options     Options
Price range                       remaining life (years) outstanding exercisable
- -----------                       ---------------------  ----------- -----------
<S>                               <C>                    <C>         <C>
$ 1.55-- 2.99....................         4.57              758,390    306,235
$ 3.00-- 9.99....................         5.73              564,779     79,190
$10.00--11.49....................         6.42            1,219,125     46,908
$11.50--48.99....................         6.44              979,833      5,783
$49.00--60.00....................         6.93               89,200        --
                                                          ---------    -------
                                                          3,611,327    438,116
                                                          =========    =======
</TABLE>

   Options have been granted in US dollars since September 1999, previously
options were granted in Irish pounds. The U.S. dollar equivalents for
disclosures above have been determined using the U.S. dollar rate at the date
of each grant.

13. Income Taxes

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year ended January
                                                               31,
                                                      ----------------------
                                                      1998  1999      2000
                                                      ---- -------  --------
                                                        (U.S. dollars in
                                                           thousands)
     <S>                                              <C>  <C>      <C>
     Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
      consists of the following:
       Ireland....................................... $161 $(2,887) $(16,172)
       Foreign.......................................   64  (3,986)    4,604
                                                      ---- -------  --------
         Total....................................... $225 $(6,873) $(12,108)
                                                      ==== =======  ========
</TABLE>

   The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Year ended
                                                                   January 31,
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  1998 1999 2000
                                                                  ---- ---- ----
                                                                  (U.S. dollars
                                                                  in thousands)
     <S>                                                          <C>  <C>  <C>
     Current:
       Ireland................................................... $50  $ -- $ 3
       Foreign...................................................  --    --  --
                                                                  ---  ---- ---
         Total current........................................... $50  $ -- $ 3
                                                                  ===  ==== ===
     Deferred:
       Ireland................................................... $--  $ -- $--
       Foreign...................................................  --    --  --
                                                                  ---  ---- ---
         Total deferred.......................................... $--  $ -- $--
                                                                  ===  ==== ===
         Total provision for income taxes........................ $50  $ -- $ 3
                                                                  ===  ==== ===
</TABLE>


                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

   The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying
the statutory income tax rate to income before taxes. The sources and tax
effects of the differences are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year ended January
                                                               31,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                      1998    1999     2000
                                                      -----  -------  -------
                                                        (U.S. dollars in
                                                           thousands)
     <S>                                              <C>    <C>      <C>
     Income taxes computed at the Irish statutory
      income tax rate of 38% for 1998, 31.66% for
      1999 and 27.66% for 2000....................... $  82  $(2,176) $(3,349)
     Income (losses) from Irish manufacturing
      operations (taxed) relieved at lower rates.....   159      657    2,456
     Income (losses) subject to (relieved at) higher
      rates of tax...................................    (4)    (504)     707
     Income (losses) subject to (relieved at) lower
      rates of tax...................................   (15)     --       --
     Operating losses utilized.......................    (9)     --    (1,530)
     Operating losses not utilized...................    61    2,477    1,737
     Income not subject to tax.......................  (302)    (648)  (1,003)
     Foreign withholding tax.........................    21      --       --
     Non-deductible expenses.........................    57      194      345
     Non-deductible stock compensation...............   --       --       640
                                                      -----  -------  -------
       Total provision for income taxes.............. $  50  $   --   $     3
                                                      =====  =======  =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Year ended January
                                                                  31,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                          1998    1999    2000
                                                          -----  ------  ------
                                                           (U.S. dollars in
                                                              thousands)
     <S>                                                  <C>    <C>     <C>
     Deferred tax assets
     Net operating loss carryforwards.................... $ 965  $3,584  $3,305
                                                          -----  ------  ------
     Total deferred tax assets...........................   965   3,584   3,305
     Valuation allowance.................................  (965) (3,584) (3,305)
                                                          -----  ------  ------
     Net deferred tax assets.............................   --      --      --
                                                          =====  ======  ======
</TABLE>

   At January 31, 2000, the Company had Irish manufacturing, German, U.S. and
U.K. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately US$20,661,000,
US$295,000, US$2,660,000 and US$111,000 respectively. The utilization of these
net operating loss carryforwards is limited to the future profitable operations
of the Company in the related tax jurisdictions in which such carryforwards
arose. The Irish, German and U.K. losses carry forward indefinitely. The U.S.
loss carryforwards will expire in 2014 if not previously utilized. 100%
valuation allowances have been provided against the net operating loss
carryforwards because of the history of operating losses in the related tax
jurisdictions.

14. Segment Information

   Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which
separate discrete financial information is available that is evaluated by the
chief operating decision maker or decision making group to make decisions about
how to allocate resources and

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

14. Segment Information (Continued)

assess performance. The Company's chief operating decision maker is the Chief
Executive Officer. To date, the Company has viewed its operations as
principally two segments:

                          Year ended January 31, 1998
                          (U.S. dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Licenses  Segments   All    Consolidated
                             Product & Services  Total    Other      Total
                             ------- ---------- -------- -------  ------------
<S>                          <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenue..................... 10,824     5,822    16,646      --      16,646
Cost of Sale................  8,352     1,342     9,694      --       9,694
Gross Profit................  2,472     4,480     6,952      --       6,952
Operating Expenses..........    783     2,204     2,987    3,746      6,733
Operating Profit (Loss).....  1,689     2,276     3,965   (3,746)       219
Non-operating Income
 (expense), net.............    --        --        --       (44)       (44)
                             ------    ------    ------  -------    -------
Net Income (Loss)...........  1,689     2,276     3,965   (3,790)       175
                             ======    ======    ======  =======    =======
Segment Assets..............  3,146     1,764     4,910    2,093      7,003
                             ======    ======    ======  =======    =======

                          Year ended January 31, 1999
                          (U.S. dollars in thousands)

<CAPTION>
                                      Licenses  Segments   All    Consolidated
                             Product & Services  Total    Other      Total
                             ------- ---------- -------- -------  ------------
<S>                          <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenue..................... 14,554     6,479    21,033      --      21,033
Cost of Sale................ 10,851     3,062    13,913      --      13,913
Gross Profit................  3,703     3,417     7,120      --       7,120
Operating Expenses..........  1,913     6,260     8,173    5,771     13,944
Operating Profit (Loss).....  1,790    (2,843)   (1,053)  (5,771)    (6,824)
Non-operating Income
 (expense), net.............    --        --        --       (49)       (49)
                             ------    ------    ------  -------    -------
Net Income (Loss)...........  1,790    (2,843)   (1,053)  (5,820)    (6,873)
                             ======    ======    ======  =======    =======
Segment Assets..............  3,708     1,420     5,128   15,133     20,261
                             ======    ======    ======  =======    =======

                          Year ended January 31, 2000
                          (U.S. dollars in thousands)

<CAPTION>
                                      Licenses  Segments   All    Consolidated
                             Product & Services  Total    Other      Total
                             ------- ---------- -------- -------  ------------
<S>                          <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenue..................... 18,457    11,787    30,244      --      30,244
Cost of Sale................ 12,034     3,973    16,007    1,250     17,257
Gross Profit................  6,423     7,814    14,237   (1,250)    12,987
Operating Expenses..........  3,410    14,770    18,180    8,965     27,145
Operating Profit (Loss).....  3,013    (6,956)   (3,943) (10,215)   (14,158)
Non-operating Income
 (expense), net.............    --        --        --     2,047      2,047
                             ------    ------    ------  -------    -------
Net Income (Loss)...........  3,013    (6,956)   (3,943)  (8,168)   (12,111)
                             ======    ======    ======  =======    =======
Segment Assets..............  4,695     3,944     8,639   65,656     74,295
                             ======    ======    ======  =======    =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

14. Segment Information (Continued)

   The Company only reports direct operating expenses under the control of the
Chief Operating Decision Maker in the Segmental Information disclosed. The
Company does not report indirect operating expenses, depreciation and
amortization, interest income (expense), income taxes, capital expenditures, or
identifiable assets by industry segment, other than inventories and accounts
receivable, to the Chief Executive Officer.

   The following tables reconcile segment income (loss) before income taxes to
consolidated income (loss) before income taxes and segment assets to
consolidated total assets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Year ended January
                                                               31,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                       1998    1999    2000
                                                      ------  ------  -------
<S>                                                   <C>     <C>     <C>
Total income (loss) before taxes for reportable
 segments............................................  3,965  (1,053)  (3,943)
Unallocated amounts:
  Central overheads.................................. (3,407) (5,205)  (7,938)
  Depreciation and amortization......................   (339)   (566)  (2,277)
  Interest income (expense), net.....................     18     272    1,208
  Exchange gain (loss), net..........................    (12)   (321)     842
  Income (loss) before income taxes..................    225  (6,873) (12,108)
                                                      ------  ------  -------
    Total assets for reportable segments.............  4,910   5,128    8,639
Unallocated amounts:
  Cash...............................................    272   1,691   10,862
  Marketable securities..............................    --    7,178   48,830
  Value added taxes..................................    420     407      192
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........    662   1,299    1,332
  Property and equipment, net........................    739   2,058    3,190
  Software development costs.........................    --    2,500    1,250
                                                      ------  ------  -------
    Total Assets.....................................  7,003  20,261   74,295
                                                      ======  ======  =======
</TABLE>

   The distribution of net revenue by geographical area was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               January 31,
                                                           --------------------
                                                            1998   1999   2000
                                                           ------ ------ ------
                                                             (U.S. dollars in
                                                                thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>    <C>    <C>
Germany................................................... 11,242 14,724 18,005
United States of America..................................    835    368  3,600
Ireland...................................................  2,465  2,435  3,085
Europe (excluding Germany and Ireland)....................  1,858  2,130  2,640
Rest of World (excluding United States of America)........    246  1,376  2,914
                                                           ------ ------ ------
    Total................................................. 16,646 21,033 30,244
                                                           ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

14. Segment Information (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 January 31,
                                                              ------------------
                                                              1998  1999   2000
                                                              ---- ------ ------
                                                               (U.S. dollars in
                                                                  thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>  <C>    <C>
Long lived Assets:
Country of Domicile:
  Ireland....................................................  506  4,107  3,233
Foreign Countries:
  United States..............................................  121    298  1,026
  Germany....................................................   91    153    181
  Other......................................................   21    --     --
                                                              ---- ------ ------
    Total.................................................... $739 $4,558 $4,440
                                                              ==== ====== ======
</TABLE>

15. Government Grants and Related Loans

   Under employment agreements between the Company and Enterprise Ireland (the
Irish Development Authority, Forbairt) the Company has offset against related
payroll expense amounts of US$252,000, US$249,000 and US $10,000 in the years
ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Under the terms of the
agreements between the Company and Enterprise Ireland, these grants may be
repaid to Enterprise Ireland in certain circumstances, principally the failure
to maintain the related jobs for a period of five years from the payment of the
first installment of the related employment grant. The Company has complied
with the terms of the grant agreements through January 31, 2000.

   Under research and development agreements between the Company and Enterprise
Ireland the Company has offset US$248,000, US$80,000 and US$174,000 against
related research and development expenditure for the years ended January 31,
1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Under the terms of the agreements between
the Company and Enterprise Ireland, these grants may be repaid to Enterprise
Ireland in certain circumstances, principally the disposal by the Company of
intellectual property arising from the grant aided research and development.
The Company has not disposed of any such intellectual property through January
31, 2000.

   Under agreements between the Company and the Irish Trade Board, the Company
has offset against related sales and marketing expense amounts of US$139,000,
US$nil and US$nil in the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000,
respectively. In the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 the Company
received US$139,000, US$530,000 and US$100,000 respectively in the form of non-
interest bearing loans which are repayable at rates linked to future revenues
earned in the related markets. The loan is repayable at a rate of 1.4% of total
export sales in the period January 1999 to December 2001 with payments to
commence in January 2000 and end in July 2002. If the repayments calculated as
a percentage of sales are not sufficient to repay the loans in full Enterprise
Ireland may write off the balance provided they are satisfied with the
information provided about the sales achieved. The Company has credited all
such loan amounts to the balance sheet liability account "Government Grants
repayable and related loans" as the Company believes such loans will be repaid
in full.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

16. Selected Statement of Operating Data

   The following customers accounted for more than 10% of revenue in any one of
the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Year Ended
                                                                    January 31
                                                                  ----------------
                                                                  1998  1999  2000
                                                                  ----  ----  ----
   <S>                                                            <C>   <C>   <C>
   Deutsche Verkehrs Bank Zentrale...............................  --     1%   11%
                                                                  ---   ---   ---
   Bank of Ireland...............................................  11%   11%    5%
                                                                  ---   ---   ---
   GRK...........................................................  10%    8%    1%
                                                                  ---   ---   ---
   Easycash......................................................  12%    9%   --
                                                                  ---   ---   ---
   Which.........................................................  26%   33%   20%
                                                                  ---   ---   ---
</TABLE>

   The customers identified in the above table all relate to the product
segment described in note 14.

17. Related Party Transactions

   Huttoft Company, an unlimited company which is wholly-owned by certain
directors of the Company owns a special non-voting class of shares in Trintech
Limited, one of the Company's Irish subsidiaries. All of the voting shares in
the subsidiary are owned by the Company. The shares do not entitle the holders
thereof to receive any share of the assets of the Company on a winding up.
Trintech Limited may, from time to time, declare dividends to Huttoft Company
and Huttoft Company may declare dividends to its shareholders out of these
amounts. Any such dividends paid by Trintech Limited are treated as
compensation expense by the Company in its financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
notwithstanding their legal form of dividends to minority interests in order to
correctly reflect the substance of the transactions.

   The amount of dividends included in compensation expenses are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Year ended January 31,
     -------------------------------
       1998       1999       2000
     ---------  ---------  ---------
      (U.S. dollars in thousands)
<S>  <C>        <C>        <C>
     215              241        312
     ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

   As described in Note 6 the Company leases the new corporate headquarters in
Dublin, Ireland from John and Cyril McGuire, officers and directors of the
Company. The rent paid by the company was determined after completion of a
survey of the rental market, and the terms of the lease are no less favorable
than those that could be obtained in arms-length transactions.

   The Company has a strategic relationship with VISA International covering
Europe, the United States, Latin America and the Asia Pacific region. VISA
markets and recommends certain of the Company's products throughout the world.
Member organizations of VISA license products from the Company. In August 1998
VISA International subscribed $1,500,000 for 250,000 of the Series A Redeemable
Convertible Preference Shares and in September 1998

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                               TRINTECH GROUP PLC

          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

17. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

appointed a representative to the board of directors. In addition, in August
1998 the Company issued to VISA a warrant to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares
at a price of $6 per ordinary share exercisable for a two-year period. The
value of the warrant was determined to be $163,000, has been included in
prepaid sales and marketing costs and is being amortized rateable over the two
year period of the strategic agreement with VISA to pursue opportunities in the
Internet marketplace entered into at the time.

   Revenues from the supply of products and services to VISA, and balances due
from VISA at the ends of the related accounting period were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Year ended January 31,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    1998      1999      2000
                                                  --------- --------- ---------
                                                   (U.S. dollars in thousands)
   <S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>
   Revenues......................................     1,157     1,777     2,005
   Balances due from VISA........................        53       414       399
</TABLE>

   Trintech has entered into a number of development and marketing agreements
with VISA. The development agreements comprise the customization of certain
Trintech products to meet VISA specifications. The development element of such
arrangements are accounted for in accordance with the Company's revenue
recognition policy for services using the percentage-of-completion contract
accounting method. Trintech has no obligation to repay funds received under the
agreements and bears the financial risks and rewards of the development
projects as well as retaining title to the intellectual property rights of the
developed technology. The marketing agreements entered into between Trintech
and VISA have no accounting value.

   On March 31, 1998 the Company licensed the source code for S/Pay and J/Pay
from RSA Data Security for a consideration of $2.5 million and entered into a
joint marketing activities agreement with RSA Data Security. On the same date,
Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc., the parent company of RSA Data Security
purchased 482,765 ordinary shares in the Company for $2 million and appointed a
representative to the Company's board of directors. On June 30, 1998 Security
Dynamics Technologies Limited purchased 500,000 Series A Redeemable Convertible
Preference Shares for $3 million.

   During the year ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 respectively, the
Company incurred expenditure of $0, $50,000 and $0 on joint marketing
activities with RSA. There were no balances due to or from RSA or Security
Dynamics at any period end.

18. Subsequent Events

   On March 10, 2000 the Company announced a two-for-one split of its issued
and outstanding ADSs. Basic and diluted net income (loss) per equivalent ADS is
therefore calculated using twice the weighted average number of ordinary shares
outstanding during the period. All amounts shown per equivalent ADS have been
retroactively adjusted to give effect to the split.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                                    ANNEX A:

                        ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED
                       BY THE COMPANIES ACT, 1963 TO 1999
                           OF THE REPUBLIC OF IRELAND
                   AND THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES (TRANSFERABLE
               SECURITIES AND STOCK EXCHANGE) REGULATIONS, 1992.

  1. We were incorporated in Ireland as a private company on January 29, 1987
under registration number 119798. Our founders were John McGuire and Cyril
McGuire.

  2.  The directors whose names appear on page 60 through 62 of this document
accept responsibility for the information contained in this document. To the
best of the knowledge and belief of the directors, who have taken all
reasonable care to ensure that such is the case, the information contained in
this document is consistent with the facts and does not omit anything likely to
affect the import of such information.

  3. Our articles of association provide that no share qualification shall be
required by a director.

  4. Our articles of association provide with regard to the remuneration of
directors:

    (a) The ordinary remuneration of the directors shall be determined from
  time to time by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders and shall be
  divisible, unless such resolution shall provide otherwise, among the
  directors as they may agree or, failing agreement, equally, except that any
  director who shall hold office for part only of the period in for which
  such remuneration is payable shall be entitled only to rank in such
  division for a proportion of the remuneration related to the period during
  which he has held office.

    (b) The directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel
  and other expenses incurred by them for attending meetings of directors or
  committees of directors or general meetings in connection with our
  business.

    (c) Any director who holds any executive office, including the office of
  chairman or deputy chairman, or who serves on any committee or who
  otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the directors are
  outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director may be paid such
  extra remuneration by way of salary, commission or other form of
  renumeration as the directors may determine.

    (d) The directors on our behalf may pay a gratuity, pension or allowance
  on retirement to any director who has held any other salaried office or
  place of profit with us or to his widow or dependants, and may make
  contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of
  any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

  5. Our principal objects which are described in full in our memorandum and
articles of association include the acquisition and holding of shares and
stocks and the business of a holding and investment company generally.

  6. Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, in the opinion of the
directors the amount required to be provided for the matters specified in
paragraph 4 of the Third Schedule to the Companies Act, 1963, whether out of
the proceeds of the issue or through some other means, is nil.

  7. The subscription lists are anticipated to be opened at            am
Frankfurt Time, on April   , 2000 and may be closed at any time thereafter.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

   8. At the date of this prospectus, options to purchase an aggregate of
            ordinary shares (        equivalent ADSs), including options held
by officers and directors to purchase              ordinary shares (
equivalent ADSs), are outstanding. Additional information about these options
is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Number of
                                                       Options       Exercise
                                                     (in Ordinary   Price per
                       Date of Grant                    Shares)   Ordinary Share
       --------------------------------------------- ------------ --------------
       <S>                                           <C>          <C>
       April 20, 1990...............................    10,931    IR(Pounds)0.67
       May 28, 1997.................................   298,808    IR(Pounds)1.33
       May 28, 1997.................................   200,000    IR(Pounds)1.46
       September 11, 1997...........................    67,322    IR(Pounds)1.67
       November 21, 1997............................    88,900    IR(Pounds)1.67
       February 5, 1998.............................   121,670    IR(Pounds)2.00
       March 18, 1998...............................    81,770    IR(Pounds)2.40
       April 22, 1998...............................    19,250    IR(Pounds)3.25
       May 25, 1998.................................    31,200    IR(Pounds)3.60
       June 19, 1998................................    30,400    IR(Pounds)3.75
       July 27, 1998................................    59,250    IR(Pounds)3.75
       September 11, 1998...........................    33,700    IR(Pounds)3.75
       November 30, 1998............................    88,700    IR(Pounds)3.75
       January 11, 1999.............................   231,000    IR(Pounds)3.75
       February 25, 1999............................    67,700    IR(Pounds)3.75
       May 27, 1999.................................   561,625    IR(Pounds)8.25
       May 27, 1999.................................   135,000    IR(Pounds)8.25
       June 11, 1999................................    70,000    IR(Pounds)8.25
       June 27, 1999................................    31,000    IR(Pounds)8.25
       August 27, 1999..............................   502,000    US$      11.00
       August 27, 1999..............................    40,000    US$      11.00
       September 23, 1999...........................    20,000    US$       1.55
       September 23, 1999...........................   647,000    US$      11.55
       September 28, 1999...........................    40,000    US$      14.88
       October 4, 1999..............................    15,000    US$      12.25
       December 3, 1999.............................   276,833    US$      43.25
       December 16, 1999............................     4,000    US$      43.00
       December 22, 1999............................    27,500    US$      49.50
       January 5, 2000..............................    19,500    US$      50.00
       January 12, 2000.............................    34,000    US$      49.00
       January 19, 2000.............................     6,200    US$      51.00
       January 26, 2000.............................     2,000    US$      60.00
       February 2, 2000.............................    17,500    US$      58.50
       February 9, 2000.............................     5,200    US$     107.00
       February 16, 2000............................    15,500    US$      92.00
       February 23, 2000............................     3,000    US$     100.10
</TABLE>


  9. The number of ordinary and preference shares issued by us otherwise than
for cash within the preceding three years are as follows:

    (a) On January 31, 1997, the shareholders of Trintech Limited were
  allotted 167,971 of our ordinary shares in exchange for all of the ordinary
  shares of Trintech Limited. Upon completion of the transaction, Trintech
  Limited became one of our wholly owned subsidiaries.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

  10. The financial information concerning us contained in this prospectus does
not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of Section 19 of the
Companies Act 1986 of the Republic of Ireland. Our statutory accounts for the
financial years ended January 31, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 have been delivered
to the Registrar of Companies of the Republic of Ireland. For each of those
statutory accounts, our independent auditors, Ernst & Young, have given reports
which were unqualified and did not contain a statement under Section 193 of the
Companies Act 1990.

  11. In addition to the contracts described in the section entitled "Related
Party Transactions" of the document, the following contracts have been entered
into outside the ordinary course of business within the five years immediately
preceding the date of this document and are or may be material:

    (a) Form of Global Underwriting Agreement

    (b) Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association of Trintech Group PLC,
  as adopted on September 22, 1999

    (c) Form of Depositary Agreement among Trintech Group PLC, The Bank of
  New York, as Depositary, and holders from time to time of American
  Depositary Shares issued thereunder (including as an exhibit the form of
  American Depositary Receipt) dated as of September 27, 1999, as amended on
            , 2000

    (d) 1990 Trintech Group Limited Share Option Scheme

    (e) 1997 Trintech Group Limited Share Option Scheme

    (f) 1998 Trintech Group Limited Directors and Consultants Share Option
  Scheme

    (g) 1999 Employee Share Purchase Plan

    (h) Form of Indemnification Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and its
  directors and officers dated September, 1999

    (i) Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and John McGuire
  dated April 1, 1996

    (j) Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and Cyril McGuire
  dated April 1, 1996

    (k) Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and Christopher
  Meehan dated November 2, 1995

    (l) Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and R. Paul Byrne
  dated November 2, 1995

    (m) 1999 U.S. Employee Share Purchase Plan

    (o) Investors Rights Agreement by and among Trintech Group Limited,
  Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc., John F. McGuire, Cyril P. McGuire,
  Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited dated March 31, 1998

    (p) Series A Convertible Preference Share Investors Rights Agreement by
  and among Trintech Group Limited, the Investors (as defined therein), John
  F. McGuire, Cyril P. McGuire, Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur
  Limited dated June 30, 1998

    (q) Amendment No. 1 to the Investors Rights Agreement by and among
  Trintech Group Limited, the Investors (as defined therein), John F.
  McGuire, Cyril P. McGuire, Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur
  Limited

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

    (r) Credit Agreement between Trintech Group of Companies and The Bank of
  Ireland dated November 12, 1997

    (s) Debenture between Trintech Group Limited and The Bank of Ireland
  dated April 23, 1998

    (t) Software Source Code License Agreement between RSA Data Security,
  Inc. and Trintech Manufacturing Ltd. dated March 31, 1998

    (u) Marketing Agreement between RSA Data Security, Inc. and Trintech
  Manufacturing Ltd. dated March 31, 1998

    (v) Agreement between Visa International and Trintech Group Limited dated
  August 27, 1998

    (w) Marketing Agreement between SAP Aktiengesellschaft and Trintech Group
  dated November 19, 1998

    (x) Supply Agreement between Keltek Electronics Limited and Trintech
  Group dated August 17, 1998

    (y) Lease Agreement between John McGuire, Cyril McGuire and Trintech
  Group dated September 1999

    (z) Lease Agreement between 5 Independence Associates Limited Partnership
  and Trintech, Inc. dated April 30, 1998

    (aa) Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement between 5 Independence Associates
  Limited Partnership and Trintech, Inc. dated August 4, 1998

    (bb) Guaranty Agreement between 5 Independence Associates Limited
  Partnership and Trintech Holdings Limited dated April, 1998

    (cc) Office Lease Agreement between Sherlon Investments Corp. and
  Trintech, Inc. dated December 12, 1997

    (dd) Lease Agreement between Grund und Vermogensverwaltung Gmbh & Co KG
  and Trintech GmbH dated June 13, 1996

    (ee) Lease Agreement between Service Life & Casualty Ins. Co. and
  Trintech, Inc. dated January 5, 1999

    (ff)  Lease Agreement between Lincoln Bascom Office Center and Trintech,
  Inc. dated March 19, 1996

    (gg) First Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom
  Office Center and Trintech, Inc. dated April 1, 1997

    (hh) First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between Sherlon
  Investments Corp. and Trintech, Inc. dated February 10, 1999

    (ii) Second Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom
  Office Center and Trintech, Inc. dated May 4, 1998

    (jj) Third Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom
  Office Center and Trintech, Inc. dated May 21, 1998

    (kk) Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland
  dated December 3, 1996

    (ll) Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland
  dated December 3, 1996

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

    (mm) Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland
  dated October 13, 1997

    (nn) Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland
  dated October 13, 1997

    (oo) Development and Marketing Agreement between Trintech Group and Visa
  International Service Association dated April 26, 1999

    (pp) License Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Visa U.S.A., Inc. dated
  May 12, 1999

    (qq) Master Joint Marketing Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Compaq
  Computer Corporation dated March 17, 1999

    (rr) Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and John Harte
  dated August 1, 1999

    (ss) Employment Agreement between Trintech Group PLC and Kevin C. Shea
  dated September, 1999

    (tt) Office Lease Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and The Joshua Group
  dated August 16, 1999

    (uu) Lease Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Peninsula Office Park
  Associates, L.P. dated May 28, 1999

    (vv) First Amendment to the Lease between Trintech, Inc. and Peninsula
  Office Park Associates, L.P. dated November 1, 1999

  12. Copies of the underwriting agreements being the contract under which the
shares being offered are to be allotted may be inspected at the offices A&L
Goodbody, 1 Earlsfort Centre, Hatch Street, Dublin 2, Ireland, during normal
business hours on any weekday (Saturdays excepted) within the period of 14 days
following the date of publication of this document.

  13. Our auditors are Ernst & Young, Ernst & Young Building, Harcourt Street,
Dublin 2, Republic of Ireland.

  14. Ernst & Young, independent auditors, and A&L Goodbody Solicitors have
given and not withdrawn their written consent to the inclusion in this document
of the references to them in the form and context in which they appear.

  15. A copy of this offer for sale has been delivered to the Registrar of
Companies in the Republic of Ireland for registration, each copy having
attached to it a copy of the consents mentioned above and each of the material
contracts mentioned above.


                                      A-5
<PAGE>

  16. The following are the names and addresses of the directors of Trintech
Group PLC:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Name                            Address                        Description
          ----                            -------                        -----------
<S>                      <C>                                       <C>
John F. McGuire......... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Chief Executive Officer
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.   and Director
Cyril P. McGuire........ c/o Trintech Building, South County       Executive Chairman
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.
Kevin C. Shea........... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Chief Operating Officer
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18    and Director
Christopher P. Meehan... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Executive Vice
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.   President, Operations
                                                                   and Director
R. Paul Byrne........... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Chief Financial Officer
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.   and Director
Trevor D. Sullivan...... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Director
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.
B. James Bidzos......... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Director
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.
Wolfgang H. Heinrich.... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Director
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.
Robert N. Wadsworth..... c/o Trintech Building, South County       Director
                         Business Park, Leopardstown, Dublin 18.
</TABLE>

  17. The price at which ADSs are being offered to the public in this offering
would be payable in full on application.

  18. The number of shares allotted by us and the amounts paid on the shares,
within the previous five years are as follows:

    (a) all amounts were payable and paid on allotment:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Class of       Number of
          Date               Shareholder      Shares                   Class of Shares                   Price per Share
- ------------------------ ------------------- --------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------
<S>                      <C>                 <C>       <C>                                              <C>
January 28, 1997........ Employee              156,164 Ordinary                                         IR(Pounds) 0.0100
January 28, 1997........ Government Agency      11,807 Ordinary                                         IR(Pounds) 0.0100
January 31, 1997........ Government Agency     387,610 Ordinary                                         IR(Pounds) 1.1766
July 14, 1997........... Employee                4,140 Ordinary                                         IR(Pounds) 1.3300
March 31, 1998.......... Technology Partner    482,765 Ordinary                                         US$        4.1428
April 22, 1998.......... Employee                1,700 Ordinary                                         IR(Pounds) 1.3300
April 22, 1998.......... Employee                1,700 Ordinary                                         IR(Pounds) 0.6369
June 30, 1998........... Venture Capitalists 2,583,333 Series A Convertible Redeemable Preference Share US$        6.0000
July 30, 1998........... Venture Capitalists   166,667 Series A Convertible Redeemable Preference Share US$        6.0000
August 18, 1998......... Venture Capitalists    40,000 Ordinary                                         US$        6.0000
August 27, 1998.........
                         Technology Partner    250,000 Series A Convertible Redeemable Preference Share US$        6.0000
</TABLE>

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Class of   Number of
         Date           Shareholder  Shares   Class of Shares  Price per Share
- ----------------------- ----------- --------- --------------- -----------------
<S>                     <C>         <C>       <C>             <C>
September 11, 1998..... Employee      442     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 2.0000
September 11, 1998..... Employee      800     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 2.4000
September 11, 1998..... Employee    1,833     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.6700
November 30, 1998...... Employee    7,850     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 0.6370
January 11, 1999....... Employee    1,570     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 0.6370
February 25, 1999...... Employee    4,800     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.3300
February 25, 1999...... Employee    2,000     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 2.0000
April 12, 1999......... Employee    1,167     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.6700
April 12, 1999......... Employee    1,798     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.3300
April 12, 1999......... Employee      300     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 3.7500
May 28, 1999........... Employee      166     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.9950
May 28, 1999........... Employee    5,287     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.3300
May 28, 1999........... Employee      930     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 2.0000
May 28, 1999........... Employee      998     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.6700
May 28, 1999........... Employee      166     Ordinary        IR(Pounds) 1.3250
June 2, 1999........... Employee       83     Ordinary        US$        2.0000
July 6, 1999........... Employee    6,333     Ordinary        US$        1.6700
July 8, 1999........... Employee       83     Ordinary        US$        2.4000
August 12, 1999........ Employee      251     Ordinary        US$        2.0000
August 18, 1999........ Employee      167     Ordinary        US$        2.0000
August 19, 1999........ Employee    1,333     Ordinary        US$        1.3300
August 25, 1999........ Employee      666     Ordinary        US$        1.3300
August 26, 1999........ Employee       83     Ordinary        US$        4.3100
August 30, 1999........ Employee    1,140     Ordinary        US$        1.7700
August 30, 1999........ Employee       83     Ordinary        US$        4.7700
August 31, 1999........ Employee      333     Ordinary        US$        1.9000
September 15, 1999..... Employee       84     Ordinary        US$        2.6300
September 17, 1999..... Employee       83     Ordinary        US$        4.2900
September 17, 1999..... Employee      334     Ordinary        US$        1.7600
September 22, 1999..... Employee    1,016     Ordinary        US$        4.8000
</TABLE>

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Class of    Number of                               Price per
          Date            Shareholder   Shares          Class of Shares          Share
- ------------------------ ------------- --------- ----------------------------  ----------
<S>                      <C>           <C>       <C>                           <C>
September 28, 1999...... IPO Investors 5,800,000 Ordinary                      US$10.7175
October 7, 1999......... Employee            167 Ordinary                      US$ 3.2800
October 8, 1999......... Employee          2,764 Ordinary                      US$ 1.8000
October 14, 1999........ Employee          2,000 Ordinary                      US$ 2.2800
October 26, 1999........ IPO Investors    87,598 Ordinary                      US$10.7175
October 26, 1999........ Employee         10,840 Ordinary                      US$ 0.8500
October 28, 1999........ Employee            187 Ordinary                      US$ 2.6800
November 17, 1999....... Employee            333 Ordinary                      US$ 4.7600
November 17, 1999....... Employee          2,000 Ordinary                      US$ 2.2100
November 18, 1999....... Employee             83 Ordinary                      US$ 2.6300
November 24, 1999....... Employee            168 Ordinary                      US$ 2.5900
November 29, 1999....... Employee            833 Ordinary                      US$ 4.8000
November 30, 1999....... Employee            804 Ordinary                      US$ 1.7100
December 2, 1999........ Employee            500 Ordinary                      US$ 1.7000
December 15, 1999....... Employee          2,083 Ordinary                      US$ 3.0500
December 15, 1999....... Employee          1,333 Ordinary                      US$ 2.2100
December 17, 1999....... Employee            100 Ordinary                      US$ 1.7100
December 18, 1999....... Employee          1,042 Ordinary                      US$ 3.0800
December 22, 1999....... Employee            250 Ordinary                      US$ 3.0700
December 22, 1999....... Employee             83 Ordinary                      US$ 2.1400
December 22, 1999....... Employee             84 Ordinary                      US$ 4.1500
January 5, 2000......... Employee            500 Ordinary                      US$ 1.7500
January 11, 2000........ Employee             84 Ordinary                      US$ 4.5700
January 11, 2000........ Employee            625 Ordinary                      US$11.3600
January 19, 2000........ Employee          1,875 Ordinary                      US$ 5.3000
January 24, 2000........ Employee          4,000 Ordinary                      US$ 2.4300
January 26, 2000........ Employee            469 Ordinary                      US$11.3600
January 26, 2000........ Employee             63 Ordinary                      US$11.5500
January 28, 2000........ Employee            250 Ordinary                      US$ 4.5700
January 30, 2000........ Employee             63 Ordinary                      US$11.3600
January 30, 2000........ Employee            250 Ordinary                      US$ 5.3000
January 30, 2000........ Employee             63 Ordinary                      US$11.5500
February 1, 2000........ Employee            268 Ordinary                      US$ 2.0200
February 1, 2000........ Employee          1,418 Ordinary                      US$ 5.3000
February 2, 2000........ Employee            600 Ordinary                      US$ 5.1400
February 2, 2000........ Employee            188 Ordinary                      US$ 4.5700
February 2, 2000........ Employee          3,398 Ordinary                      US$ 2.0200
February 2, 2000........ Employee            250 Ordinary                      US$11.3600
February 2, 2000........ Employee          1,167 Ordinary                      US$ 2.8100
February 2, 2000........ Employee          3,000 Ordinary                      US$ 3.2900
February 3, 2000........ Employee            250 Ordinary                      US$ 4.5700
February 4, 2000........ Employee             83 Ordinary                      US$ 5.3000
February 7, 2000........ Employee          1,875 Ordinary                      US$11.3600
February 7, 2000........ Employee            125 Ordinary                      US$11.5500
February 18, 2000....... Employee            333 Ordinary                      US$ 2.4300
February 23, 2000....... Employee             83 Ordinary                      US$ 2.4300
February 23, 2000....... Employee             83 Ordinary                      US$ 4.5700
February 28, 2000....... Employee             83 Ordinary                      US$ 2.8100
February 28, 2000....... Employee            104 Ordinary                      US$ 5.3000
February 28, 2000....... Employee            750 Ordinary                      US$ 5.1400
February 29, 2000....... Employee          3,125 Ordinary                      US$ 5.3000
</TABLE>

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

  19. At an assumed public offering price of US$     , the estimated amount of
the expenses of the offering, including estimated underwriting commissions and
discounts, is currently anticipated to be approximately US$               , of
which US$        would be payable by us and approximately US$          would be
payable by the selling shareholders. If the underwriters exercise in whole
their option to purchase additional ADSs from us and the selling shareholders,
the estimated amount of further expenses incurred, including estimated
underwriting commissions and discounts, is approximately US$       , of which
US$        would be payable by us and approximately US$          would be
payable by the selling shareholders. The net amount of the consideration
estimated to be received by us for the ADSs comprised in the offering is
US$               .

  20. We have previously paid no commissions in relation to procuring
subscriptions for shares and debentures other than commissions to underwriters.

  21. Share Capital and Share Capital Increases and Decreases

   Our current capital structure and authorized share capital are the result of
a series of corporate actions.

   On January 27, 1997, our articles of association authorized us to have a
share capital of IR(Pounds)250,000, divided into 5,000,000 ordinary shares of
IR(Pounds)0.01 each and 200,000 redeemable preference shares of IR(Pounds)1.00
each, of which 2,891,640 ordinary shares and 181,062 redeemable preference
shares were outstanding.

   On January 27, 1997, our shareholders resolved to subdivide each of the
5,000,000 ordinary shares of IR(Pounds)0.01 each into 5 ordinary shares of
IR(Pounds)0.002 each, which gave us a share capital of IR(Pounds)250,000
divided into 25 million ordinary shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each and 200,000
redeemable preference shares of IR(Pounds)1.00 each.

   On November 21, 1997, our shareholders resolved to reduce our authorized
share capital from IR(Pounds)250,000 to IR(Pounds)50,000 by cancelling 200,000
authorized but unissued redeemable preference shares of IR(Pounds)1.00 each.
Immediately after that cancellation, our shareholders then resolved to increase
our authorized share capital to IR(Pounds)200,000 by creating 75,000,000
ordinary shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each, with the new ordinary shares having
the same rights as our existing ordinary shares.

   On June 26, 1998, our shareholders resolved to increase our authorized share
capital from IR(Pounds)200,000 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares of
IR(Pounds)0.002 each to IR(Pounds)206,000 composed of 100,000,000 ordinary
shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each and 3,000,000 redeemable convertible preference
shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each by the creation of 3,000,000 redeemable
convertible preference shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each.

   On August 23, 1999, our shareholders resolved to convert the currency of our
share capital from Irish pounds to US dollars by converting each of our
ordinary shares and redeemable convertible preference shares from shares of
IR(Pounds)0.002 each to shares of US$0.0027 each. To effect the conversion our
shareholders then resolved to cancel all 83,744,547 of the authorized but
unissued ordinary shares and all 40,000 of the authorized but unissued
redeemable convertible preference shares. Our shareholders then resolved to
increase our authorized share capital by the creation of 100,000,000 ordinary
shares of US$0.0027 each and 3,000,000 redeemable convertible preference shares
of US$0.0027.

   Our board of directors than allotted 16,255,426 ordinary shares of US$0.0027
each to our existing shareholders and further allotted 2,960,000 redeemable
convertible preference shares of US$0.0027 to our existing redeemable
convertible preference shareholders.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

   Our board of directors then resolved to redeem all 16,255,426 issued
ordinary shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each and all 2,960,000 issued redeemable
convertible preference shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each for an amount per share
equal to the amount paid by each shareholder for each ordinary share and for
each redeemable convertible preference share, such amounts being satisfied out
of and set off against the amount owed by each shareholder for the ordinary
shares of US$0.0027 each and the redeemable convertible preference shares of
US$0.0027 each allotted to our shareholders. Our shareholders then resolved to
cancel each of the redeemed ordinary shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each and each of
the convertible redeemable preference shares of IR(Pounds)0.002 each upon the
redemption.

  22. Before closing of the initial public offering, our authorized share
capital was US$278,100 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0027
each and 3,000,000 redeemable convertible preference shares of US$0.0027 each.
Upon the date of closing of the initial public offering, all of the issued
convertible redeemable preferences shares in our capital automatically
converted into ordinary shares at a conversion rate of one ordinary share per
one convertible redeemable preference share. Further, immediately following the
conversion a resolution of our shareholders cancelling the 3,000,000 authorized
redeemable convertible preference shares became effective, which reduced our
authorized share capital from US$278,100 to US$270,000. Then, a resolution of
our shareholders increasing our authorized share capital from US$270,000
divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0027 each to US$297,000
divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0027 each and 10,000,000
series B preference shares of US$0.0027 each by the creation of 10,000,000
series B preference shares became effective.

   As a result, our authorized share capital is US$297,000 divided into
100,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0027 per ordinary share and 10,000,000
series B preference shares of US$0.0027 per series B preference share.

  23. On August 23, 1999, our shareholders authorized by special resolution the
board of directors to allot all of the authorized but unissued shares in our
share capital, including 5,887,598 ordinary shares in our initial public
offering. On August 27, 1999, our directors resolved to allot the 5,887,598
ordinary shares to the custodian and establish a sponsored ADR program to issue
the ADRs under the terms of the deposit agreement with The Bank of New York.

  24. On March 10, 2000, the Board authorized the allotment of up to 2,000,000
ordinary shares in our follow-on offering to the custodian.


                                      A-10
<PAGE>

                                    ANNEX B:

                 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED BY GERMAN LAW

Responsibility for the content of the prospectus

   We and the underwriters named at the end of this sales prospectus/listing
prospectus undertake, under Section 13 of the German Securities Sales
Prospectus Act and Sections 45, 77 of the German Stock Exchange Act,
responsibility for the contents of this prospectus and state that, to the best
of our and their knowledge, the information contained in this prospectus is
correct and that no material information has been omitted.

Availability of documents for inspection

   Certain documents referred to in this prospectus which relate to us as well
as future annual and interim reports prepared by us may be inspected during
customary business hours at the offices of Trintech GmbH, Siemenstrasse 20, D-
63263 Neu Isenburg, Germany, as well as at the offices of Deutsche Bank
Aktiengesellschaft, Taunusanlage 12, D-60262 Frankfurt am Main.

Subject of this prospectus

   The subject of this prospectus as sales prospectus is (a) 6,000,000 ADSs
representing registered 2,000,000 ordinary shares being offered by us, from the
issuance of authorized capital resolved on March 10, 2000, and 1,000,000
ordinary shares from our selling shareholders, and (b) up to 900,000 ADSs
representing 225,000 registered ordinary shares from us from the issuance of
authorized capital, if any, and 225,000 ordinary shares from our selling
shareholders with respect to an over-allotment option granted to the
underwriters.

Deliverability and Clearing

   The ADSs are deliverable in Germany in book-entry form in the collective
holdings deposited with the Depository Trust Company on behalf of Deutsche
Borse Clearing AG.


                                      B-1
<PAGE>

   Since our creation in 1987, we have consistently sought to develop and
deploy technology that offers financial transaction processors secure,
practical payment solutions. Our first product was an off-line credit card
authorization product that transmitted lost and stolen card numbers using
broadcast networks. This product illustrated our innovative use of existing
networks for secure payment applications.

   That ability to anticipate payment requirements continued when we built
payment applications for leading airline reservation systems such as Lufthansa.
We believe that the expertise gleaned from working with large-scale proprietary
computer networks, gave us a natural edge when open networks, such as the
Internet, emerged.

   Recognizing the rigorous technical requirements of marrying Internet
technology with the myriad of complex protocols, we devoted considerable
resources to gain "first-mover" advantage. This led to Netscape's decision to
choose us as the payment software solution for the world's first international
SSL secured transaction in Sweden in 1995. Following that early Internet first,
we developed a suite of end-to-end Internet solutions based on the SSL security
standard. As the more sophisticated security standard, known as SET, emerged,
we demonstrated our leadership position by conducting the world's first SET 1.0
transaction in Puerto Rico with Visa International in 1997. In the following
year, we were one of the first vendors in the world to achieve SET
certification for its suite of payment products.

   One of our specialties is multi-currency, which was instrumental in the
completion of the world's first euro transaction in Germany. At the stroke of
midnight on January 1, 1999, a senior Visa executive used our PayWare and
Compact 9000 technology to authorize and process a card transaction in the new
European single currency. Appropriately, the purchase was a bottle of
champagne!

   In 1999, we have continued to innovate with industry firsts. We expanded our
Internet commerce product suite with a number of unique products. These include
a merchant hosting solution for Internet service providers and commerce service
providers, and the deployment of a robust gateway solution that combines SSL
and SET security and routes all Visa USA's e-commerce payment transactions in
the United States.

   Strategic relationships and awards are evidence of our success--We have
strategic relationships with, Visa, MasterCard, VeriSign, RSA Security, Compaq,
SAP and Intershop. Our websites: trintech.com and epaynews.com have won
Netscape awards. Epaynews.com is a newswire Internet portal for the world of e-
payments. Finally in May 1999, The Red Herring chose us as one of the top 100
companies of the electronic economy-- 'the brightest stars of the digital
universe, the technology companies that are creating new markets and defining
the electronic economy.'
<PAGE>

You may rely on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this
prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of the securities
offered by this prospectus means that information contained in this prospectus
is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the securities offered hereby in
any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   3
Risk Factors.............................................................   6
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  15
Dividend Policy..........................................................  15
Presentation of Financial Information....................................  15
Exchange Rate Information................................................  16
Price Range of American Depositary Shares................................  17
Capitalization...........................................................  18
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.....................................  19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  21
Business.................................................................  36
Management...............................................................  56
Principal and Selling Shareholders.......................................  66
Related Party Transactions...............................................  68
Description of Share Capital.............................................  71
Description of American Depositary Shares................................  78
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........................................  87
The German Equity Market.................................................  89
Taxation.................................................................  91
Exchange Control Regulations.............................................  98
Underwriting............................................................. 100
Legal Matters............................................................ 101
Experts.................................................................. 102
Where You Can Find More Information...................................... 102
Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements........................... F-1
Additional Information Required by the Irish Companies Act............... A-1
Additional Information Required by German Law ........................... B-1
</TABLE>


Subject to Completion, Dated March   , 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     [LOGO OF TRINTECH GROUP PLC APPEARS HERE]

 Trintech Group PLC


 6,000,000 American Depositary Shares
 Representing
 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares


 Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown

 Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette

 Robertson Stephens

 Chase H&Q

 Prospectus
       , 2000
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be     +
+changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement    +
+filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This          +
+preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell securities, and we are not     +
+soliciting offers to buy these securities, in any state, the Republic of      +
+Ireland or in any other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not           +
+permitted.                                                                    +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Subject to Completion, Dated March   , 2000

                                                       [LOGO OF TRINTECH GROUP
                                                       PLC APPEARS HERE]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Trintech Group PLC
 6,000,000 American Depositary Shares
 Representing 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 We are offering 4,000,000 American depositary shares and selling shareholders
 are offering 2,000,000 American depositary shares in this offering. Each
 American depositary share, or ADS, offered by this prospectus represents one-
 half of one of our ordinary shares. The ADSs are represented by American
 depositary receipts, or ADRs. The ADSs being offered are initially being
 offered in the United States and are concurrently being offered, under a
 separate prospectus, in Germany and to institutional investors outside of the
 United States and Germany. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the
 sale of ADSs by the selling stockholders.

 The ADSs are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol TTPA and
 on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol
 TTP. The last reported sale price of the ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market
 on March  , 2000 was $    and the last reported sale price of the ADSs on the
 Neuer Markt on March  , 2000 was (Euro)    per ADS.

 Investing in the ADSs involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 6.

 The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have
 not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus
 is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
 offense.

 A copy of this prospectus, together with the documents specified in
 paragraphs 11 and 14 of Annex A in this prospectus, has been delivered to the
 Registrar of Companies in the Republic of Ireland.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Per American
                                                     Depositary
                                                        Share         Total
                                                    ------------- -------------
  <S>                                               <C>           <C>
                                                    $   (Euro)    $   (Euro)
  Public offering price............................
  Underwriting discounts and commissions...........
  Proceeds, before expenses, to Trintech...........
  Proceeds to selling shareholders.................
</TABLE>
 We and the selling shareholders identified on page 66 of this prospectus have
 granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 900,000 ADSs to cover
 any over-allotments.
                                  -----------

 The underwriters expect to deliver the ADRs evidencing the ADSs in book entry
 form through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company and Deutsche
 Borse Clearing AG on or about         2000.

 Deutsche Bank
            Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                       Robertson Stephens International
                                     Chase H&Q

 The date of this Prospectus is      ,    2000
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

   Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the
underwriters named below, through their representatives Deutsche Bank AG,
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, FleetBoston Robertson
Stephens Inc. and Chase Securities Inc., have agreed to purchase from us the
following numbers of ADSs.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Underwriters                            Number of ADSs
                          ------------                            --------------
<S>                                                               <C>
Deutsche Bank AG.................................................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation..............
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc...............................
Chase Securities Inc.............................................
                                                                    ---------
  Total..........................................................   6,000,000
                                                                    =========
</TABLE>

   The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters
depend on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement, and that the underwriters will purchase all of the ADSs offered by
us under this prospectus if any of these shares are purchased.

   We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters propose to
offer the ADSs to the public at the public offering price presented on the
cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at a price less a concession not
in excess of $    , or approximately (Euro)     , per ADS to other dealers.
After the public offering, the offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the representatives.

   We and     of our shareholders have granted the underwriters an option,
exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to
purchase up to 900,000 additional ADSs at the public offering price less the
underwriting discount presented on the cover page of this prospectus. To the
extent that the underwriters exercise their option, each of the underwriters
will have a commitment to purchase approximately the same percentage of ADSs
available under the option that the number of ADSs to be purchased by it in the
above table bears to 6,000,000, and we and the selling shareholders will be
obligated under the option to sell the same number of ADSs to the underwriters.
The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in
connection with the sale of the ADSs offered by us under this prospectus. If
purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional ADSs on the same terms as
those on which the 6,000,000 ADSs are being offered.

   We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters
against liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, arising
from breaches of representations.

   All of our officers and directors and the selling shareholders in this
offering have entered into agreements with the underwriters. Under these
agreements, our officers and directors and these shareholders have agreed not
to offer, sell, contract to sell or dispose of, or enter into any transaction
having a similar economic effect similar to that of a sale of, any ADSs or
ordinary shares for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus
without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank AG. This consent may be
given at any time without public notice. We have entered into a similar
agreement, except that we may issue, and grant options or warrants to purchase,
ADSs or ordinary shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or
exchangeable for ADSs or ordinary shares, upon the exercise of outstanding
options and warrants and under the existing stock option and stock purchase
plans.

                                      100
<PAGE>

   The representatives have advised us that, under Regulation M of the U.S.
federal securities laws, participants in the offering may engage in
transactions which might stabilize or maintain the market price of the ADSs at
a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These
transactions include the following:

  .  Stabilizing bids. A stabilizing bid is a bid for or the purchase of the
     ADSs on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or
     maintaining the price of the ADSs.

  .  Syndicate covering transaction. A syndicate covering transaction is the
     bid for or the purchase of the ADSs on behalf of the underwriters to
     reduce a short, or over-sold, position incurred by the underwriters in
     connection with the offering.

  .  Penalty bid. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the
     representatives to reclaim the selling concession otherwise owed an
     underwriter or syndicate member in connection with the offering if the
     ADSs originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member is
     purchased by the representatives in a syndicate covering transaction and
     has therefore not been effectively placed by that underwriter or
     syndicate member.

   The representatives have advised us that these transactions may be effected
in different ways, including on the Neuer Markt or the Nasdaq National Market.
These transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

   The representatives have also advised us that the underwriters and dealers
may engage in passive market making transactions in the ADSs in accordance with
Regulation M of the U.S. federal securities laws. In general, a passive market
maker may not bid for or purchase the ADSs at a price that exceeds the higher
independent bid. In addition, the net daily purchases made by any passive
market maker generally may not exceed 30% of its average daily trading volume
in the ADSs during a specified two-month prior period or 200 ADSs, whichever is
greater. A passive market maker must identify passive market making bids as
such on the Nasdaq electronic inter-dealer reporting system. Passive market
making may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of
the ADSs at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open
market. Underwriters and dealers are not required to engage in passive market
making and may discontinue these activities at any time.

   Each underwriter, to the extent that it effects trades on the Neuer Markt,
has represented that it has complied and will comply with the reporting
obligations of Section 9 of the German Securities Trading Act.

   Each underwriter has also agreed that:

  .  it has not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the
     date of issue of the ADSs, will not offer or sell any ADSs to persons in
     the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve
     them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments, as
     principal or agent, for their businesses in circumstances which have not
     resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United
     Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities
     Regulations 1995, and

  .  it has complied, and will comply, with all provisions of the Financial
     Services Act of 1986 of Great Britain applicable to anything done by it
     in relation to ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.


                                      101
<PAGE>

   This prospectus has not been approved as an investment advertisement that
complies with Section 57 of the Financial Services Act 1986 and may not be
issued or passed on in the United Kingdom except to a person who is of the kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 (as amended), or is a person to whom
the prospectus may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered by us
under this prospectus will be passed upon by A&L Goodbody, Solicitors, Dublin,
Ireland, our Irish counsel. Some legal matters under United States law
regarding this offering will be passed upon by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California, our U.S. counsel. Some
legal matters under the law of the Republic of Germany regarding this offering
will be passed upon by Oppenhoff & Radler, member of Linklaters & Alliance,
Frankfurt, Germany, our German counsel. Legal matters regarding this offering
will be passed upon for the underwriters by Brobeck Hale and Dorr, London,
England. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati may rely upon A&L Goodbody,
Solicitors regarding matters governed by Irish law, and upon Oppenhoff &
Radler, member of Linklaters & Alliance, regarding matters governed by German
law. As of February 29, 2000, investment partnerships composed of some current
and former members of and persons associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, as well as some individual attorneys of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, beneficially owned an aggregate of 16,668 equivalent ADSs.

                                    EXPERTS

   The consolidated financial statements of Trintech Group PLC as of January
31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 and for each of the three years in the period ended
January 31, 2000 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst &
Young, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing in this
prospectus. The auditors are located at Harcourt Centre, Harcourt Street,
Dublin, Ireland.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act for the ordinary
shares represented by the ADSs offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does
not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and
the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further
information about us and the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered by
this prospectus, reference is made to the registration statement and the
exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement.
Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or
any other document summarize only the material information about the contract
or other document. These statements are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the copy of each these contracts or other document filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement. The registration statement, including
exhibits and schedules attached to the registration statement, may be inspected
without charge at the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., and
copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from
the Public Reference Room of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located at
Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661
and at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 after payment
of fees prescribed by the Commission.

                                      102
<PAGE>

   We will furnish the depositary referred to under "Description of American
Depositary Shares" with annual reports in English, which will include a review
of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in
conformity with U.S. GAAP. Upon receipt of the reports, the depositary will
promptly mail these reports to all registered holders of ADSs. We will also
furnish to the depositary in English all notices of shareholders' meetings and
other reports and communications that are made generally available to its
shareholders. The depositary will make notices, reports and communications
available to holders of ADSs in the manner we request and will mail to all
record holders of ADSs a notice containing a summary of the information
contained in any notice of a shareholders' meeting received by the depositary.

   We are subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 applicable to foreign private issuers. In connection with the
Exchange Act, we will file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and
other information with the Commission. In addition, we will submit to the
Commission quarterly reports, which will include unaudited quarterly condensed
consolidated financial information, on Form 6-K for the first three quarters of
each fiscal year and file our annual report on Form 20-F within the time period
prescribed under Section 13 of the Exchange Act for filing domestic issuers of
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and annual reports on Form 10-K. These reports
and other information may be obtained, upon written request, from The Bank of
New York, as depositary at its corporate trust office located at 101 Barclay
Street, New York, New York 10286. These reports and other information may also
be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities
maintained by at Public Reference Room of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located
at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661 and at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 after
payment of fees prescribed by the Commission. Although the rules of the Nasdaq
National Market require us to solicit proxies from our shareholders, we are not
subject to the proxy solicitation requirements of Section 14 of the Exchange
Act, and our officers, directors and 10% beneficial owners are not subject to
the beneficial ownership reporting requirements or the short-swing profits
recovery rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

                                      103
<PAGE>

You may rely on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this
prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of the securities
offered by this prospectus means that information contained in this prospectus
is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the securities offered hereby in
any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   3
Risk Factors.............................................................   6
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  15
Dividend Policy..........................................................  15
Presentation of Financial Information....................................  15
Exchange Rate Information................................................  16
Price Range of American Depositary Shares................................  17
Capitalization...........................................................  18
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.....................................  19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  21
Business.................................................................  36
Management...............................................................  56
Principal and Selling Shareholders.......................................  66
Related Party Transactions...............................................  68
Description of Share Capital.............................................  71
Description of American Depositary Shares................................  78
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........................................  87
The German Equity Market.................................................  89
Taxation.................................................................  91
Exchange Control Regulations.............................................  98
Underwriting............................................................. 100
Legal Matters............................................................ 101
Experts.................................................................. 102
Where You Can Find More Information...................................... 102
Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements........................... F-1
Additional Information Required by the Irish Companies Act............... A-1
Additional Information Required by German Law ........................... B-1
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     [LOGO OF TRINTECH GROUP PLC APPEARS HERE]

 Trintech Group PLC


 6,000,000 American Depositary Shares
 Representing
 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares


 Deutsche Bank

 Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette

 Robertson Stephens International

 Chase H&Q

 Prospectus
       , 2000
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

   The following table sets forth all expenses, other than the underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the
sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except
for the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                               <C>
   SEC registration fee............................................. $  117,157
   NASD filing fee..................................................     30,500
   Nasdaq National Market Fees......................................     17,500
   Blue Sky fees and expenses.......................................     10,000
   Irish capital duty...............................................  4,485,000
   VAT non-recoverable..............................................     50,000
   Depositary fees..................................................     20,000
   Printing and engraving expenses..................................    300,000
   Accountant's fees and expenses...................................    150,000
   Legal fees and expenses..........................................    450,000
   Miscellaneous....................................................    160,000
                                                                     ----------
     Total.......................................................... $5,790,157
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

   Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

   Reference is made to our memorandum and articles of association, filed as
Exhibit 3.1, which, subject to certain conditions, authorize us to indemnify
our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by
them in connection with claims made by reason of their being one of our
directors or officers. Further reference is made to the form of indemnification
agreement filed as Exhibit 10.5 under which our subsidiary, Trintech, Inc., has
agreed to indemnify its directors and officers and directors and officers
serving at the request of Trintech, Inc. as our directors and officers against
certain liabilities and expenses incurred by them in connection with claims
made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

   See Section    of the form of the global underwriting agreement filed as
Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement for certain provisions relating to
indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

   We have obtained directors and officers insurance providing indemnification
for certain of our directors, officers, affiliates, partners or employees for
certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

   A description of our sales of securities during the past three years is
shown on page A-   of the Statutory Information required under the Companies
Acts, 1963 to 1990, of the Republic of Ireland contained in the prospectus. All
sales were to our employees, directors and officers and to institutions and
sophisticated individual investors. Our sales of 482,765 ordinary shares in
March 1998, an aggregate of 2,960,000 redeemable convertible preference shares
in June and August 1998 and a warrant to purchase 250,000 ordinary shares in
August 1998 were each made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
Sales to our employees, directors and officers were deemed to be exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on either Rule 701
promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions under
compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided
under Rule 701 or Regulation S as offers and sales that occurred outside the
United States.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

   There were no underwriters employed in connection with any transactions
described in this Item 15.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   (a) Exhibits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                          Description of Document
 ------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 <C>     <S>
   1.1.  Form of Global Underwriting Agreement*

   3.1.  Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association of Trintech Group PLC,
         dated August 23, 1999**

   3.2.  Certificate of Incorporation of Trintech Group Public Limited
         Company**

   4.1.  Specimen of Ordinary Share Certificate**

   4.2.  Depositary Agreement among Trintech Group PLC, The Bank of New York,
         as Depositary, and holders from time to time of American Depositary
         Shares issued thereunder (including as an exhibit the form of American
         Depositary Receipt)
         dated as of September 27, 1999**

   5.1.  Opinion of A&L Goodbody, Solicitors, regarding the validity of the
         Shares

  10.1.  1990 Trintech Group Limited Share Option Scheme**

  10.2.  1997 Trintech Group Limited Share Option Scheme**

  10.3.  1998 Trintech Group Limited Directors and Consultants Share Option
         Scheme**

  10.4.  1999 Employee Share Purchase Plan**

  10.5.  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and its
         directors and officers**

  10.6.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and John McGuire
         dated August 1, 1999**

  10.7.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and Cyril McGuire
         dated August 1, 1999**

  10.8.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and Christopher
         Meehan dated August   , 1999**

  10.9.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and R. Paul Byrne
         dated August 1, 1999**

 10.10.  1999 U.S. Employee Share Purchase Plan**

 10.11.  Investors Rights Agreement by and among Trintech Group Limited,
         Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc., John F. McGuire, Cyril P.
         McGuire, Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited dated
         March 31, 1998**

 10.12.  Series A Convertible Preference Share Investors Rights Agreement by
         and among Trintech Group Limited, the Investors (as defined therein), John F. McGuire,
         Cyril P. McGuire, Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited
         dated June 30, 1998**

 10.13.  Amendment No. 1 to the Investors Rights Agreement by and among
         Trintech Group Limited, the Investors (as defined therein), John F. McGuire, Cyril P. McGuire,
         Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited**

 10.14.  Credit Agreement between Trintech Group of Companies and The Bank of
         Ireland dated November 12, 1997**
</TABLE>

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                          Description of Document
 ------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.15.  Debenture between Trintech Group Limited and The Bank of Ireland dated
         April 23, 1998**

 10.16.  Software Source Code License Agreement between RSA Data Security, Inc.
         and Trintech Manufacturing Ltd. dated March 31, 1998**

 10.17.  Marketing Agreement between RSA Data Security, Inc. and Trintech
         Manufacturing Ltd. dated March 31, 1998+**

 10.18.  Agreement between Visa International and Trintech Group Limited dated
         August 27, 1998+**

 10.19.  Marketing Agreement between SAP Aktiengesellschaft and Trintech Group
         Limited dated November 19, 1998**

 10.20.  Supply Agreement between Keltek Electronics Limited and Trintech Group
         Limited dated August 17, 1998**

 10.21.  Lease Agreement between John McGuire, Cyril McGuire and Trintech Group
         Limited dated September, 1999**

 10.22.  Lease Agreement between 5 Independence Associates Limited Partnership
         and Trintech, Inc. Dated April 30, 1998**

 10.23.  Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement between 5 Independence Associates
         Limited Partnership and Trintech, Inc. dated August 4, 1998**

 10.24.  Guaranty Agreement between 5 Independence Associates Limited
         Partnership and Trintech Holdings Limited dated April 1998**

 10.25.  Office Lease Agreement between Sherlon Investments Corp. and Trintech,
         Inc. dated December 12, 1997**

 10.26.  Lease Agreement between Grund und Vermogensverwaltung Gmbh & Co KG and
         Trintech GmbH dated June 13, 1996**

 10.27.  Lease Agreement between Service Life & Casualty Ins. Co. and Trintech,
         Inc. dated January 5, 1999**

 10.28.  Lease Agreement between Lincoln Bascom Office Center and Trintech,
         Inc. dated March 19, 1996**

 10.29.  First Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom Office
         Center and Trintech, Inc. dated April 1, 1997**

 10.30.  First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between Sherlon Investments
         Corp and Trintech, Inc. dated February 10, 1999**

 10.31.  Second Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom
         Office Center and Trintech, Inc. dated May 4, 1998

 10.32.  Third Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom Office
         Center and Trintech, Inc. dated May 21, 1998**

 10.33.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         December 3, 1996**

 10.34.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         December 3, 1996**
 10.35.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         October 13, 1997**

</TABLE>


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                         Description of Document
 ------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.36.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         October 13, 1997**

 10.37.  Development and Marketing Agreement between Trintech Group and Visa
         International Service Association dated April 29, 1999+**

 10.38.  License Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Visa USA, Inc. dated May
         12, 1999+**

 10.39.  Master Joint Marketing Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Compaq
         Computer Corporation dated March 17, 1999**

 10.40.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group PLC and John Harte dated
         July 15, 1999

 10.41.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group PLC and Kevin C. Shea
         dated September, 1999

 10.42.  Office Lease Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and The Joshua Group
         dated August 16, 1999

 10.43.  Lease Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Peninsula Office Park
         Associates, L.P. dated May 28, 1999

 10.44.  First Amendment to the Lease between Trintech, Inc. and Peninsula
         Office Park Associates, L.P. dated November 1, 1999
 11.1.   Computation of earnings per share

 21.1.   Subsidiaries of the Registrant (see page 54 of the prospectus)

 23.1.   Consent of Ernst & Young

 23.2.   Consent of A&L Goodbody, Solicitors (included in Exhibit 5.1)*

 24.1.   Powers of Attorney (included on page II-7)
</TABLE>
- --------
 *  Documents to be filed by amendment

**  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's registration statement on Form F-
    1 (Registration number 333-10738)

 +  Documents for which confidential treatment has been granted

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

   (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Additions
                         Balance at charged to                        Balance at
                         beginning  costs and   Exchange                end of
      Description        of period   expenses  differences Deductions   period
      -----------        ---------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------
                                       (U.S. dollars in thousands)
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Year ended January 31,
 2000
Deducted from asset
 account:
  Provision for bad and
   doubtful debts.......    241        127         (19)        (19)      330

Year ended January 31,
 1999
Deducted from asset
 account:
  Provision for bad and
   doubtful debts.......     98        138           5          --       241

Year ended January 31,
 1998
Deducted from asset
 account:
  Provision for bad and
   doubtful debts.......    114         --         (16)         --        98

Year ended January 31,
 2000
Warranty Reserve........    876         76        (107)       (289)      556

Year ended January 31,
 1999
Warranty Reserve........    922        162          53        (261)      876

Year ended January 31,
 1998
Warranty Reserve........    780        275        (133)         --       922
</TABLE>

   Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be described in the schedules is not applicable or is shown in the
financial statements.

Item 17. Undertakings.

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant under these provisions, or under other obligations, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities, other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.

   The undersigned registrant undertakes that:

   (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under
the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

   (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered in
the prospectus, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering of such securities.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   As required by the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in Dublin, Ireland, on March 16, 2000.


                                          TRINTECH GROUP PLC

                                                   /s/ John F. McGuire
                                          By: _________________________________
                                            John F. McGuire, Chief Executive
                                                  Officer and, Director

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

   KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints John P. McGuire, Cyril P. McGuire and
R. Paul Byrne, and each of them, his attorney-in-fact, with the power of
substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendment or
post-effective amendment to this registration statement on Form F-1 or
abbreviated registration statement (including, without limitation, any
additional registration filed under Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933)
with respect hereto and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

   As required by the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Signature                              Title                        Date
             ---------                              -----                        ----

 <C>                                <S>                                   <C>
        /s/ John F. McGuire         Chief Executive Officer and Director     March 16, 2000
 _________________________________
          John F. McGuire

         /s/ R. Paul Byrne          Chief Financial Officer (Principal      March 16, 2000
 _________________________________   Financial Officer and Principal
           R. Paul Byrne             Accounting Officer)

        /s/ Cyril P. McGuire        Chairman of the Board                   March 16, 2000
 _________________________________
          Cyril P. McGuire

        /s/ Chris P. Meehan         Director                                March 16, 2000
 _________________________________
          Chris P. Meehan

       /s/ Trevor D. Sullivan       Director                                March 16, 2000
 _________________________________
         Trevor D. Sullivan

      /s/ Wolfgang H. Heinrich      Director                                March 16, 2000
 _________________________________
        Wolfgang H. Heinrich

                                    Director
 _________________________________
          D. James Bidzos

      /s/ Robert M. Wadsworth       Director                                March 16, 2000
 _________________________________
        Robert M. Wadsworth

         /s/ Kevin C. Shea          Director and U.S. Representative        March 16, 2000
 _________________________________
           Kevin C. Shea
</TABLE>

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                          Description of Document
 ------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 <C>     <S>
   1.1.  Form of Global Underwriting Agreement*

   3.1.  Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association of Trintech Group PLC,
         dated August 23, 1999**

   3.2.  Certificate of Incorporation of Trintech Group Public Limited
         Company**

   4.1.  Specimen of Ordinary Share Certificate**

   4.2.  Depositary Agreement among Trintech Group PLC, The Bank of New York,
         as Depositary, and holders from time to time of American Depositary
         Shares issued thereunder (including as an exhibit the form of American
         Depositary Receipt)
         dated as of September 27, 1999**

   5.1.  Opinion of A&L Goodbody, Solicitors, regarding the validity of the
         Shares

  10.1.  1990 Trintech Group Limited Share Option Scheme**

  10.2.  1997 Trintech Group Limited Share Option Scheme**

  10.3.  1998 Trintech Group Limited Directors and Consultants Share Option
         Scheme**

  10.4.  1999 Employee Share Purchase Plan**

  10.5.  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and its
         directors and officers**

  10.6.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and John McGuire
         dated August 1, 1999**

  10.7.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and Cyril McGuire
         dated August 1, 1999**

  10.8.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and Christopher
         Meehan dated August   , 1999**

  10.9.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group Limited and R. Paul Byrne
         dated August 1, 1999**

 10.10.  1999 U.S. Employee Share Purchase Plan**

 10.11.  Investors Rights Agreement by and among Trintech Group Limited,
         Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc., John F. McGuire, Cyril P.
         McGuire, Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited dated
         March 31, 1998**

 10.12.  Series A Convertible Preference Share Investors Rights Agreement by
         and among Trintech Group Limited, the Investors (as defined therein), John F. McGuire,
         Cyril P. McGuire, Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited
         dated June 30, 1998**

 10.13.  Amendment No. 1 to the Investors Rights Agreement by and among
         Trintech Group Limited, the Investors (as defined therein), John F. McGuire, Cyril P. McGuire,
         Instove Limited, Jayness Limited and Vanspur Limited**

 10.14.  Credit Agreement between Trintech Group of Companies and The Bank of
         Ireland dated November 12, 1997**

 10.15.  Debenture between Trintech Group Limited and The Bank of Ireland dated
         April 23, 1998**

 10.16.  Software Source Code License Agreement between RSA Data Security, Inc.
         and Trintech Manufacturing Ltd. dated March 31, 1998**

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                          Description of Document
 ------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.17.  Marketing Agreement between RSA Data Security, Inc. and Trintech
         Manufacturing Ltd. dated March 31, 1998+**
 10.18.  Agreement between Visa International and Trintech Group Limited dated
         August 27, 1998+**

 10.19.  Marketing Agreement between SAP Aktiengesellschaft and Trintech Group
         Limited dated November 19, 1998**

 10.20.  Supply Agreement between Keltek Electronics Limited and Trintech Group
         Limited dated August 17, 1998**

 10.21.  Lease Agreement between John McGuire, Cyril McGuire and Trintech Group
         Limited dated September, 1999**

 10.22.  Lease Agreement between 5 Independence Associates Limited Partnership
         and Trintech, Inc. Dated April 30, 1998**

 10.23.  Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement between 5 Independence Associates
         Limited Partnership and Trintech, Inc. dated August 4, 1998**

 10.24.  Guaranty Agreement between 5 Independence Associates Limited
         Partnership and Trintech Holdings Limited dated April 1998**

 10.25.  Office Lease Agreement between Sherlon Investments Corp. and Trintech,
         Inc. dated December 12, 1997**

 10.26.  Lease Agreement between Grund und Vermogensverwaltung Gmbh & Co KG and
         Trintech GmbH dated June 13, 1996**

 10.27.  Lease Agreement between Service Life & Casualty Ins. Co. and Trintech,
         Inc. dated January 5, 1999**

 10.28.  Lease Agreement between Lincoln Bascom Office Center and Trintech,
         Inc. dated March 19, 1996**

 10.29.  First Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom Office
         Center and Trintech, Inc. dated April 1, 1997**

 10.30.  First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between Sherlon Investments
         Corp and Trintech, Inc. dated February 10, 1999**

 10.31.  Second Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom
         Office Center and Trintech, Inc. dated May 4, 1998

 10.32.  Third Amendment to Office Building Lease between Lincoln Bascom Office
         Center and Trintech, Inc. dated May 21, 1998**

 10.33.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         December 3, 1996**

 10.34.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         December 3, 1996**

 10.35.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         October 13, 1997**

 10.36.  Grant to Trintech Manufacturing Limited from Enterprise Ireland dated
         October 13, 1997**

 10.37.  Development and Marketing Agreement between Trintech Group and Visa
         International Service Association dated April 29, 1999+**

 10.38.  License Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Visa USA, Inc. dated May
         12, 1999+**
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                         Description of Document
 ------- --------------------------------------------------------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.39.  Master Joint Marketing Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Compaq
         Computer Corporation dated March 17, 1999**

 10.40.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group PLC and John Harte dated
         July 15, 1999

 10.41.  Employment Agreement between Trintech Group PLC and Kevin C. Shea
         dated September, 1999

 10.42.  Office Lease Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and The Joshua Group
         dated August 16, 1999

 10.43.  Lease Agreement between Trintech, Inc. and Peninsula Office Park
         Associates, L.P. dated May 28, 1999

 10.44.  First Amendment to the Lease between Trintech, Inc. and Peninsula
         Office Park Associates, L.P. dated November 1, 1999

 11.1.   Computation of earnings per share

 21.1.   Subsidiaries of the Registrant (see page 54 of the prospectus)

 23.1.   Consent of Ernst & Young

 23.2.   Consent of A&L Goodbody, Solicitors (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 24.1.   Powers of Attorney (included on page II-7)
</TABLE>
- --------
 *  Documents to be filed by amendment

**  Incorporated by reference to Registrant's registration statement on Form F-
    1 (Registration number 333-10738)

 +  Documents for which confidential treatment has been granted

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 5.1


                        [LETTERHEAD OF A & L GOODBODY]



                 DRC/TS                                      16th March, 2000
               TR1007 0014


                        Trintech Group plc ("Trintech")



Dear Sirs,

We act as Irish counsel for Trintech, a public limited company incorporated
under the laws of Ireland in connection with the proposed offer for sale by
Trintech and certain shareholders in Trintech of certain American Depository
Shares of Trintech (together the "ADSs" and each an "ADS") each ADS representing
one ordinary share, par value US$0.0027 of Trintech (the "Ordinary Shares") to
be offered for sale pursuant to and by Trintech and the Selling Shareholders
named in a Registration Statement and the related prospectus (the "Registration
Statement") filed by Trintech on 17th March, 2000 under the Securities Act of
1933 (as amended) (the "Act").

In connection with this opinion, we have examined and have assumed the truth and
accuracy of the contents of such documents and certificates of officers of and
advisers to Trintech and of public officials as to factual matters as we have
deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion but have made
no independent investigation regarding such factual matters. In our examination,
we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all
documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents
submitted of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies
and the authenticity of the originals of such documents. We have further
assumed that none of the resolutions and authorities of the shareholders or
directors of Trintech upon which we have relied have been varied, amended or
revoked in any respect or had expired at the time of issue of the relevant
Ordinary Shares and that all of the Ordinary Shares currently in issue and
outstanding which will underlie the ADS's in the proposed offering were issued
in accordance with such resolutions and authorities.

We are admitted to practice law only in Ireland and accordingly, we express no
opinion on the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws (and the
interpretation thereof) of Ireland in force as at the date hereof.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1.    Trintech is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of
      Ireland.

2.    The Ordinary Shares currently in issue and outstanding which will underlie
      the ADSs in the proposed offering were duly authorised, validly issued and
      are fully paid.

3.    The issue of the additional Ordinary Shares which will underlie the ADSs
      in the proposed offering has been approved in principle by the Company and
      upon issue, and subject to payment, such Ordinary Shares will be duly
      authorized, validly issued and fully paid.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
and to the references to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the
Registration Statement and in the Prospectus. Our consent to such references
does not constitute a consent under Section 7 of the Act, as in consenting to
such references, we have not certified any part of the Registration Statement
and do not otherwise come within the categories of persons whose consent is
required under Section 7 or under the rules and regulations of the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

This opinion is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of
Ireland.

                               Yours faithfully,


                               /s/ A & L Goodbody



The Directors
Trintech Group plc,
South County Business Park
Leopardstown,
Dublin 18.


<PAGE>

[LOGO]

                                                                   Exhibit 10.40

                     [LETTERHEAD OF TRINTECH APPEARS HERE]



                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                             --------------------

     This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") between John Harte (the
"Executive") and Trintech Inc., a California corporation (the "Company") is
entered into as of 15/th /July, 1999 (the "Effective Date").

                                  BACKGROUND

     WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to employ the Executive, and the Executive
has agreed to accept employment with the Company, on the terms and conditions
set forth below;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the
respective covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this document,
the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

     1.  Employment and Duties. The Executive shall be employed as the Executive
         ---------------------
Vice President for Sales and Marketing of the Company effective as of the date
hereof reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "CEO"), and
assuming and discharging such responsibilities as are mutually agreed upon by
the Executive and the CEO commensurate with such office and position. The
Executive shall perform faithfully the executive duties assigned to him or which
otherwise may be customarily incident to such position to the best of his
ability and shall devote his full business time and effort to the performance of
his duties hereunder. The Executive will be required to provide the Company with
acceptable documentary evidence of his identity and eligibility for employment
in the United States.

     2.  Base Salary. In consideration of the Executive's services rendered, the
         -----------
Executive shall be paid a minimum base salary at the rate of $200,000 per year
during the period of employment (the "Base Salary"), to be paid in installments
in accordance with the Company's standard payroll practices. This Base Salary
shall be inclusive of all applicable income, social security and other taxes and
charges which are required by law to be withheld by the Company, and which shall
be withheld and paid in accordance with the Company's standard payroll
practices. This Base Salary shall be reviewed for increases at least annually by
the Board on the same basis as the Board shall review the compensation of other
executive officers of the Company.

     3.  Bonus. In addition to base salary, the Executive shall receive a bonus
         -----
in an amount up to $100,000 based on criteria to be determined by the Company in
its sole discretion. This will be based on the achievement of performance
targets, which will be budgeted and agreed upon commencement of employment. This
bonus will be paid quarterly in arrears.
<PAGE>

         Sign-on Bonus. In addition, the Executive will receive a once off
         -------------
sign-on bonus payment of $25,000 that will be paid on commencement of employment
provided employment commences prior to the 30/th /July, 1999.

     4.  At-Will Employment. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the
         ------------------
Executive's employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under
applicable law. If the Executive's employment terminates for any reason, the
Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or
compensation other than as provided by this Agreement (including as set forth in
Section 10(a) hereof), or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the
Company's established employee plans and policies or other written agreements
with the Executive at the time of termination. No provision in this Agreement
shall be construed as conferring upon Executive a right to continue as an
employee of the Company.

     5.  Benefits; Expenses. The Executive, together with his spouse and
         ------------------
dependent children, shall be permitted, to the extent eligible, to participate
in any group medical, dental, life insurance and disability insurance plans, or
similar benefit plans of the Company in each case pursuant to the terms and
conditions of each such plan or program (See attached list of Company Benefits).
The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and
programs it offers to its employees at any time. The Executive shall also be
entitled to three weeks' annual vacation. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business
and travel expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive in the
performance of services on behalf of the Company, in accordance with the
Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

     6.  Stock Options. As of the Effective Date which is the next scheduled
         -------------
Board Meeting following commencement of employment, the Executive shall be
granted a stock option to purchase up to a total of 225,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of
the shares on the grant date of grant (the "Option"). The Option shall be
subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Trintech Share Option
Plan (the "Option Plan") and the stock option agreement by and between Employee
and the Company (the "Option Agreement"). Vesting of the Option shall be
accelerated as provided in Section 10(a) hereof.

     7.  Rules and Regulations. Executive acknowledges that he or she is
         ---------------------
expected to abide by the Company's rules and regulations.

     8.  Covenant Not To Solicit.
         ------------------------

         In the event that the Executive terminates his employment with the
Company voluntarily or the Company terminates the Executive's employment for
Cause, beginning with the effective date of such resignation or termination and
for a period of one (1) one year thereafter, the Executive agrees that he will
not:

               (i)    solicit, encourage, or take any other action which is
intended to induce any other employee of the Company to terminate his employment
with the Company, or
<PAGE>

               (ii)   interfere in any manner with the contractual or employment
relationship between the Company and any such employee of the Company.

         The foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive or any entity with
which the Executive may be affiliated from hiring a former employee of the
Company, provided that such hiring results from such employee's affirmative
response to a general recruitment effort carried out through a public
solicitation or a general solicitation.

     9.  Covenants Not to Compete. Executive has agreed to be bound by the
         ------------------------
provisions contained in this Section 9.

         (a)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Compete Period"
shall mean a period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the date
the Executive voluntarily resigns from his employment with the Company or the
Company terminates the Executive's employment for Cause, one year from the
effective date of such resignation or termination. For the purposes of this
Agreement, the term "Restricted Business" shall mean any business or enterprise
in which the Company or any of its affiliates engage at any time during the Non-
Compete Period. During the Non-Compete Period, the Executive covenants and
agrees that the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage,
operate, join, control, advise or participate in, as a shareholder (other than
as a shareholders with less than 1% of the outstanding stock of a company),
officer, manager, executive, partner, consultant or technical or business
advisor (or any foreign equivalents of the foregoing) any company that derives
more than 10% of its revenues from the Restricted Business, or any company or
entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with any company that
derives more than 10% of its revenues from such Restricted Business (any of the
foregoing, a "Restricted Company").

         (b)  In the event that the Executive intends to associate with any
Restricted Company during the Non-Compete Period, the Executive must provide
information in writing to the CEO relating to the business engaged in or
proposed to be engaged in by such Restricted Company. All such current
associations are set out in Exhibit A hereto. In the event that the CEO
                            ---------
authorizes the Executive to engage in such activity in writing, any activity by
the Executive described in the written information furnished to the CEO and so
authorized shall be conclusively deemed not to be a violation of Section 9(a)
hereof.

         (c)  If the Executive commits or, in the reasonable belief of the
Company, threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Section
9, the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates shall have the right
and remedy, in addition to any other remedy that may be available at law or in
equity, to have the provisions of this Section 9 specifically enforced by any
court having equity jurisdiction together with an accounting for any benefit or
gain by the Executive in connection with any such breach, it being acknowledged
and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable
injury to the Company and its subsidiaries and that money damages will not
provide an adequate remedy therefor. Such injunction shall be available without
the posting of any bond or other security, and the Executive hereby consents to
the issuance of such injunction. If any court determines that any of the
provisions contained in this Section 9 are
<PAGE>

unenforceable, such court shall have the power to modify such provision and, in
its modified form, such provision will then be enforceable.

     10.  Termination.
          -----------

          (a)  Severance. If, within 90 days of Change of Control, the
               ---------
Executive's employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated by the
Company, other than for Cause (as those terms are defined in paragraph (c)
below) (an "Event"), (i) the Company shall, in addition to paying the Executive
all unpaid Base Salary and benefits accrued on or prior to the date of such
Event, make a lump sum payment to the Executive equal to one years base salary
at the then current rate, and (ii) all unvested shares subject to the Option
shall immediately vest.

          (b)  Termination and Voluntary Resignation. Except as provided in
               -------------------------------------
Section 10(a), in the event that (i) the Company terminates the Executive's
employment for any reason or (ii) the Executive terminates his employment with
the Company voluntarily, then the Company's obligation to the Executive will be
limited solely to the payment of accrued and unpaid Base Salary and benefits
through the date of such termination. The Executive's rights under the Company's
benefit plans upon such a termination shall be determined under the provisions
of those plans.

          (c)  Definitions. (1) For purposes of this Agreement, the term
               -----------
"Involuntary Termination" shall mean (i) without the Executive's express written
consent, the assignment to the Executive of any duties, or the removal from or
reduction or limitation of the Executive's duties or responsibilities, which in
either case is a significant change in the Executive's position, title,
organization level, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company; (ii)
without the Executive's express written consent, a substantial reduction of the
facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to
the Executive immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) without the Executive's
express written consent, a material reduction by the Company in the base salary
of the Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (iv) without
the Executive's express written consent, a material reduction by the Company in
the kind or level of employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled
immediately prior to such reduction with the result that the Executive's overall
benefits package is significantly reduced unless such reduction affects all
employees of the Company generally; (v) without the Executive's express written
consent, the relocation of the Executive to a facility or a location more than
ninety (90) miles from the Executive's then-present work location; (vi) any
purported termination of the Executive by the Company other than for Cause, or
by reason of the Executive's death or Absenteeism; (vii) the failure of the
Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor as required
by Section 13 below; or (viii) any material breach by the Company of any term of
this Agreement.

                    (2)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the
occurrence of any of the following: (i) Executive's refusal, failure or
inability to perform his material obligations under this Agreement or the
reasonable directives of the Board of Directors, (ii) any act of fraud,
embezzlement, theft or personal dishonesty taken by the Executive in connection
with his responsibilities as an employee which is intended to cause a material
personal financial benefit for the Executive, (iii) the Executive's conviction
of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, (iv) use of controlled drugs (other
than in accordance with a physician's prescription) during employment hours,
<PAGE>

(v) a willful act by the Executive which constitutes misconduct and is injurious
to the Company, and (vi) continued willful violations by the Executive of the
Executive's obligations to the Company.

                    (3)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change of
Control" shall mean an acquisition, merger or other similar form of
reorganization of the Company, after which the stockholders of the Company
immediately prior to such reorganization hold less than fifty percent (50%) of
the voting interests of the surviving entity.

          (d)  Death. The Executive's employment shall terminate in the event of
               -----
his death. Except for such obligations for Base Salary or other benefits that
have accrued to Executive prior to the Executive's death, the Company shall have
no obligation to pay or provide any compensation or benefits under this
Agreement to Executive or Executive's personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and
legatees on account of the Executive's death or otherwise. The Executive's
rights under the Company's benefit plans in the event of the Executive's death
shall be determined under the provisions of those plans.

          (e)  Absenteeism. Regular attendance at work is an essential element
               -----------
of the job for which Executive has been hired. The Company may terminate the
Executive's employment for Absenteeism by giving the Executive thirty (30) days'
advance notice in writing unless otherwise required by law. For all purposes
under this Agreement, "Absenteeism" shall mean that the Executive, at the time
notice is given, has been absent from work and is otherwise unable to perform
the essential functions of his job with or without a reasonable accommodation
for a period of not less than six (6) consecutive months. Except for such
obligations for Base Salary or other benefits that have accrued to Executive
prior to the Executive's termination, no compensation or benefits will be paid
or provided to the Executive under this Agreement on account of such termination
or otherwise. The Executive's rights under the Company's benefit plans shall be
determined under the provisions of those plans.

          (f)  Settlement and Release Agreement. Notwithstanding anything
               --------------------------------
contained herein to the contrary, as a condition to the obligations of the
Company under this Section 10, Executive shall execute and deliver to the
Company that certain Settlement and Release Agreement, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B.
                   ---------

     11.  Tax Provisions. In the event that the benefits provided for in the
          --------------
Agreement, when aggregated with any other payments or benefits received by the
Executive, would (i) constitute "parachute payments" within the meaning of
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
(ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code
("the Excise Tax"), then the Executive's benefits hereunder shall be either:

          (a)  delivered in full, or

          (b)  delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no
portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,
<PAGE>

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal,
state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the
Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits,
notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under
Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree
in writing, any determination required under this paragraph shall be made in
writing by the Company's independent public accountants (the "Accountants")
whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Executive and the
Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by
this paragraph, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and
approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good
faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of
the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such
information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to
make a determination under this paragraph. The Company shall bear all costs the
Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations
contemplated by this paragraph.

     12.  Proprietary Information Agreement. In connection with commencement of
          ---------------------------------
the Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive will sign the
Company's standard confidentiality and invention assignment agreement (the
"Confidentiality Agreement"), provided that its provisions, if any, concerning
non-solicitation and non-competition shall be deleted in favor of the provisions
herein.

     13.  Successors. The Company shall require any successor or assignee, in
          ----------
connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets or business of the Company, whether by purchase, merger,
consolidation or otherwise, expressly to assume and agree to perform the
Company's obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or
assignment had taken place. In such event, the term the Company as used in this
Agreement, shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor or assignee
to the business and assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by the terms and
provisions of this Agreement. Without the written consent of the Company,
Executive shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation
under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive's personal or
legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs,
distributees, devisees and legatees.

     14.  Confidentiality. Except as required by applicable laws, neither party
          ---------------
shall disclose the contents of this Agreement without first obtaining the prior
written consent of the other party, provided, however, that (i) the Executive
may disclose this Agreement to his attorney, financial planner and tax advisor
if such persons agree to keep the terms hereof confidential and (ii) the Company
may disclose this Agreement if its counsel advises that it is required to do so
under applicable law.

     15.  Right to Advice of Counsel. Executive acknowledges that he has had the
          --------------------------
right to consult with counsel and is fully aware of his rights and obligations
under this Agreement.
<PAGE>

     16.  Arbitration.
          ------------

          (a)  Except as provided in Section 16(c) below, the Company and
Executive agree that any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or
in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity,
construction, performance, breach, or termination thereof, shall be settled by
binding arbitration unless otherwise required by law, to be held in San
Francisco County, California in accordance with the National Rules for the
Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration
(the "Rules"). The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such
dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's decision in any court having jurisdiction.

          (b)  The arbitrator(s) shall apply California law to the merits of any
dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflicts of law. Executive
hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts
located in California for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to
this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in which the parties are
participants.

          (c)  The parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for
a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other interim or
conservatory relief, as necessary, without breach of this arbitration agreement
and without abridgement of the powers of the arbitrator.

          (d)  Executive understands that nothing in Section 16 modifies his at-
will status. Either the Company or Executive can terminate the employment
relationship at any time, with or without cause.

          (e)  EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS SECTION 16, WHICH
DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. EXECUTIVE UNDERSTANDS THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT,
EXECUTIVE AGREES, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 16(d), TO SUBMIT ANY CLAIMS
ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE
INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION
THEREOF TO BINDING ARBITRATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW, AND THAT THIS
ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE'S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND
RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL. DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL. ASPECTS OF
EXECUTIVE'S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY.

     17.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and
          -------------
enforced in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of
California, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

     18.  Integration. This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement, the
          -----------
Invention Assignment Agreement and any written agreements or other documents
evidencing matters referred to herein and any written Company existing plans
that are referenced herein represent the entire agreement and understanding
between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede
all prior or contemporaneous agreements as to the subject matter hereof and
thereof,
<PAGE>

whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification, if any, of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by
duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

     19.  Notices. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this
          -------
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of the Executive, mailed
notices shall be addressed to him at the home address that he most recently
communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed
notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall
be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

     20.  Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of
          ------
this Agreement, he or it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any
preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this
Agreement.

     21.  Counterparts and Facsimiles. This Agreement may be executed, including
          ---------------------------
execution by facsimile signature, in counterparts, which together will
constitute one instrument.

     22.  Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will
          ------------
be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law,
but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any
jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect
any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any
other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced
in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had
never been contained herein.

                 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE                                    TRINTECH INC


/s/ John Harte                               By: /s/ John McGuire
- ---------------------------------               --------------------------------
John Harte                                      Name
                                                Title

Consent of Spouse: I hereby consent to this Agreement for purposes of any
- -----------------
community property interest I may have in the foregoing arrangements. I have had
the opportunity to seek independent counsel with regard to this consent and
knowingly and voluntarily waive the right to such counsel.


/s/ Lesley A. Harte
- ---------------------------------
Signature of Spouse


Lesley A. Harte
- ---------------------------------
Printed Name of Spouse


25/th/ August 1999
- ---------------------------------
Date Signed

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.41

                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                             --------------------

     This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") between Kevin Shea (the
"Executive") and Trintech Inc., a California corporation (the "Company") is
entered into as of 22nd September, 1999 (the "Effective Date").

                                  BACKGROUND

     WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to employ the Executive, and the Executive
has agreed to accept employment with the Company, on the terms and conditions
set forth below;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recital and the
respective covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this document,
the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

     1.  Employment and Duties. The Executive shall be employed as the Chief
         ---------------------
Operating Officer of the Company effective as of the date hereof reporting to
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "CEO"), and assuming and
discharging such responsibilities as are mutually agreed upon by the Executive
and the CEO commensurate with such office and position. The Executive shall
perform faithfully the executive duties assigned to him or which otherwise may
be customarily incident to such position to the best of his ability and shall
devote his full business time and effort to the performance of his duties
hereunder. The Executive will also be appointed a Board Director of Trintech
Group at the next scheduled Board Meeting following commencement of employment,
subject to receipt of necessary Board and Shareholder approvals. The Executive
will be required to provide the Company with acceptable documentary evidence of
his identity and eligibility for employment in the United States.

     2.  Base Salary. In consideration of the Executive's services rendered, the
         -----------
Executive shall be paid a minimum base salary at the rate of $225,000 per year
during the period of employment (the "Base Salary"), to be paid in installments
in accordance with the Company's standard payroll practices. This Base Salary
shall be inclusive of all applicable income, social security and other taxes and
charges which are required by law to be withheld by the Company, and which shall
be withheld and paid in accordance with the Company's standard payroll
practices. This Base Salary shall be reviewed for increases at least annually by
the Board on the same basis as the Board shall review the compensation of other
executive officers of the Company.

     3.  Bonus. In addition to base salary, the Executive shall receive a bonus
         -----
in an amount up to $100,000 based on criteria to be determined by the Company in
its sole discretion. This will be based on the achievement of performance
targets, which will be budgeted and agreed upon commencement of employment. This
bonus will be paid quarterly in arrears.

     4.   Stock Purchase. In addition, Trintech agrees to sell the Executive
          --------------
20,000 Ordinary Shares of Trintech Group at market value as part of the Initial
Public Offering Process. This sale will be subject to a lock up agreement of 180
days.
<PAGE>

     5.   At-Will Employment. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the
          ------------------
Executive's employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under
applicable law. If the Executive's employment terminates for any reason, the
Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or
compensation other than as provided by this Agreement (including as set forth in
Section 11(a) hereof), or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the
Company's established employee plans and policies or other written agreements
with the Executive at the time of termination. No provision in this Agreement
shall be construed as conferring upon Executive a right to continue as an
employee of the Company.

     6.   Benefits; Expenses. The Executive, together with his spouse and
          ------------------
dependent children, shall be permitted, to the extent eligible, to participate
in any group medical, dental, life insurance (3.5 times annual base salary) and
disability insurance plans, or similar benefit plans of the Company in each case
pursuant to the terms and conditions of each such plan or program (See attached
list of Company Benefits). The Company reserves the right to cancel or change
the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time. The
Executive shall also be entitled to four weeks annual vacation. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for
all reasonable business and travel expenses including tax and legal advisory
expenses, car and relocation costs actually incurred or paid by the Executive in
the performance of services on behalf of the Company, in accordance with the
Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

     7.   Stock Options. As of the Option Date which is the next scheduled Board
          -------------
Meeting following commencement of employment, the Executive shall be granted a
stock option to purchase up to a total of 400,000 ordinary shares of Trintech
Group at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the shares on the
grant date of grant (the "Option"). The Option shall be subject to the terms,
definitions and provisions of the Trintech Share Option Plan (the "Option Plan")
and the stock option agreement by and between Employee and the Company (the
"Option Agreement"). The Option shall vest as to 25% of the ordinary shares on
the first anniversary of the grant date, and ratably thereafter over a period of
12 quarters on a quarterly basis. Vesting of the Option shall be accelerated as
provided in Section 11(a) hereof.

     8.   Special Stock Options: As of the Option date which is the next
          ---------------------
scheduled Board Meeting on 23rd September, 1999, the Executive shall be granted
a special stock option (the "Special Option") to purchase up to a total of
20,000 ordinary shares of Trintech Group at an exercise price of $1.55 per
                                                                 ---------
share. The Special option will vest over two years with 50% of the Special
- -----
Option vesting on the first anniversary of the option date provided the
Executive is in full employment with the Company, and the remaining 50% of the
Special Option vesting on the second anniversary of the option date, provided
the Executive is in full employment with the Company.

     9.   Rules and Regulations. Executive acknowledges that he or she is
          ---------------------
expected to abide by the Company's rules and regulations.

     10.  Covenant Not To Solicit.
          -----------------------
<PAGE>

          In the event that the Executive terminates his employment with the
Company voluntarily or the Company terminates the Executive's employment for
Cause, beginning with the effective date of such resignation or termination and
for a period of one (1) one year thereafter, the Executive agrees that he will
not:

               (i)   solicit, encourage, or take any other action which is
intended to induce any other employee of the Company to terminate his employment
with the Company, or

               (ii)  interfere in any manner with the contractual or employment
relationship between the Company and any such employee of the Company.

          The foregoing shall not prohibit the Executive or any entity with
which the Executive may be affiliated from hiring a former employee of the
Company, provided that such hiring results from such employee's affirmative
response to a general recruitment effort carded out through a public
solicitation or a general solicitation.

     11.  Covenants Not to Compete. Executive has agreed to be bound by the
          ------------------------
provisions contained in this Section 10.

          (a)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Compete Period"
shall mean a period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the date
the Executive voluntarily resigns from his employment with the Company or the
Company terminates the Executive's employment for Cause, one year from the
effective date of such resignation or termination. For the purposes of this
Agreement, the term "Restricted Business" shall mean any business or enterprise
in which the Company or any of its affiliates engage at any time during the Non-
Compete Period. During the Non-Compete Period, the Executive covenants and
agrees that the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage,
operate, join, control, advise or participate in, as a shareholder (other than
as a shareholders with less than 1% of the outstanding stock of a company),
officer, manager, executive, partner, consultant or technical or business
advisor (or any foreign equivalents of the foregoing) any company that derives
more than 10% of its revenues from the Restricted Business, or any company or
entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with any company that
derives more than 10% of its revenues from such Restricted Business (any of the
foregoing, a "Restricted Company").

          (b)  In the event that the Executive intends to associate with any
Restricted Company during the Non-Compete Period, the Executive must provide
information in writing to the CEO relating to the business engaged in or
proposed to be engaged in by such Restricted Company. All such current
associations are set out in Exhibit A hereto. In the event that the CEO
authorizes the Executive to engage in such activity in writing, any activity by
the Executive described in the written information furnished to the CEO and so
authorized shall be conclusively deemed not to be a violation of Section 10(a)
hereof.

          (c)  If the Executive commits or, in the reasonable belief of the
Company, threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Section
10, the Company and each of its
<PAGE>

subsidiaries and affiliates shall have the right and remedy, in addition to any
other remedy that may be available at law or in equity, to have the provisions
of this Section 10 specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction
together with an accounting for any benefit or gain by the Executive in
connection with any such breach, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such
breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and its
subsidiaries and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy
therefor. Such injunction shall be available without the posting of any bond or
other security, and the Executive hereby consents to the issuance of such
injunction. If any court determines that any of the provisions contained in this
Section 10 are unenforceable, such court shall have the power to modify such
provision and, in its modified form, such provision will then be enforceable.

     12.  Termination.
          -----------

          (a)  Severance. If, on or prior to the fourth anniversary of the
               ---------
Effective Date, the Executive's employment with the Company is Involuntarily
Terminated by the Company (other than for Cause), including without limitation
if the Executive's employment with the Company is Involuntarily Terminated by
the Company (other than for Cause) within 90 days of a Change of Control (as
those terms are defined in paragraph (c) below) (an "Event"), (i) the Company
shall, in addition to paying the Executive all unpaid Base Salary and benefits
accrued on or prior to the date of such Event, make a lump sum payment to the
Executive equal to $225,000 and (ii) all unvested shares subject to the Option
shall immediately vest. For the avoidance of doubt, the unvested portion of the
Special Option, if any, shall not accelerate as a result if Executive is
Involuntarily Terminated.

          (b)  Voluntary Resignation. Except as provided in Section 11(a), in
               ---------------------
the event that the Executive terminates his employment with the Company
voluntarily then the Company's obligation to the Executive will be limited
solely to the payment of accrued and unpaid Base Salary and benefits through the
date of such termination. The Executive's rights under the Company's benefit
plans upon such a termination shall be determined under the provisions of those
plans. The Executive agrees to give at least six months prior written notice of
his voluntary termination.

          (c)  Definitions.  (1) For purposes of this Agreement, the term
               -----------
"Involuntarily Terminated" shall mean (i) without the Executive's express
written consent, the assignment to the Executive of any duties, or the removal
from or reduction or limitation of the Executive's duties or responsibilities,
which in either case is a significant change in the Executive's position, title,
organization level, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company; (ii)
without the Executive's express written consent, a substantial reduction of the
facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to
the Executive immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) without the Executive's
express written consent, a material reduction by the Company in the base salary
of the Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (iv) without
the Executive's express written consent, a material reduction by the Company in
the kind or level of employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled
immediately prior to such reduction with the result that the Executive's overall
benefits package is significantly reduced unless such reduction affects all
employees of the Company generally; (v) without the Executive's express written
consent, the relocation of the Executive to a facility or a location more than
ninety (90) miles from the Executive's then-present work location; (vi) any
purported termination of the Executive by the Company other than for Cause,
<PAGE>

or by reason of the Executive's death or Absenteeism; or (vii) the failure of
the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor as
required by Section 14 below.

                    (2)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the
occurrence of any of the following: (i) Executive's refusal to perform his
material obligations under this Agreement or the reasonable directives of the
Board of Directors, (ii) any act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or personal
dishonesty taken by the Executive in connection with his responsibilities as an
employee which is intended to cause a material personal financial benefit for
the Executive, (iii) the Executive's conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to
a felony, (iv) use of controlled drugs (other than in accordance with a
physician's prescription) during employment hours, (v) a willful act by the
Executive which Constitutes misconduct and is injurious to the Company, and (vi)
continued willful violations by the Executive of the Executive's obligations to
the Company.

                    (3)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Change of
Control" shall mean an acquisition, merger or other similar form of
reorganization of the Company, after which the stockholders of the Company
immediately prior to such reorganization hold less than fifty percent (50%) of
the voting interests of the surviving entity.

          (d)  Death. The Executive's employment shall terminate in the event of
               -----
his death. Except for such obligations for Base Salary or other benefits that
have accrued to Executive prior to the Executive's death, the Company shall have
no obligation to pay or provide any compensation or benefits under this
Agreement to Executive or Executive's personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and
legatees on account of the Executives death or otherwise. The Executive's rights
under the Company's benefit plans in the event of the Executive's death shall be
determined under the provisions of those plans.

          (e)  Absenteeism. Regular attendance at work is an essential element
               -----------
of the job for which Executive has been hired. The Company may terminate the
Executive's employment for Absenteeism by giving the Executive thirty (30) days'
advance notice in writing unless otherwise required by law. For all purposes
under this Agreement, "Absenteeism" shall mean that the Executive, at the time
notice is given, has been absent from work and is otherwise unable to perform
the essential functions of his job with or without a reasonable accommodation
for a period of not less than six (6) consecutive months. Except for such
obligations for Base Salary or other benefits that have accrued to Executive
prior to the Executive's termination, no compensation or benefits will be paid
or provided to the Executive under this Agreement on account of such termination
or otherwise. The Executive's rights under the Company's benefit plans shall be
determined under the provisions of those plans.

          (f)  Settlement and Release Agreement. Notwithstanding anything
               --------------------------------
contained herein to the contrary, as a condition to the obligations of the
Company under this Section 10, Executive shall execute and deliver to the
Company that certain Settlement and Release Agreement, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B.
                   ---------

     13.  Tax Provisions. In the event that the benefits provided for in the
          --------------
Agreement, when aggregated with any other payments or benefits received by the
Executive, would (i) constitute
<PAGE>

"parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and (ii) would be subject to the excise
tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code ("the Excise Tax"), then the Executive's
benefits hereunder shall be either:

          (a)  delivered in full, or

          (b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no
portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal,
state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the
Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits,
notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under
Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree
in writing, any determination required under this paragraph shall be made in
writing by the Company's independent public accountants (the "Accountants")
whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Executive and the
Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by
this paragraph, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and
approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good
faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of
the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such
information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to
make a determination under this paragraph. The Company shall bear all costs the
Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations
contemplated by this paragraph.

     14.  Proprietary Information Agreement. In connection with commencement of
          ---------------------------------
the Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive will sign the
Company's standard confidentiality and invention assignment agreement (the
"Confidentiality Agreement"), provided that its provisions, if any, concerning
non-solicitation and non-competition shall be deleted in favor of the provisions
herein.

     15.  Successors. The Company shall require any successor or assignee, in
          ----------
connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets or business of the Company, whether by purchase, merger,
consolidation or otherwise, expressly to assume and agree to perform the
Company's obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or
assignment had taken place. In such event, the term the Company as used in this
Agreement, shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor or assignee
to the business and assets which by reason hereof becomes bound by the terms and
provisions of this Agreement. Without the written consent of the Company,
Executive shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation
under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive's personal or
legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs,
distributees, devisees and legatees.

     16.  Confidentiality. Except as required by applicable laws, neither party
          ---------------
shall disclose the contents of this Agreement without first obtaining the prior
written consent of the other party,
<PAGE>

provided, however, that (i) the Executive may disclose this Agreement to his
attorney, financial planner and tax advisor if such persons agree to keep the
terms hereof confidential and (ii) the Company may disclose this Agreement if
its counsel advises that it is required to do so under applicable law.

     17.  Right to Advice of Counsel. Executive acknowledges that he has had the
          --------------------------
right to consult with counsel and is fully aware of his rights and obligations
under this Agreement.

     18.  Arbitration.
          -----------

          (a)  Except as provided in Section 17(c) below, the Company and
Executive agree that any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or
in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity,
construction, performance, breach, or termination thereof, shall be settled by
binding arbitration unless otherwise required by law, to be held in San
Francisco County, California in accordance with the National Rules for the
Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration
(the "Rules"). The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such
dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's decision in any court having jurisdiction.

          (b)  The arbitrator(s) shall apply California law to the merits of any
dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflicts of law. Executive
hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts
located in California for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to
this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in which the parties are
participants.

          (c)  The parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for
a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other interim or
conservatory relief, as necessary, without breach of this arbitration agreement
and without abridgement of the powers of the arbitrator.

          (d)  Executive understands that nothing in Section 17 modifies his at-
will status. Either the Company or Executive can terminate the employment
relationship at any time, with or without cause.

          (e)  EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS SECTION 16, WHICH
DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. EXECUTIVE UNDERSTANDS THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT,
EXECUTIVE AGREES, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 16(d), TO SUBMIT ANY CLAIMS
ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE
INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION
THEREOF TO BINDING ARBITRATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW, AND THAT THIS
ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE'S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND
RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF EXECUTIVE'S
RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY.
<PAGE>

     19.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and
          -------------
enforced in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of
California, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

     20.  Integration. This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement, the
          -----------
Invention Assignment Agreement and any written agreements or other documents
evidencing matters referred to herein and any written Company existing plans
that are referenced herein represent the entire agreement and understanding
between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede
all prior or contemporaneous agreements as to the subject matter hereof and
thereof, whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification, if
any, of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and
signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

     21.  Notices. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this
          -------
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of the Executive, mailed
notices shall be addressed to him at the home address that he most recently
communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed
notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall
be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

     22.  Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of
          ------
this Agreement, he or it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any
preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this
Agreement.

     23.  Counterparts and Facsimiles. This Agreement may be executed, including
          ---------------------------
execution by facsimile signature, in counterparts, which together will
constitute one instrument.

     24.  Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will
          ------------
be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law,
but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any
jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect
any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any
other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced
in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had
never been contained herein.

                 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
<PAGE>

You will be required to sign the Company's Confidentiality Agreement, which
forms part of the terms and conditions of your offer.

If you choose to accept this offer of employment, your employment with Trintech
will be voluntarily entered into and will be for a four year term with six
months termination notification and severance of 12 months (with the exception
of termination with cause). In the event of a change of control resulting in a
termination, 12 months severance will be paid.

For the purpose of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide
Trintech with documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for
employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us
within (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship
with you may be terminated.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our
employment relationship including, but not limited on, any claims of wrongful
termination of age, sex, race or any other discrimination, you and Trintech
agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding
arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association.

To indicate your acceptance of Trintech's offer of employment, please sign and
date this letter in the space provided below and return to me. A duplicate is
enclosed for your records. This letter, along with any agreement relating to
proprietary rights between you and Trintech, set forth the terms of your
employment with Trintech and supersede any prior representations or agreements,
whither written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a
written agreement signed by Trintech and by you.

Finally, we look forward to working with you at Trintech. Welcome aboard.

Yours sincerely,



/s/ John McGuire        /s/ Cyril McGuire
- ----------------        -----------------
John McGuire            Cyril McGuire
CEO                     President



THE ABOVE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO:


Signed: /s/ Kevin Shea        Date:   9/23/99
        --------------                -------
        Kevin Shea


NOTE: This offer letter is, in broad terms, our agreement on your compensation
package. A more comprehensive offer letter is currently being prepared by our
U.S. legal counsel, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati which will be required to
be signed prior to commencement of employment.
<PAGE>

                                    Addendum

                                       To

       Offer Letter and Employment Contract dated 22/nd /September, 1999

                                   Kevin Shea



This addendum confirms that your employment as Chief Operating Officer is within
the Trintech Group of companies including, Trintech Group plc and all its
subsidiaries including Trintech Inc., Trintech Technologies Limited, Trintech
GmbH.

This addendum also confirms that you will be appointed Director of Trintech
Group plc and Trintech Inc.



/s/ Cyril McGuire
- -----------------
Cyril McGuire
Executive Chairman

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.42

                             OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT


                                 by and between


                                THE JOSHUA GROUP
                                  ("LANDLORD")


                                      and


                                 TRINTECH, INC.
                            A California Corporation
                                   ("TENANT")



BUILDING:      1720 Walton Road
               Blue Bell, PA  19422

LEASE DATED:   August 16/th/, 1999
<PAGE>

                                     INDEX


     PARAGRAPH  HEADING
     ---------  -------

     1.         Parties
     2.         Premises, Term, Rent and Use
     3.         Security Deposit
     4.         Annual Adjustment of Minimum Rent
     5.         Possession
     6.         Affirmative Covenants of Tenant
     7.         Holdover
     8.         Assignment and/or Sublet
     9.         Negative Covenants of Tenant
     10.        Services
     11.        Landlord's right to Enter
     12.        Release of Landlord
     13.        Insurance
     14.        Fire or Other Casualty
     15.        Tenant Default
     17.        Subordination
     18.        Assignment or Sale by Landlord
     19.        Attornment
     20.        Estoppel Letter
     21.        Condemnation
     22.        Notices
     23.        Quiet Enjoyment
     23.        Relocation
     25.        Binding Effect
     26.        Unrelated Business Taxable Income
     27.        Termination of Lease by Expiration of Term
     28.        Miscellaneous Taxes
     29.        Liens
     30.        Severability
     31.        Captions
     32.        Broker
     33.        Entire Agreement


                                    EXHIBITS

     "A"  Commencement Memorandum
     "B"  Workletter Agreement
<PAGE>

                            OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT
                            ----------------------



                      Made this 16th day of August, 1999.


1.   Parties

     1.1  Landlord:                        THE JOSHUA GROUP

          Having its business offices at:  2001 Joshua Road
                                           Lafayette Hill, PA  19444


     1.2  Tenant:                          TRINTECH, INC.

          Having it's business offices at: 2105 South Bascom Ave, Suite 110
                                           Campbell, CA  95008


2.   Premises, Term, Rent and Use

     2.1  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby rents from
Landlord, all that certain office space containing approximately 2,475 rentable
square feet, which is situated on the 2/nd/ floor and designated Suite   in the
Building known as 1720 Walton Road, Blue Bell, PA  19422 ("Premises"), together
with the right to use, on a nonexclusive basis and in common with the other
tenants of the Building, the Common Facilities of the Building as hereinafter
defined in paragraph 6.5.

     2.2. Tenant agrees to rent said Premises subject to the following
conditions:

          a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 5.1. the Lease term shall be
12 months commencing on September 1, 1999 ("Commencement Date") and ending on
August 31, 2000 ("Termination Date").

          b) If the date that the Premises is "Ready for Occupancy" (as defined
in Paragraph 5.1 hereof) is after the Commence Date as set forth in Paragraph
2.2a hereof, the term of this Lease shall be increased or extended by the number
of days from the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy until the end of the
calendar month in which the Ready for Occupancy date occurs (hereinafter
referred to as "Commencement Month") in which event the First Lease Year shall
be deemed to end on the last day of the Commencement Month in the following
calendar year. Each subsequent Lease Year shall end on the anniversary date of
the last day of the First Lease Year. When the commencement Date of this Lease
shall be established, the parties hereto shall execute a memorandum confirming
such Commencement Date, which memorandum shall be in the form as attached hereto
as Exhibit "A" and when full executed by Landlord and Tenant shall be attached
to and form a part of this Lease. Tenant's failure or refusal to execute Exhibit
"A" shall constitute a default hereunder.

     2.3  Tenant covenants and agrees that is shall pay to Landlord a "Minimum
annual Rent" for the Premises as follows:

          a) The Minimum Annual Rent payable for the First Lease Year shall be
Forty Five Thousand Seven Hundred Eight Seven and 50/100 Dollars ($45,787.50),
payable in equal monthly installments of Three Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen
and 63/100 Dollars (3,815.63).

          b) Upon execution of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord the sum of Three Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen and 63/100 Dollars
($3,815.63) which sum represents the first monthly installment of minimum rent
in advance and shall be applied or credited by Landlord to the monthly rent for
the first full calendar month of the term hereof.

          c) In the event Landlord has substantially completed the interior fit-
out of the Premises as required of the Landlord hereunder in accordance with
paragraph 5 hereof and Tenant is able to use and occupy the Premises prior to
the Commencement Date set forth in paragraph 2.2 (a), Tenant shall pay a per
diem rental charge for such early occupancy in the amount of One Hundred Twenty
Seven and 19/100 ($127.19) for each day of early occupancy. Such early occupancy
of the Premises by Tenant shall not alter or change the Commencement Date or
Termination Date of this Lease as stated in paragraph 2.2a(a) above.

          d) The Minimum Monthly Rent payable by Tenant hereunder shall be paid
by Tenant to Landlord without notice throughout the term of this Lease, and any
renewals or extensions thereof, in accordance with paragraph 6.1.

     2.4  Tenant shall occupy the Premises throughout the Term, and shall use
the same for the and only for administrative or professional office(s), and
Tenant shall make no other use of the Premises without Landlord's prior written
consent, which consent shall no be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

3.   Security Deposit

Upon the execution of his Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord as security
for all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease the sum of Three
Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen and 63/100 dollars ($3,815.63). This deposit is
to be retained by Landlord until the expiration of this Lease and shall be
returnable to Tenant provided that (1) the Premises have been vacated; (2)
Landlord shall have inspected the Premises after such vacation; and (3) Tenant
shall have complied with all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease,
otherwise, the deposit so paid hereunder or any part thereof may be retained by
Landlord, at its option, as liquidated damages, or may be applied by Landlord
against any actual loss damage or injury chargeable to Tenant, hereunder or
otherwise, if Landlord determines that such loss, damage or injury is chargeable
to Tenant. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall
within five (5) business days after written demand from Landlord, deposit cash
with the Landlord in an amount sufficient to replace the amount of the deposit
so used or applied. This deposit may not be used as the last rental payment
under the Lease. In the event the Building of which the Premises forms a part is
sold, the deposit will be transferred to the new owner.

5.   Possession

     5.1  Landlord shall prepare the Premises for occupancy by the Tenant on the
commencement Date hereof in accordance with the Work Letter Agreement and Tenant
Space Plan attached hereto as Exhibits "B" and "C" respectively. The Premises
                              --------------------
shall be deemed "Ready for Occupancy" if the fit-out required by and set forth
on Exhibits "B" and "C" has been substantially and materially completed by
   --------------------
Landlord, or its contractor, such that Tenant could reasonably conduct business
therein and any unfinished items have been reduced to a "Purchase List". If the
Premises are not Ready for Occupancy by the commencement Date hereof, Landlord
shall no be subject to any liability or penalty. Under such circumstance, the
Commencement Date, and Tenant obligation with respect to the payment of the
Minimum Rent, shall be postponed until and established as of, the actual day the
Premises are Ready for Occupancy as defined herein. The Termination Date hereof
shall be adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 2.2(b). Failure to give
possession on the Commencement Date shall not in any other way affect the
validity of this Lease or Tenant's obligation hereunder.

6.   Affirmative Covenants of Tenant
Tenant covenants and agrees that it will without demand:

     6.1  Payment of Rent

          Pay the monthly rent in advance by the first day of each calendar
month and all other charges herein reserved as rent on the days and times the
same are made payable without fail, and without set-off, deduction or counter-
claim. Rent is to be paid to the Landlord at Property Manager's office at the
address stated in paragraph 22 or at such other address as directed from time to
time by the Landlord in writing. Tenant shall pay a late charge of ten percent
(10%) on each dollar of rent, or any other sum collectible as rent, or any other
sum collectible as rent under this Lease, not paid within ten (10) calendar days
after the same is due. If Landlord shall at any time or times accept said rent
or rent charges after the same shall have become due and payable, such
acceptance shall not excuse delay upon subsequent occasions, or constitute, or
be construed as a waiver of any of the Landlord's rights. Tenant agrees that any
charge or payment herein reserved, included or agreed to be treated or collected
as rent may be proceeded for and recovered by Landlord in the same manner as
rent due and in arrears.

                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

     6.2  Requirements of Public Authorities

          Comply with, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, all requirements of
any of the public authorities and with the terms of any State or Federal statute
or local ordinance or regulation applicable to Tenant or in its use of the
Premises, and save Landlord harmless from all penalties, fines, costs or damages
resulting from Tenant's failure to do so.

     6.3  Rules and Regulations

          Comply with all reasonable rules and regulations, from time to time
made by Landlord for the safety, care, upkeep and cleanliness of the Premises,
and/or the Building and grounds of which it is part, and/or for the comfort,
quiet and convenience of all the occupants or tenants of the Building provided
such rules and regulations are uniformly applied to all tenants of the Building
and are provided to Tenant in advance. Tenant agrees that such rules and
regulations shall, when written notice thereof is given to Tenant, form a part
of this Lease. The Tenant agrees to comply with the following rules and
regulations and with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto
as the Landlord may hereafter from time to time make for the Building of which
the Premises forms a part. The Landlord shall not be responsible for the non-
observance by any other tenant for any of said rules and regulations.

          a) The Tenant shall not exhibit, sell or offer for sale on the
Premises or in the Building any article or thing except those articles and
things essentially connected with the stated use of the Premises by the Tenant
without the prior written consent of the Landlord. The  Premises shall not be
used for the manufacture, storage or sale at auction of any merchandise or goods
or tangible property of any kind without the specific written approval of
Landlord.

          b) The Tenant will not make or permit to be made any use of the
Premises or any part thereof which would violate any of the covenants,
agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or which directly or
indirectly is forbidden by public law, ordinance or governmental regulation or
which may be dangerous to life, limb or property, or which may invalidate or
increase the premium cost of any policy of insurance carried on the Building or
covering its operation, or which will suffer or permit the Premises or in part
thereof to be used in any manner or anything to be brought into or keep therein
which in the judgment of Landlord, reasonably exercised, shall in any way impair
or tend to impair the character, reputation or appearance of the Building as a
high quality office building or which will impair or interfere with or ten to
impair or interfere with any of the services performed by landlord for the
Building.

          c) No additional locks or similar devices shall be attached to any
door or window without Landlord's prior written consent. No keys for any door
other than those provided by the Landlord shall be made. If more than two keys
for one lock are desired, the Landlord will provide the same upon payment by the
Tenant. All keys must be returned to the Landlord at the expiration or
termination of this Lease.

          d) All persons entering or leaving the Building after hours on Monday
through Friday, or at any time on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, may be
required to do so under such regulations as the Landlord may impose. The
Landlord may exclude or expel any peddler.

          e) The Tenant shall not overload any floor. The Landlord may
reasonably direct the time and manner of delivery, routing and removal and the
location of safes and other heavy articles.

          f) Unless the Landlord gives advance written consent, the Tenant shall
not install or operate any steam or internal combustion engine, boiler,
machinery, refrigerating or heating device or air conditioning apparatus in or
about the Premises, or carry on any mechanical business therein or use the
Premises for housing accommodations or lodging or sleeping purposes or do any
cooking therein, or use any illumination other than electric light or use or
permit to be brought into the Building any material or other articles deemed
hazardous to life, limb, or property, no bicycles, vehicles, or animals of any
kind shall be brought into or kept in the Premises excepting seeing eye dogs.
Tenant or its employees shall not utilize any type of space heater in the
Premises without the prior written approval of the Landlord. The Tenant shall
not use the Premises for any illegal purpose.

          g) The Tenant shall cooperate fully with the Landlord to assure the
effective operation of the Building's air conditioning system, including the
closing of venetian blinds or drapes, and if windows are operable to keep them
closed when the air conditioning system is in use and not to permit any of
Tenant's employees, agents or invitees to throw anything out of the windows.

          h) The sidewalks, halls passages, exits, entrances, elevators, and
stairways shall not be obstructed by the Tenant or used for any purpose other
than for ingress to and egress from its Premises. The halls, passages, exits,
entrances, elevators, stairways and roof are not for the use of the general
public and the Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and
prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence, in the judgment of the
Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and
interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing herein
contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom the
Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of  Tenant's business unless such
persons are engaged in illegal activities. No Tenant and no employees or
invitees of any Tenant shall of upon the roof or mechanical floors of the
Building.

                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>

          i) Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or
noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be
occupied or used in a manner reasonably offensive or reasonably objectionable to
the Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise (whether by
the use of musical instruments, radios, tapes, records, whistling, singing, or
by any other way) odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other
tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals or birds be
brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall not
cause or permit any unusual noxious or objectionable odors to originate from the
Premises

          j) Tenant shall see that the doors and windows, if operable of the
Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building and must
observe strict care and caution that all water faucets or water apparatus are
entirely shut off before Tenant or Tenant's employees leave the Building and
that substantially all electricity shall likewise be carefully shut off as may
be practicable so as to prevent waste or damage and for any default or
carelessness Tenant shall make good all injuries or losses sustained by other
tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord.

               In addition to all other liabilities for breach of any covenant
of this paragraph 6.3 the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord an amount equal to
any increase in insurance premiums payable by the Landlord caused by such breach
by Tenant.

     6.4  Notification of Accident, Etc.
          Give to Landlord written notice of any accident, fire or damage
occurring on or to the Premises within twenty-four (24) hours of Tenant's
knowledge of such occurrence.

     6.5  Condition of Premises

          As used herein Premises shall be deemed to mean those areas used
exclusively by Tenant and "Common Facilities" are hereby defined to include the
lawns, shrubbery, curbs, sidewalks, parking areas, entranceway, lavatories,
elevators, interior foyers or lobbies, hallways, and stairtowers of the
Building. Tenant shall during the term of this Lease keep the Premises in good
order and condition, ordinary wear ad tear excepted; and toward that purpose
Tenant will promptly make all necessary repairs and replacements to the areas
used exclusively by Tenant. Without limited the foregoing Landlord may at its
discretion, and without any duty to do so, make any necessary repairs or
restoration. Landlord at Landlord's expense shall keep in good order and safe
condition, and shall promptly repair, the Common Facilities, the structural
portions of the Building (which are hereby defined as the structural parts of
the roof, floor, slab, foundation, load bearing members, trusses and joists),
the interior and exterior walls exclusive of Tenant's partitions AND demising
walls), windows, and the mechanical, electrical, HVAC, and plumbing systems and
equipment of the Building and Premises, except where the damage or repair has
been made necessary by the misuse, act or neglect by Tenant or Tenant's agents,
employees, and invitees, in which event Landlord shall nevertheless make the
repair but Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent immediately upon
written demand the reasonable costs therefore.

7.   Holdover

Tenant shall peaceably deliver up and surrender possession of the Premises to
Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and promptly
deliver to Landlord at its office all keys for the Premises. If the Tenant
retains possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the termination of
the term, the Tenant shall pay the Landlord Rent at double the monthly rent
specified in paragraph 2.3 (and as increased in accordance with paragraph 4) for
the time the Tenant thus remains in possession sustained by reason of the
Tenant's retention of possession. If the Tenant remains in possession the
Premises, or an part thereof after the termination of the term, such holder hall
at the election of the Landlord expressed in a written notice to the Tenant and
not otherwise, constitute a renewal of this Lease for one year. The provisions
of this paragraph 7 do not exclude the Landlord's rights of re-entry or any
other right hereunder.

8.   Assignment and/or Sublet

     8.1  Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior written consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (i) assign, convey,
mortgage, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer (whether voluntarily or
otherwise) this Lease or any interest under (ii) allow any transfer thereof or
any lien upon Tenant's interest by operation of Law, ((iii) sublet the Premises
or any part thereof, or (iv) permit the use or occupancy of the Premises or any
part thereof by anyone other than Tenant.

     8.2  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Tenant desires to
sublet or assign this Lease with respect to all or part of the Premises. Tenant
shall notify Landlord in writing ("Assignment Notice") of the identity of the
proposed sublessee or assignee the terms of the proposed subletting or
assignment and the area proposed to be sublet or covered by the assignment and
shall give Landlord the option to:

          (a) subject from Tenant such space at the same rent as Tenant is
required to pay under the Lease.
          (b) terminate this Lease with respect to the assignment or sublet
space; or
          (c) consent to the assignment or subletting of the space, or
          (d) withhold consent to the assignment or sublet.

                                                                          Page 6
<PAGE>

          Tenant specifically agrees, however, that no assignment or sublet
shall be consented to by Landlord unless Tenant is not in default of any of the
terms of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice or grace
period, the assignee or sublessee shall actually occupy the Premises: Tenant
agrees in writing to remain jointly and severally liable for all the terms
covenant and conditions of this Lease; and it is agreed that any rent charged by
Tenant to a subtenant that is over and above the rent paid to Landlord by the
terms of the terms of this Lease shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

     8.3  Any of Landlord's options hereunder shall be exercised in writing
within thirty (30) days of Landlord's receipt of Tenant's Assignment Notice. If
Landlord fails to exercise any of its options within the aforesaid thirty (30)
day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the assignment and/or
sublet.

     8.4  If the assignment or sublet space does not constitute the entire
Premises and Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease for that
portion thereof, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that
the monthly rental shall be reduced by a percentage equal to the percentage of
which the terminated area represents of the entire Premises.

     8.5  In the event Landlord exercises its option to sublet the subject
space, the subletting shall be on such terms and conditions as contained in this
Lease to the extent applicable, except that Landlord shall have the
unconditional right to re-sublet or reassign the subject space to another party.

     8.6  If Landlord consents to an assignment or sublet or is deemed to have
consented to same, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days thereof, provide
Landlord with a copy of the fully executed assignment or sublease agreement,
which agreement shall include provisions which obligates Tenant and such
sublessee or assignee to be jointly and severally liable to Landlord for all
terms and conditions contained in this Lease. Should Tenant fail to produce same
within thirty (30) days, then Landlord's consent shall be null and void and
Tenant shall remain solely responsible for all terms and conditions of this
Lease as though Tenant's Assignment Notice had never been received by Landlord.

     8.7  Landlord's consent to an assignment or sublet shall not be construed
to any subsequent assignment or sublet, and each such subsequent assignment or
sublet shall require an Assignment Notice and Landlord's consent as outlined
herein. Nor shall Landlord's acceptance of a rental payment from an assignee or
sublessee be construed as consent thereto if Landlord has not expressly
consented thereto in writing.

     8.8  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord reasonable costs including attorney's
fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with review of any request by Tenant
for Landlord's consent to an assignment or sublet. The maximum charge to Tenant
for such review shall be Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00).

9.   Negative Covenants of Tenant
Tenant covenants and agrees it will do none of the following (i.e. paragraphs
9.1 through 9.8 inclusive) without the prior written consent of Landlord.

     9.1  Sinage

          Place or paint any signs on the Premises or anywhere on or in the
Building of which the Premises forms a part, or place any curtains, blinds,
shades, awnings, aerials, banners or flags, or the like (hereinafter
collectively referred to as "Signs"), in the Premises or anywhere on or in the
Building visible from outside the Premises. Landlord reserves the absolute
right, in its sole discretion, to disapprove any Signs on aesthetic grounds
including size, type, location and/or quality. Tenant shall pay the expenses
involved in erection of any Signs and obtaining a permit therefor. Tenant
warrants that it shall obtain all necessary permits prior to erecting any such
Signs and that Tenant shall remove said Signs or the like, on termination of
this Lease and promptly restore any damage caused by the installation and/or
removal thereof. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on
such Signs or the Building directory, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest
any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises or be the written consent
of Landlord mentioned in paragraph 8.3, it being expressly understood that any
such listing is a privilege extended by Landlord revocable at will by written
notice to Tenant.

     9.2  Alterations to Premises

Make any alterations, improvements, or additions to the Premises. In the event
Tenant desires to make any alterations, improvements, or additions, Tenant shall
First submit to Landlord plans and significations therefor and obtain Landlord's
written approval thereof prior to commencing any such work. All alterations,
improvements, or additions or fixtures whether installed before or after the
execution of this Lease shall remain upon the Premises at the expiration or
sooner termination of this Lease and become the property of Landlord without
compensation to Tenant (excepting only Tenant's moveable office furniture, trade
fixtures, office and professional equipment), unless Landlord shall, prior to
the Termination Date of this Lease, have given written notice to Tenant to
remove the same, in which event Tenant shall remove such alterations,
improvements and additions or fixtures, and restore the Premises to the same
good order and condition in which they were upon initial occupancy. Should
Tenant fail to do so, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, restore the Premises
and collect the complete cost and expense therefor from the Tenant as additional
rent.

                                                                          Page 7
<PAGE>

     9.3  Machinery and Equipment

          Use, operate or maintain any machinery, equipment or Fixture that, in
Landlord's opinion, is harmful to the Building and appurtenances of which the
Premises are a part or is disturbing to other tenants occupying any other part
thereof.

     9.4  Weights

          Place any weights in any portion of the Premises beyond the safe
carrying capacity of the Building.

     9.5  Fire Hazard

          Do or cause to be done any act objectionable to the fire insurance
companies whereby the fire insurance or any other insurance now in force or
hereafter to be placed on the Premises or on the Building shall become void or
suspended, or whereby the same shall be rated as a more hazardous risk than at
the date of execution of this Lease; or have any highly flammable, volatile or
explosive matter of any kind on or about the Premises. In case of a breach of
this covenant (in addition to all other remedies herein given to Landlord),
Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as additional rent any and all increase or
increases of premiums on insurance reasonably carried by Landlord on the
Premises, or on the Building and appurtenant land caused in any way by the
occupancy of Tenant.

     9.6  Congestion

          Shall not permit the Premises to be used or occupied in a congested
manner. The number of people that shall use or occupy the Premises shall be
reasonable for the size of the Premises taking into consideration the safety of
the occupants, the burden that an unreasonable number of occupants will place
upon the electricity, heating and air conditioning equipment, the congestion
that would result in the common facilities of the Building and its
appurtenance(s) such as hallways, washrooms, parking lot, etc. If in Landlord's
opinion reasonably exercised the Premises are being used occupied by more people
than is reasonable. Tenant agrees to reduce the number thereof upon written
demand of Landlord to the number that Landlord reasonably determines to be
reasonable for the Premises.

     9.7  Removal of Goods.

          Remove, attempt to remove or manifest an intention to remove Tenant's
goods or property from or out of the Premises otherwise than in the ordinary and
usual course of business, without having first paid and satisfied Landlord for
all rent which may become due during the entire term of this Lease, in addition
to all sums denominated as additional rent under this Lease.

     9.8  Toxic or Hazardous Material

          Use, store or dispose of any toxic or hazardous material or substance,
as defined by any local, state or federal law or regulation, in or around the
Premises. As used herein, the term "Hazardous Materials" means any hazardous or
toxic substance, material or waste (including, without limitation, asbestos)
which, now or in the future, is determined by any state, federal or local
governmental authority to be capable of posing a risk of injury to health,
safety or property and/or the use and/or disposal of which is regulated by any
governmental authority. If the Premises, or any equipment, trade Fixtures or
other mechanical apparatus therein, contains any Hazardous Material which was
installed or placed therein by Tenant, Landlord, at its election, shall have the
right to (i) cause Tenant to remove and properly dispose of same, all at
Tenant's sole cost and after Landlord approves Tenant's removal and disposal
plan which shall be submitted to Landlord in writing, or (ii) perform the
removal and disposal thereof itself, in which event Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord, on written demand, for the cost incurred by Landlord in doing so
including the securing of all applicable certification. Tenant shall not cause
or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about
the Premises by Tenant, its agents employees, contractors or invitees.

10.  Services

The following services and facilities shall be supplied by Landlord at no
additional cost to Tenant (except for the payment of electricity used or
consumed by Tenant in or for the Premises as set forth in paragraph 10.3) in
connection with Tenant's use of the Premises, in common with other tenants of
the Building of which the Premises are a part.

     10.1  Parking

           Tenant shall be entitled to park, on a nonexclusive basis and in
common with the other tenants of the Building, in the parking facilities
provided for tenants of the Building. Tenant shall not overburden the parking
facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of
the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably determine
whether the parking facilities are becoming crowded, and in such event to
allocate parking spaces among tenants or to otherwise limit the number of
parking spaces available for use by Tenant, its employees and invitees. The
parking facilities and exterior common areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant
or used by Tenant for any purposes others than parking of motor vehicles and
ingress and egress from and to Tenant's Premises. Tenant's employees, agents,
invitees and licensees shall not be permitted to park or store on the grounds of
the Building any commercial vehicle or storage vehicle. Tenant shall observe,
and use only for its designated purpose, and shall cause its employees, agents,
invitees and licensees to observe and use only for their designated purpose all
handicap parking spaces, loading zones and fire lanes as established by the
Landlord from time to time.

                                                                          Page 8
<PAGE>

     10.3 Electricity

          Landlord shall supply the Premises with reasonable electric service
for heat, air conditioning, lighting and power to operate Tenant's business
machines and equipment. Landlord shall not have any responsibility or liability
to Tenant for any failure, any fluctuation or any surge of electrical power or
capacity as provided by or caused by the utility company supplying the same.
Landlord shall read the building's electrical meter on a monthly basis and bill
Tenant for Tenant's proportionate share, which will equate to 19% of the
electric bill. (2,475 square feet divided by 13,000 square feet equates to 19%.)

     10.4 Elevator Services

          Landlord shall provide elevator services during the normal hours of
Building operation which is hereby defined to be between the hours of 8:00 AM to
6:00 PM, Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays such as New Year's Day,
Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
All Tenant move-ins or move-outs shall not be permitted during normal business
hours except with the prior written consent of Landlord or its Property Manager.

     10.5 Interruption of Services

          Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability to Tenant, nor
shall there be any abatement in rent for any failure to supply any of said
services and facilities that Landlord has agreed to supply hereunder or for any
period said services and facilities are out of order, undergoing repair or are
disrupted by labor disorders, strikes, accidents or other causes beyond
Landlord's control.

11.  Landlord's Right to Enter

Tenant shall permit Landlord. Landlord's agents, or any person authorized by
Landlord to inspect the Premises at any time, and to enter the Premises for the
purposes of cleaning and, if Landlord shall so elect, for making reasonable
alterations, improvements or repairs to the Building or for any reasonable
purpose in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Building
including showing the Premises to prospective tenants.

12.  Release of Landlord

Tenant agrees to be responsible for and to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless
from any and all costs, including attorney fees, and/or liability by reason of
any injury, loss, damage to any person or property in the Premises or the
Building of which the Premises are a part, whether the same be due to fire,
breakage, leakage, water flow, gas, failure of water supply or light or power or
electricity, wind lightning, storm, or any other cause whatsoever, whether the
loss, injury or damage be to the person or property of Tenant or any other
person.

13.  Insurance

Tenant, at its own cost and expense, will provide and keep in force during the
term of this Lease, comprehensive general liability insurance with a combined
single limit of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) covering the Premises. Tenant
shall also provide and keep in force a fire and hazard policy in an amount
sufficient to cover the replacement cost of all Tenant's contents and property
kept on the Premises. Tenant's fire and hazard insurance shall contain an
endorsement denying the insurer any right of subrogation against Landlord. All
policies shall name Landlord as additional named insured and provide for at
least thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord before cancellation or
material change, Landlord shall be provided with a Certificate of Insurance as
evidence of said coverage prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease and
Tenant's occupancy of the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord
with a renewal Certificate of Insurance on or before the date of expiration of
the then current Certificate of Insurance.

14.  Fire or Other Casualty

     14.1  If during the term of this Lease or any renewal or extension thereof,
the Premises or the Building are totally destroyed or so damaged by fire or
other casualty not occurring through the fault or negligence of Tenant or those
employed by or acting for Tenant and the same cannot be repaired or restored
within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days from the date of the occurrence of
such damage, or if such damage or casualty is not included in the risks covered
by Landlord's fire insurance with the usual extended coverage, then this Lease
shall absolutely cease and terminate and the rent shall abate for the balance of
the term. In such case, Tenant shall pay the rent apportioned to the date of
damage and Landlord may enter upon and repossess the Premises without further
notice and with the right the break in and take possession.

                                                                          Page 9
<PAGE>

     14.2   If the damage caused as above be only partial, Landlord may exercise
either of the following options:

            (a) If the repair of such partial destruction can be made with
            Landlord's insurance proceeds, Landlord shall have the option to
            restore the Premises for that purpose and the rent shall be
            apportioned during the time Landlord is in possession, taking into
            account the proportion of the Premises rendered untenantable and the
            duration of Landlord's possession if a dispute arises as to the
            amount of rent due under this clause, Tenant agrees to pay in escrow
            with Madison Bank (or a successor reasonably acceptable by Landlord
            and Tenant) the full amount claimed by Landlord and Tenant shall
            have the right to proceed by law or recover the excess payment, if
            any; or

            (b) In the event of said partial destruction, Landlord shall have
            the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such
            termination to Tenant within sixty (60) days after said partial
            destruction; and upon giving of such notice, the Lease shall expire
            immediately, and the Tenant shall vacate the Premises.

     14.3   If the damage caused as above is only slight, such that Tenant can
continue to reasonably conduct business in the entire Premises, Landlord shall
repair whatever portion, if any, of the Premises that may have been damaged by
fire or other casualty and the rent accrued or accruing shall not be apportioned
or suspended.

     14.4   If said damage by fire or other casualty was caused by the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees or invitee,
Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or apportionment of the rent.

15.  Additional Rent

Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as rent, in addition to the minimum rental herein
reserved, any and all sums which may become due under this Lease by reasons of
any and all covenants of this Lease or by reasons of any default or failure on
Tenant's part to comply with any and all of the covenants of this Lease, and
also any and all damages to the Premises caused by any act or neglect of Tenant,
its contractors, agents or employees.

16.  Tenant Default
     16.1   If Tenant:
            (a) Does not pay in full when due any and all installments of rent
            and/or any other charges or payment herein reserved, included, or
            agreed to be treated or collected as rent; or
            (b) Violates or fails to perform or otherwise breaks any covenant or
            agreement herein contained; or
            (c) Vacates the Premises or removes or attempts to remove or
            manifests an intention to remove all of Tenant's goods or property
            therefrom otherwise than in the ordinary and usual course of
            business or an assignment or subletting without having first paid
            and satisfied Landlord in full for all rent and other charges,
            expenses and costs then due or that may thereafter become due until
            the expiration of the terms; or
            (d) Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditor; or files a
            voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or if an
            involuntary petition alleging an act of bankruptcy or insolvency is
            filed against Tenant (and not discharged within sixty (60) days); or
            whenever the Tenant permits or otherwise suffers this Lease to be
            taken under any writ of execution; or if this Lease passes to or
            devolves upon, by law or otherwise, to one other than Tenant; or
            (e) Makes any assignment or sublet of this Lease which is not accord
            with the terms and conditions of the assignment provisions of this
            Lease.

            In any of the events hereinabove set forth there shall be deemed to
be a breach of this Lease and thereupon ipso facto and without written notice,
except as set forth in paragraph 16.2, or other reasonable action by Landlord,
at the sole option of the Landlord, Landlord shall have the right and privilege
to pursue the remedies set forth in paragraphs 16.3, 16.4, 16.5, 16.6, 16.7
and/or 16.8.

     16.2   Time to Remedy Default

            Landlord shall have no right to exercise any remedy for default by
Tenant and Tenant shall not be, or be deemed to be, in default hereunder unless
and until Landlord shall send to Tenant written notice of any default specifying
the default, and

            a) If the default is in payment of money, unless Tenant fails to
            remedy the default within five (5) calendar days after said notice
            is received, or

            b) If the default is other than in payment of money, unless Tenant
            fails to begin to cure the default within twenty (20) calendar days
            following receipt of said notice and proceeds expeditiously,
            continuously and diligently to cure the default

     16.3   Landlord's Remedies

            The occurrence of any of the events listed in paragraph 16.1 above
shall be deemed a breach of this Lease and without further notice to Tenant,
except as set forth in paragraph 16.2, Landlord shall have the following
remedies available to it to the extent permitted by law.


                                                                         Page 10
<PAGE>

          (a) The rent for the entire unexpired balance of the term of this
          Lease as well as other charges, costs and expenses agreed to herein
          shall immediately become sue and payable and in arrears; and/or

          (b) Landlord, or anyone acting on Landlord's behalf at Landlord's
          option may without written notice or demand enter the Premises and
          take possession of and sell all goods and chattels therein at auction
          on three (3) days notice, served in person on Tenant or left or posted
          on the Premises and pay Landlord out of the proceeds of said auction
          sale; or

          (c) Landlord may remove from the Premises without liability therefor
          all goods and chattels found therein and may relocate same to any
          other place or location. Tenant agrees to pay all costs for relocation
          and storage. Tenant hereby releases and discharges Landlord, and its
          agents, from all claims, auctions, suits, damages and penalties, for
          or on account of any entry distraint, levy, appraisement, removal of
          said goods and chattels or sale thereof; and/or

          (d) Landlord may take possession of the Premises, make any alterations
          as are reasonably necessary for reletting and may lease the Premises
          or any part to any party as may in Landlord's reasonable discretion
          seem best and tenant shall remain liable for any loss of rent, cost of
          alterations or other costs associated with or incurred by Landlord in
          reletting the Premises.

          (e) Landlord shall have, in addition to the above, all other remedies
          available to Landlord in law or equity. Tenant shall reimburse
          Landlord for all reasonable attorney's fees incurred by Landlord in
          exercising its remedies herein.

     16.4 Termination of Lease by Tenant Default

          Upon the occurrence of any of the events listed in paragraph 16.1
above, Landlord may, at its election after the expiration of the applicable time
set forth in paragraph 16.2, terminate this Lease and Tenant's right to
possession of the Premises, whereupon Landlord shall be entitled to recover
damages for such breach, in addition to all sums actually due and in arrears in
an amount equal to the sum of all rent reserved for the balance of the term of
this Lease.

     16.5 Confession of Judgement, Rent

          If rent and/or charges hereby reserved as rent shall remain unpaid on
any day when due or any other condition of the Lease is broken by Tenant, Tenant
hereby empowers any Prothonotary, Clerk of Court or Attorney of any Court of
Record to appear for Tenant in any and all actions which may be brought for rent
and/or the charges reserved as rent, to sign for Tenant an arrangement for
entering in any competent Court an amicable action to confess judgement against
Tenant for all or any part of the rent specified in this Lease and then unpaid
including, at Landlord's option, the rent for the entire unexpired balance of
the term of this Lease, and/or other charges attorney's fees, payments, costs
and expenses, reserved as rent shall fall due or be in arrears, and such powers
may be exercised under any extension or renewal of this Lease. The right to
confess judgement cannot be exhausted by a single exercise thereof and may be
exercised upon and event of default.

     16.6 Ejectment

          When this Lease shall be determined by condition broken, either during
the original terms of this Lease or any renewal or extension thereof, and also
when and as soon as the term hereby created or any extension thereof shall have
expired, it shall be lawful for any attorney as attorney for Landlord to file an
agreement for entering in any competent Court an amicable action and judgment in
ejectment against Tenant and all persons claiming under Tenant for the recovery
by Landlord of possession of the Premises, for which this Lease shall be his
sufficient warrant, whereupon, if Landlord so desires, a writ of execution or of
possession may issue forthwith, without any prior writ of proceedings
whatsoever, and provided that if for any reason after such action shall have
been commenced the same shall be determined and the possession of the Premises
hereby demised remain in or be restored to Tenant. Landlord shall have the right
upon any subsequent default or defaults or upon the termination of this Lease as
hereinbefore set forth, to bring one or more amicable action or actions as
hereinbefore set forth to recover possession of the said Premises.

     16.7 Affidavit of Default

          In any amicable action for rent or in ejectment, the Landlord shall
first cause to be filed in such action an affidavit made by him or someone
acting for him setting forth the facts necessary to authorize the entry of
judgment, and of a true copy of this Lease (and the truth of the copy of such
affidavit shall be sufficient evidence) be filed in such action, it shall not be
necessary to file the original as a warrant of attorney, any rule of Court
custom or practice to the contrary notwithstanding.

          If the proceedings shall be commenced by Landlord to recover
possession under the Acts of Assembly, either at the end of the term or sooner
termination of this Lease, of for nonpayment of rent or for any other reason,
Tenant specifically waives the right to the fifteen (15) or thirty (3) days
notice required by the Act of April 6, 1951. P.L. 69. And agrees that five (5)
days notice shall be sufficient in either or any other case.

     16.8 Remedies Cumulative

          All of the remedies hereinbefore given to Landlord and all rights and
remedies given to Landlord by law and equity shall be cumulative and concurrent.
No termination of this Lease or the taking or recovering of the Premises shall
deprive Landlord of any of its remedies or actions against Tenant for any and
all sums due at the time of termination or recovery of possession.

                                                                         Page 11
<PAGE>

17.  Subordination

This Lease is subject to and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of
trust or ground leases now or hereafter placed upon the Premises. Provided,
however, if Tenant is not in default and performs its obligations hereunder
Tenant shall not be disturbed in its possession of the Premises and this Lease
shall remain in full force and effect. Although this subordination shall be
self-executing, Tenant agrees upon demand of Landlord to execute, acknowledge
and deliver all such instruments as shall be reasonably requested by any
mortgagee or proposed mortgagee to confirm such subordination, and Tenant agrees
to execute an estoppel agreement in favor of any mortgagee of Landlord, if
requested to do so by any mortgagee or Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for
any reasonable attorney's fees or other costs incurred by Landlord in enforcing
this provision, should Tenant refuse to comply with this provision.

18.  Assignment or Sale by Landlord

This Lease shall be freely assignable by Landlord, the right to enforce all of
the provisions of this Lease may be exercised by any assignee of Landlord's
right, title and interest in this Lease. Tenant hereby expressly waives the
requirements of any and all laws regulating the manner and/or form in which such
assignments shall be executed and witnessed.

19.  Attornment

In the event of the sale or assignment of Landlord's interest in the Building of
which the Premises are a part or in the event of the exercise of the power of
sale under any mortgage made by Landlord, Tenant shall execute upon request any
agreement of attornment to the purchaser to recognize such purchaser as Landlord
under this Lease.

20.  Estoppel Certificate

Tenant shall, within five (5) business days of the request of Landlord, issue an
estoppel certificate, in the form supplied by Landlord, to any party designated
by Landlord. Should Tenant fail to sign an estoppel certificate within five (5)
business days or unreasonably withhold its signature, Landlord may commence
legal proceedings to enforce this provision and Tenant shall be responsible for
all reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord and for all damages incurred by
Landlord resulting from Tenant's failure to sign an estoppel certificate.

21.  Condemnation

In the event that the Premises or any part thereof is taken or condemned for a
public or quasi-public use, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate
as of the date shall vest in the condemnor, and rent shall abate in proportion
to the square feet of leased space taken or condemned or shall cease if the
entire Premises be so taken. In either event Tenant waives all claims against
Landlord for any part of the award for the complete or partial taking of the
Premises, and it is agreed that Tenant shall not be entitled to notice
whatsoever of the partial or complete termination of this Lease by reason of the
aforesaid. Nothing in this paragraph 21 shall be interpreted to limit or prevent
Tenant from making any claim against the condemning authority for removal
expenses, business dislocation damages and/or moving expenses. In the event any
portion of Tenant's Premises is condemned, Tenant shall have the right to
terminate this Lease upon the date title to the portion of the Premises vests
with the condemning authority.

22.  Notices

All notices required to be given by either party hereto to the other shall be in
writing. All such notices shall be deemed to have been properly given if served
personally or if sent by overnight delivery service or by United States
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed as set forth herein
or to such other address which either party may hereafter designate in writing
by notice give in a like manner to the other.

IF TO LANDLORD:
      c/o       Anthony J. Macchia
                Associate Controller
                2001 Joshua Road
                Lafayette Hill, PA 19444

IF TO TENANT:

     at the Premises as set forth in paragraphs 1.2 and 2.1


23.  Quiet Enjoyment

Landlord agrees that Tenant, on paying the rent and other sums payable hereunder
and performing the covenants and conditions herein set forth, subject as
aforesaid, shall and may, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the
Premises for the term aforesaid, free and clear of anyone claiming through
Landlord.

                                                                         Page 12
<PAGE>

24.  Relocation

If the Premises contain an area of 2,000 square feet or less, Landlord, at its
sole expense, on at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to Tenant, may
require Tenant to move from the Premises to another location of comparable size
and decor in order to permit Landlord to consolidate the Premises with other
space leased or to be leased to another tenant in the Building. In the event of
any such relocation, Landlord shall pay all the expense of preparing and
decorating the new location so that it will be substantially similar to the
Premises, and will pay the reasonable expense of moving Tenant's furniture and
equipment to the new location. Should Tenant refuse to permit Landlord to move
Tenant to such new space at the end of said sixty (60) day notice period,
Landlord shall have the right to cancel and terminate this Lease effective
ninety (90) days from the date of original notification by Landlord. If Landlord
moves Tenant to such new space, this Lease and each and all of its terms,
covenants and conditions shall remain in full force and effect and be deemed
applicable to such new space, and such new space shall thereafter be deemed to
be the Premises as though Landlord and Tenant had entered into an express
written amendment of this Lease with respect thereto.

25.  Binding Effect

The submission of this Lease does not constitute a reservation of, or option
for, the Premises and this Lease shall become a binding offer and legally
enforceable contract only upon execution and delivery thereof by both Landlord
and Tenant. All rights and liabilities herein given to, or imposed upon the
respective parties hereto, shall extend to and bind the several and respective
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of said parties.

26.  Unrelated Business Taxable Income

Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to require amendments to this
Lease if the Landlord is advised, and delivers to Tenants a written opinion by
Landlord's counsel, that all of any portion of the monies paid by Tenant to
Landlord hereunder are, or will be deemed to be, unrelated business income
within the meaning of the United States Internal Revenue Code, or regulations
issued thereunder. Tenant agrees to make good faith efforts to enter into such
amendments, provided that no such amendments shall result in Tenant having to
hereunder pay in the aggregate in any month more money on account of its
occupancy of the Premises than it would have been required to pay in the absence
of such amendment, and provided further than no such amendment shall result in
Tenant receiving under the provisions of this Lease less services than it is
entitled to receive, nor services of a lesser quality, and provided further that
any amendment shall be in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for Tenant.

27.  Termination of Lease by Expiration of Term

     27.1 It is hereby mutually agreed that either party hereto may terminate
the Lease at the expiration of the original term or any renewal of extension
thereof by delivering to the other party written notice of same no later than
one hundred eighty (180) calendar days prior to the expiration of the then
current term. In the absence of such notice the Lease shall then automatically
continue for an additional period of one (1) year under the same terms and
conditions including all automatic escalations of rent (in accordance with
paragraph 4) in force immediately prior to the expiration of the then current
term, and so on for a one (1) month to one (1) month period until terminated by
either party as herein provided. Any rental allowance or other benefit granted
Tenant by Landlord during the original Lease term shall not automatically carry
over into any renewal or extension thereof.

     27.2 If Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice prior to the
expiration of any term hereby created of Landlord's intention to change the
terms and conditions of the Lease, and Tenant shall not within thirty (30)
calendar days from such notice notify Landlord of Tenant's intention to vacate
the Premises at the expiration of the then current term, then Tenant shall be
bound under the terms and conditions as set forth in such notice for a further
term as above provided, or for such further term as may be stated in said
notice.

28.  Miscellaneous Taxes

Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against or levied upon
it by reason of its occupancy of the Premises, or upon the fixtures,
furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant located in the
Premises, if nonpayment thereof shall give rise to a lien on the real estate,
and when possible Tenant shall cause said fixtures, furnishings, equipment and
other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the property
of Landlord. In the event any or all of Tenant fixtures, furnishings, equipment
and other personnel property, or upon Tenant, occupancy of the Premises, shall
be assessed and taxed with the property of Landlord. Tenant shall pay to
Landlord its share of such taxes within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant
by Landlord of a statement in writing setting forth the amount of such taxes
applicable to Tenant's fixtures, furnishings, equipment or personal property.

29.  Liens

If because of any act or omission of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors
or subcontractors, any mechanic's lien or other lien, charge or order for the
payment of money shall be filed against Landlord, or against all or any portion
of the Premises, or the Building of which the Premises are a part, Tenant shall
at its own cost and expense, cause the same to be discharged of record, within
thirty (30) days after the filing thereof, and Tenant shall indemnify and save
harmless Landlord against and from all costs, liabilities, suits, penalties,
claims and demands, including reasonable attorney's fees resulting therefrom.

                                                                         Page 13
<PAGE>

30.  Severability

Each term, or provisions, contained in this Lease, or any amendment or
supplement hereto, is a separate and distinct covenant and, if any such term, or
provision, is declared unenforceable or unconstitutional, or invalid by any
court of competent jurisdiction or by any act of Congress or by any other
governmental authority, such decision, statute, ordinance or regulation will not
affect in any manner the enforceability or validity or any other term, or
provisions, contained herein, and they will remain in full force, virtue and
effect.

31.  Captions

The titles hereof are inserted solely for convenience of reference and are not
intended to indicate all of the subject matter of the respective sections; they
shall not constitute a part of any section nor shall they be interpreted or
construed to affect the meaning, construction or effect of any section.

32.  Broker

Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in
connection with the negotiations or execution of this Lease other than the
Windsor Realty Group, LTD and Hansen Realty and Tenant agrees to indemnify
Landlord against all costs, expenses, attorney's fees, or other liability for
commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any other broker or
agent claiming the same by, through or under Tenant.

33.  Entire Agreement

It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that
this Lease, and any Rider or Addendum that may be attached hereto, sets forth
the entire agreement between the parties and that there are no promises,
agreements, conditions or understanding, either oral or written between them
other than are herein set forth. It is further understood and agreed that,
except as herein otherwise provided, no subsequent alteration, amendment, change
or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless
reduced to writing and signed by them.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby
have caused this Lease to be executed the day and year first written.

                          SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED



     THE JOSHUA GROUP                         TRINTECH, INC.
                                         A California Corporation

/s/ Anthony J. Macchia              /s/ Eugene Tighe
- ----------------------------        --------------------------------
       ("Landlord")                       ("Tenant")

BY Anthony J. Macchia               BY  Eugene Tighe/Controller
- ----------------------------        --------------------------------


WITNESS ____________________        ATTEST__________________________


                                                                         Page 14
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT "A"


                            COMMENCEMENT MEMORANDUM


     THIS MEMORANDUM DATED August 12TH, 1999 BY AND BETWEEN THE JOSHUA GROUP
("LANDLORD") AND TRINTECH, INC., A California Corporation ("TENANT") covering
the Premises comprising 2,475 rentable square feet situated on the 2nd floor
in the Building known as 1720 Walton Road, Blue Bell, PA 19422.

     Pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph #2.2 of the Office Lease Agreement
dated August 12th, Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound hereby,
agree as follows:

1.   The "Ready for Occupancy" date is hereby established and agreed to be the
     22nd day of August, 1999.

2.   The "Commencement Date" of said Lease is established as Sept 1 and the
     "First Lease Year" shall expire at midnight on the 31 day of August 1999.

3.   The term of said Lease shall expire at midnight on the 31 day of August
     unless renewed or extended in accordance with the provisions of the Lease.

4.   Tenant further acknowledges (i) that Tenant is in possession and in full
     occupancy of the premises to which Tenant is entitled under the Lease, and
     (ii) that Landlord has completed all of the improvements, betterments,
     and/or interior building-out or fit-out required of the Landlord, excepting
     the Punch List items set forth on Schedule "C" attached hereto and made a
                                       ------------
     part hereof.

     In witness whereof, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound
     hereby have duly executed this Memorandum this 16 day of August, 19__.


          THE JOSHUA GROUP                      TRINTECH, INC.
                                          A California Corporation
          ("Landlord")                            ("Tenant")

BY /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                  BY  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   ---------------------------          -----------------------------


WITNESS_______________________        ATTEST_________________________



NOTE: This memorandum to be completed and executed on the date of possession.
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT "B"

                              WORKLETTER AGREEMENT

Tenant shall accept the Demised Premises in "AS IS CONDITION". The Landlord
shall not be responsible for any Tenant Improvements to the Demised Premises.



      THE JOSHUA GROUP                     TRINTECH, INC.
                                     A California Corporation
        ("Landlord")                         ("Tenant")

BY /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^             BY  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
   --------------------------       --------------------------


WITNESS----------------------    ATTEST-----------------------
<PAGE>

                                    ADDENDUM


     ADDENDUM ATTACHED TO and made a part of the Office Lease Agreement made the
16/th/ day of  August, One Thousand Nine Hundred and Ninety Nine (1999) by
and between THE JOSHUA GROUP (Landlord), and TRINTECH, INC., A California
                                             ----------------------------
Corporation (Tenant), covering the 2nd floor offices consisting of
- -----------
approximately 2,475 square feet in the building known as 1720 Walton Road, Blue
Bell, PA 19422.

     With intent to be legally bound, the parties hereto do agree that the
following terms and conditions are made a part of the aforementioned lease in
like manner as if they were directly set forth therein and shall prevail over
any inconsistent printed provisions of said lease form:

1.   RENT SCHEDULE
     -------------

     Lease Year          From/To              Monthly   Annually
     ----------          -------              -------   --------

     First          9/01/99 - 08/31/2000     $3,815.63  $45,787.50

2.   INSURANCE
     ---------

     Tenant, at its own cost and expense, will provide and keep in force during
the term of the Lease Agreement, comprehensive general liability insurance and
fire hazard insurance with a combined single limit of One Million Dollars
($1,000,000.00) covering the demised premises. All such policies shall name
Landlord as additional named insured and provide for at least thirty (30) days
written notice to Landlord before cancellation or material change. Landlord
shall be provided with a Certificate of Insurance as evidence of said coverage.

3.   JANITORIAL
     ----------

     Tenant shall be solely responsible to contract with a janitorial service to
clean the Demised Premises. Tenant shall also be solely responsible for all
costs for and relating to the janitorial service.


==============================================================================

                          SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED
                              (IN THE PRESENCE OF)


          THE JOSHUA GROUP                      TRINTECH, INC.
                                           A California Corporation
          ("Landlord")                             ("Tenant")

BY /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                  BY  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
   --------------------------           ---------------------------


WITNESS______________________         ATTEST_______________________

                                                                         Page 15

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.43

                                LEASE AGREEMENT


                                    between


                    PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P.
                                 as "Landlord"


                                      and


                                TRINTECH, INC.
                                  as "Tenant"
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                    PAGE
- -------                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
1.   PREMISES...........................................................      4
2.   TERM; POSSESSION...................................................      4
3.   RENT...............................................................      4
4.   SECURITY DEPOSIT...................................................      8
5.   USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.......................................      8
6.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS..................................     11
7.   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS............................................     12
8.   TENANT'S TAXES.....................................................     13
9.   UTILITIES AND SERVICES.............................................     14
10.  EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION....................................     15
11.  INSURANCE..........................................................     16
12.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION..............................................     18
13.  CONDEMNATION.......................................................     19
14.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING..........................................     21
15.  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES...............................................     23
16.  LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST...........................................     25
17.  WAIVER.............................................................     25
18.  ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE......................................     26
19.  SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.........................................     26
20.  ENCUMBRANCES.......................................................     27
21.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.....................     28
22.  NOTICES............................................................     28
23.  ATTORNEYS' FEES....................................................     29
24.  QUIET POSSESSION...................................................     29
25.  SECURITY MEASURES..................................................     29
26.  FORCE MAJEURE......................................................     30
27.  RULES AND REGULATIONS..............................................     30
28.  LANDLORD'S LIABILITY...............................................     30
29.  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.............................................     30
30.  WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL......................................     31
31.  BROKERS............................................................     31
32.  RELOCATION OF PREMISES.............................................     31
33.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT...................................................     32
34.  MISCELLANEOUS......................................................     32
35.  AUTHORITY..........................................................     32
</TABLE>

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Additional Rent...........................................................   7
Alterations...............................................................  11
Award.....................................................................  19
Base Operating Costs......................................................   5
Base Taxes................................................................   5
Broker....................................................................  31
Building..................................................................   4
Building Rules............................................................  30
Building Systems..........................................................   9
Business Days.............................................................  14
Business Hours............................................................  14
Claims....................................................................  15
Commencement Date.........................................................   4
Condemnation..............................................................  20
Condemnor.................................................................  20
Controls..................................................................  14
Date of Condemnation......................................................  20
Encumbrance...............................................................  28
Environmental Losses......................................................  10
Environmental Requirements,...............................................   9
Event of Default..........................................................  23
Expiration Date...........................................................   4
Fees......................................................................  29
Handled by Tenant.........................................................  10
Handling by Tenant........................................................  10
Hazardous Materials.......................................................   9
HVAC......................................................................   9
Interest Rate.............................................................  25
Landlord..................................................................   4
Laws......................................................................   5
Mortgagee.................................................................  28
Operating Costs...........................................................   5
Parking Facility..........................................................   4
Permitted Hazardous Materials.............................................  10
Premises..................................................................   4
Project...................................................................   4
Property..................................................................   4
Property Manager..........................................................  16
Proposed Transferee.......................................................  21
Rent......................................................................   8
Rental Tax................................................................  14
Representatives...........................................................  10
Security Deposit..........................................................   8
Service Failure...........................................................  15
Taxes.....................................................................   6
Tenant....................................................................   4
Tenant Improvements.......................................................  11
Tenant's Share............................................................   6
Tenant's Taxes............................................................  14
Term......................................................................   4
Trade Fixtures............................................................  12
Transfer..................................................................  21
Transferee................................................................  22
Visitors..................................................................  10
</TABLE>

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

                            BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

Lease Date:         For identification purposes only, the date of this Lease is
                    May 28, 1999

Landlord:           PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P., a California limited
                    partnership

Tenant:             TRINTECH, INC., a California corporation

Project:            Peninsula Office Park

Building:           Peninsula Office Park Five

Building Address:   2755 Campus Drive
                    San Mateo, CA 94403

Rentable Area of
Building:           Approximately 79,642 rentable square feet

Premises:           Floor:              Two
                    Suite Number:       220
                    Rentable Area:      Approximately 7,250 rentable square feet

Term:               60 full calendar months (plus any partial month at the
                    beginning of the Term)

Commencement Date:  Earlier of the date that Tenant occupies the Premises or
                    August 1, 1999, as more specifically contained in Section 2
                    of this Lease

Expiration Date:    The last day of the 60th full calendar month in the Term

Base Rent:          Months 01 - 12:     $3.55 per rentable square foot per month
                    Months 13 - 24:     $3.65 per rentable square foot per month
                    Months 25 - 36:     $3.75 per rentable square foot per month
                    Months 37 - 48:     $3.85 per rentable square foot per month
                    Months 49 - 60:     $3.95 per rentable square foot per month

Base Year:          The calendar year 1999

Tenant's Share:     9.10%

Security Deposit:   (a) Cash of $27,187.00, plus

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                        (b) a Letter of Credit in the amount of $161,313.00,
                        subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of
                        Section 36 of this Lease.

Landlord's Address      Peninsula Office Park
for Payment of Rent:    File 72882
                        P.O. Box 61000
                        San Francisco, CA 94161-2882

Business Hours:         8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. (Monday - Friday, except Holidays)

Landlord's Address      PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P.
for Notices:            2929 Campus Drive, Suite 145
                        San Mateo, CA 94403
                        Attention: Property Management

                        with a copy to:

                        PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P.
                        2929 Campus Drive, Suite 450
                        San Mateo, CA 94403
                        Attention: General Counsel

Tenant's Address
for Notices:            At the Premises

Broker(s):              Wayne Mascia Associates &
                        Commercial Real Estate Services

Guarantor(s):           (none)

Property Manager:       Cornerstone Properties Limited Partnership
                        dba Wilson-Cornerstone Properties Limited Partnership

Additional Provisions:  36.  Letter of Credit
                        37.  Parking

Exhibits:
- --------
Exhibit A:     The Premises
Exhibit B:     Construction Rider
Exhibit C:     Building Rules
Exhibit D:     Additional Provisions
Exhibit E:     Approved Letter of Credit Form

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     The Basic Lease Information set forth above is part of the Lease. In the
event of any conflict between any provision in the Basic Lease Information and
the Lease, the Lease shall control.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     THIS LEASE is made as of the Lease Date set forth in the Basic Lease
Information, by and between the Landlord identified in the Basic Lease
Information ("Landlord"), and the Tenant identified in the Basic Lease
Information ("Tenant"). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.  PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from
Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Lease, the office
space identified in the Basic Lease Information as the Premises (the
"Premises"), in the Building located at the address specified in the Basic Lease
Information (the "Building"). The approximate configuration and location of the
Premises is shown on Exhibit A. Landlord and Tenant agree that the rentable area
                     ---------
of the Premises for all purposes under this Lease shall be the Rentable Area
specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Building, together with the
parking facilities serving the Building (the "Parking Facility"), and the
parcel(s) of land on which the Building and the Parking Facility are situated
(collectively, the "Property"), is part of the Project identified in the Basic
Lease Information (the "Project").

2.  TERM; POSSESSION. The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence on the
Commencement Date as described below and, unless sooner terminated, shall expire
on the Expiration Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the "Expiration
Date"). The "Commencement Date" shall be the earlier of (a) the date upon which
Tenant, with Landlord's written permission, actually occupies and conducts
business in any portion of the Premises; or (b) July 1, 1999. Landlord shall not
be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities if the Premises are not ready
for occupancy by August 1, 1999. When the Commencement Date has been
established, Landlord and Tenant shall at the request of either party confirm
the Commencement Date and Expiration Date in writing.

Tenant understands and agrees that the Premises is currently leased by another
tenant (the "Existing Tenant"). Landlord agrees to use its good faith efforts to
a negotiate lease termination agreement with the Existing Tenant and deliver
possession thereof to Tenant on or before August 1, 1999.

3.  RENT.

     3.1  Base Rent. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Base Rent set forth in
          ---------
the Basic Lease Information, without prior notice or demand, on the first day of
each and every calendar month during the Term, except that Base Rent for the
first full calendar month in which Base Rent is payable shall be paid upon
Tenant's execution of this Lease and Base Rent for any partial month at the
beginning of the Term shall be paid on the Commencement Date. Base Rent for any
partial month at the beginning or end of the Term shall be prorated based on the
actual number of days in the month.

     If the Basic Lease Information provides for any change in Base Rent by
reference to years or months (without specifying particular dates), the change
will take effect on the applicable annual

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

or monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date (which won't necessarily be the
first day of a calendar month).

     3.2  Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Costs and Taxes.
          -------------------------------------------------------

          (a)  Definitions.
               -----------

               (1) "Base Operating Costs" means Operating Costs for the calendar
year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information (excluding
therefrom, however, any Operating Costs of a nature that would not ordinarily be
incurred on an annual, recurring basis).

               (2) "Base Taxes" means Taxes for the calendar year specified as
the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information.

               (3) "Operating Costs" means all costs of managing, operating,
maintaining and repairing the Property, including all costs, expenditures, fees
and charges for: (A) operation, maintenance and repair of the Property
(including maintenance, repair and replacement of glass, the roof covering or
membrane, and landscaping); (B) utilities and services (including
telecommunications facilities and equipment, recycling programs and trash
removal), and associated supplies and materials; (C) compensation (including
employment taxes and fringe benefits) for persons who perform duties in
connection with the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the
Building, such compensation to be appropriately allocated for persons who also
perform duties unrelated to the Building; (D) property (including coverage for
earthquake and flood if carried by Landlord), liability, rental income and other
insurance relating to the Property, and expenditures for deductible amounts paid
under such insurance; (E) licenses, permits and inspections; (F) complying with
the requirements of any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or
regulation or any orders pursuant thereto (collectively "Laws"); (G)
amortization of capital improvements required to comply with Laws, or which are
intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve the utility, efficiency or
capacity of any Building System, with interest on the unamortized balance at the
rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed to finance such Capital improvements
(or, if Landlord finances such improvements out of Landlord's funds without
borrowing, the rate that Landlord would have paid to borrow such funds, as
reasonably determined by Landlord), over such useful life as Landlord shall
reasonably determine; (H) an office in the Project for the management of the
Property, including expenses of furnishing and equipping such office and the
rental value of any space occupied for such purposes; (I) property management
fees; (J) accounting, legal and other professional services incurred in
connection with the operation of the Property and the calculation of Operating
Costs and Taxes; (K) a reasonable allowance for depreciation on machinery and
equipment used to maintain the Property and on other personal property owned by
Landlord in the Property (including window coverings and carpeting in common
areas); (L) contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect
the Property; (M) the Building's share of any shared or common area maintenance
fees and expenses (including costs and expenses of operating, managing, owning
and maintaining the Parking Facility and the common areas of the Project and any
fitness center or conference center in the Project); and (N) any other cost,
expenditure, fee or charge, whether or not hereinbefore described, which in

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

accordance with generally accepted property management practices would be
considered an expense of managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the
Property. Operating Costs for any calendar year during which average occupancy
of the Building is less than one hundred percent (100%) shall be calculated
based upon the Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building had
an average occupancy of one hundred percent (100%) during the entire calendar
year.

Operating Costs shall not include (i) capital improvements (except as otherwise
provided above); (ii) costs of special services rendered to individual tenants
(including Tenant) for which a special charge is made; (iii) interest and
principal payments on loans or indebtedness secured by the Building; (iv) costs
of improvements for Tenant or other tenants of the Building; (v) costs of
services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Tenant but which
are available to other tenants or occupants, and costs for which Landlord is
reimbursed by other tenants of the Building other than through payment of
tenants' shares of increases in Operating Costs and Taxes; (vi) leasing
commissions, attorneys' fees and other expenses incurred in connection with
leasing space in the Building or enforcing such leases; (vii) depreciation or
amortization, other than as specifically enumerated in the definition of
Operating Costs above; and (viii) costs, fines or penalties incurred due to
Landlord's violation of any Law.

               (4) "Taxes" means: all real property taxes and general, special
or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind,
nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the
Property; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic
mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and
transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other
governmental service or purported benefits to the Property; personal property
taxes assessed on the personal property of Landlord used in the operation of the
Property; service payments in lieu of taxes and taxes and assessments of every
kind and nature whatsoever levied or assessed in addition to, in lieu of or in
substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the
Property or the personal property described above; any increases in the
foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or
circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings
the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above. To
the extent paid by Tenant or other tenants as "Tenant's Taxes" (as defined in
Section 8 -Tenant's Taxes), "Tenant's Taxes" shall be excluded from Taxes.

               (5) "Tenant's Share" means the Rentable Area of the Premises
divided by the total Rentable Area of the Building, as set forth in the Basic
Lease Information. If the Rentable Area of the Building is changed or the
Rentable Area of the Premises is changed by Tenant's leasing of additional space
hereunder or for any other reason, Tenant's Share shall be adjusted accordingly.

          (b)  Additional Rent.
               ---------------

               (1) Tenant shall pay Landlord as "Additional Rent" for each
calendar year or portion thereof during the Term Tenant's Share of the sum of
(x) the amount (if any) by

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

which Operating Costs for such period exceed Base Operating Costs, and (y) the
amount (if any) by which Taxes for such period exceed Base Taxes.

               (2) Prior to the end of the Base Year and each calendar year
thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord's estimate of Operating
Costs, Taxes and Tenant's Additional Rent for the following calendar year.
Commencing on the first day of January of each calendar year and continuing on
the first day of every month thereafter in such year, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent. If Landlord
thereafter estimates that Operating Costs or Taxes for such year will vary from
Landlord's prior estimate, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, revise the
estimate for such year (and Additional Rent shall thereafter be payable based on
the revised estimate).

               (3) As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the Base
Year and each calendar year thereafter, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a
statement with respect to such year, showing Operating Costs, Taxes and
Additional Rent for the year, and the total payments made by Tenant with respect
thereto. Unless Tenant raises any objections to Landlord's statement within
ninety (90) days after receipt of the same, such statement shall conclusively be
deemed correct and Tenant shall have no right thereafter to dispute such
statement or any item therein or the computation of Additional Rent based
thereon. If Tenant does object to such statement, then Landlord shall provide
Tenant with reasonable verification of the figures shown on the statement and
the parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes. Any objection
of Tenant to Landlord's statement and resolution of any dispute shall not
postpone the time for payment of any amounts due Tenant or Landlord based on
Landlord's statement, nor shall any failure of Landlord to deliver Landlord's
statement in a timely manner relieve Tenant of Tenant's obligation to pay any
amounts due Landlord based on Landlord's statement.

               (4) If Tenant's Additional Rent as finally determined for any
calendar year exceeds the total payments made by Tenant on account thereof,
Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within ten (10) days of Tenant's
receipt of Landlord's statement. If the total payments made by Tenant on account
thereof exceed Tenant's Additional Rent as finally determined for such year,
Tenant's excess payment shall be credited toward the rent next due from Tenant
under this Lease. For any partial calendar year at the beginning or end of the
Term, Additional Rent shall be prorated on the basis of a 365-day year by
computing Tenant's Share of the increases in Operating Costs and Taxes for the
entire year and then prorating such amount for the number of days during such
year included in the Term. Notwithstanding the termination of this Lease,
Landlord shall pay to Tenant or Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as the case may
be, within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's final statement
for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, the difference between
Tenant's Additional Rent for that year, as finally determined by Landlord, and
the total amount previously paid by Tenant on account thereof.

If for any reason Base Taxes or Taxes for any year during the Term are reduced,
refunded or otherwise changed, Tenant's Additional Rent shall be adjusted
accordingly. If Taxes are temporarily reduced as a result of space in the
Building being leased to a tenant that is entitled to an exemption from property
taxes or other taxes, then for purposes of determining Additional Rent for

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

each year in which Taxes are reduced by any such exemption, Taxes for such year
shall be calculated on the basis of the amount the Taxes for the year would have
been in the absence of the exemption. The obligations of Landlord to refund any
overpayment of Additional Rent and of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent not
previously paid shall survive the expiration of the Term. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Lease, if there is at any time a decrease in
Taxes below the amount of the Taxes for the Base Year, then for purposes of
calculating Additional Rent for the year in which such decrease occurs and all
subsequent periods, Base Taxes shall be reduced to equal the Taxes for the year
in which the decrease occurs.

     3.3  Payment of Rent. All amounts payable or reimbursable by Tenant under
          ---------------
this Lease, including late charges and interest (collectively, "Rent"), shall
constitute rent and Shall be payable and recoverable as rent in the manner
provided in this Lease. All sums payable to Landlord on demand under the terms
of this Lease shall be payable within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord
of the amounts due. All rent shall be paid without offset, recoupment or
deduction in lawful money of the United States of America to Landlord at
Landlord's Address for Payment of Rent as set forth in the Basic Lease
Information, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from
time to time designate.

4.  SECURITY DEPOSIT. On execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with
Landlord the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information and the letter of
credit identified in Section 36 below as the Security Deposit (collectively, the
"Security Deposit", which term shall include amounts drawn on the letter of
credit), as security for the performance of Tenant's obligations under this
Lease. Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to) use the Security Deposit
or any portion thereof to cure any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease,
to fulfill any of Tenant's obligations under the Lease, or to compensate
Landlord for any damage it incurs as a result of Tenant's failure to perform any
of Tenant's obligations hereunder. In such event, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
on demand an amount sufficient to replenish the Security Deposit to the full
amount of the cash specified in the Basic Lease Information and the applicable
Face Amount (defined in Section 36 below) of the letter of credit. If at the
expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant is not in default, has otherwise
fully performed all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, and there are no
outstanding Claims (defined in Section 10.1 below, and including all existing
and potential Claims) for which Tenant is responsible, Landlord shall return to
Tenant the Security Deposit or the balance thereof then held by Landlord and not
applied as provided above. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with
Landlord's general and other funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay
interest on the Security Deposit to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord
has agreed to accept a letter of credit in lieu of an additional cash deposit as
an accommodation to Tenant and Tenant agrees that the letter of credit and all
amounts drawn thereunder shall be treated for all purposes under this Lease as
if a cash deposit had been tendered to Landlord upon the execution of this
Lease.

5.   USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

     5.1  Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied for general business
     ---
office purposes and for no other use or purpose. Tenant shall comply with all
present and future Laws relating to

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises (and make any repairs, alterations or
improvements as required to comply with all such Laws), and shall observe the
"Building Rules" (as defined in Section 27 - Rules and Regulations). Tenant
shall not do, bring, keep or sell anything in or about the Premises that is
prohibited by, or that will cause a cancellation of or an increase in the
existing premium for, any insurance policy covering the Property or any part
thereof. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used in any
manner that will constitute waste or a nuisance, or disturb the quiet enjoyment
of or otherwise annoy other tenants in the Building. Without limiting the
foregoing, the Premises shall not be used for educational activities, practice
of medicine or any of the healing arts, providing social services, for any
governmental use (including embassy or consulate use), or for personnel agency,
customer service office, studios for radio, television or other media, travel
agency or reservation center operations or uses. Tenant shall not, without the
prior consent of Landlord, (i) bring into the Building or the Premises anything
that may cause substantial noise, odor or vibration, overload the floors in the
Premises or the Building or any of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
("HVAC"), mechanical, elevator, plumbing, electrical, fire protection, life
safety, security or other systems in the Building ("Building Systems"), or
jeopardize the structural integrity of the Building or any part thereof; (ii)
connect to the utility systems of the Building any apparatus, machinery or other
equipment other than typical office equipment; or (iii) connect to any
electrical circuit in the Premises any equipment or other load with aggregate
electrical power requirements in excess of 80% of the rated capacity of the
circuit.

     5.2  Hazardous Materials
          -------------------

          (a)  Definitions.
               -----------

               (1) "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any substance: (A) that now
or in the future is regulated or governed by, requires investigation or
remediation under, or is defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance,
pollutant or contaminant under any governmental statute, code, ordinance,
regulation, rule or order, and any amendment thereto, including the
Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C.
(S) 9601 et seq., and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.
         -- ---
(S)6901 et seq., or (B) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable,
        -- ---
radioactive, carcinogenic, dangerous or otherwise hazardous, including gasoline,
diesel fuel, petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos,
radon and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.

               (2) "Environmental Requirements" shall mean all present and
future Laws, orders, permits, Licenses, approvals, authorizations and other
requirements of any kind applicable to Hazardous Materials.

               (3) "Handled by Tenant" and "Handling by Tenant" shall mean and
refer to any installation, handling, generation, storage, use, disposal,
discharge, release, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of
any type by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, assignees,
sublessees, transferees or representatives(collectively,

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

"Representatives") or its guests, customers, invitees, or visitors
(collectively, "Visitors"), at or about the Premises in connection with or
involving Hazardous Materials.

               (4) "Environmental Losses" shall mean all costs and expenses of
any kind, damages, including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential
damages, fines and penalties incurred in connection with any violation of and
compliance with Environmental Requirements and all losses of any kind
attributable to the diminution of value, loss of use or adverse effects on
marketability or use of any portion of the Premises or Property.

          (b) Tenant's Covenants. No Hazardous Materials shall be Handled by
              ------------------
Tenant at or about the Premises or Property without Landlord's prior written
consent, which consent may be granted, denied, or conditioned upon compliance
with Landlord's requirements, all in Landlord's absolute discretion.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities and use of those Hazardous
Materials customarily used in the conduct of general office activities, such as
copier fluids and cleaning supplies ("Permitted Hazardous Materials"), may be
used and stored at the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent,
provided that Tenant's activities at or about the Premises and Property and the
Handling by Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall comply at all times with all
Environmental Requirements. At the expiration or termination of the Lease,
Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises and Property all Hazardous
Materials Handled by Tenant at the Premises or the Property. Tenant shall keep
Landlord fully and promptly informed of all Handling by Tenant of Hazardous
Materials other than Permitted Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall be responsible
and liable for the compliance with all of the provisions of this Section by all
of Tenant's Representatives and Visitors, and all of Tenant's obligations under
this Section (including its indemnification obligations under paragraph (e)
below) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

          (c) Compliance. Tenant shall at Tenant's expense promptly take all
              ----------
actions required by any governmental agency or entity in connection with or as a
result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the Premises
or Property, including inspection and testing, performing all cleanup, removal
and remediation work required with respect to those Hazardous Materials,
complying with all closure requirements and post-closure monitoring, and filing
all required reports or plans. All of the foregoing work and all Handling by
Tenant of all Hazardous Materials shall be performed in a good, safe and
workmanlike manner by consultants qualified and licensed to undertake such work
and in a manner that will not interfere with any other tenant's quiet enjoyment
of the Property or Landlord's use, operation, leasing and sale of the Property.
Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to delivery to any governmental agency,
or promptly after receipt from any such agency, copies of all permits,
manifests, closure or remedial action plans, notices, and all other documents
relating to the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about the
Premises or Property. If any lien attaches to the Premises or the Property in
connection with or as a result of the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials,
and Tenant does not cause the same to be released, by payment, bonding or
otherwise, within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall
have the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released and any
sums expended by Landlord (plus Landlord's administrative costs) in connection
therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

          (d) Landlord's Rights. Landlord shall have the right, but not the
              -----------------
obligation, to enter the Premises at any reasonable time (i) to confirm Tenant's
compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.2, and (ii) to perform Tenant's
obligations under this Section if Tenant has failed to do so after reasonable
notice to Tenant. Landlord shall also have the right to engage qualified
Hazardous Materials consultants to inspect the Premises and review the Handling
by Tenant of Hazardous Materials, including review of all permits, reports,
plans, and other documents regarding same. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on
demand the costs of Landlord's consultants' fees and all costs incurred by
Landlord in performing Tenant's obligations under this Section. Landlord shall
use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant's business
caused by Landlord's entry into the Premises, but Landlord shall not be
responsible for any interference caused thereby.

          (e) Tenant's Indemnification. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend,
              ------------------------
protect and hold harmless Landlord and its partners or members and its or their
partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, employees and agents from
all Environmental Losses and all other claims, actions, losses, damages,
liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind, including reasonable attorneys,
experts' and consultants' fees and costs, incurred at any time and arising from
or in connection with the Handling by Tenant of Hazardous Materials at or about
the Property or Tenant's failure to comply in full with all Environmental
Requirements with respect to the Premises.

6.   TENANT IMPROVEMENTS & ALTERATIONS.

     6.1  Landlord and Tenant shall perform their respective obligations with
respect to design and construction of any improvements to be constructed and
installed in the Premises (the "Tenant Improvement"), as provided in the
Construction Rider. Except for any Tenant Improvements to be constructed by
Tenant as provided in the Construction Rider, Tenant shall not make any
alterations, improvements or changes to the Premises, including installation of
any security system or telephone or data communication wiring, ("Alterations"),
without Landlord's prior written consent. Any such Alterations shall be
completed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense: (i) with due diligence,
in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials; (ii) in compliance with
plans and specifications approved by Landlord; (iii) in compliance with the
construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time;
(iv) in accordance with all applicable Laws (including all work, whether
structural or non-structural, inside or outside the Premises, required to comply
fully with all applicable Laws and necessitated by Tenant's work); and (v)
subject to all conditions which Landlord may in Landlord's discretion impose.
Such conditions may include requirements for Tenant to: (i) provide payment or
performance bonds or additional insurance (from Tenant or Tenant's contractors,
subcontractors or design professionals); (ii) use contractors or subcontractors
designated by Landlord; and (iii) remove all or part of the Alterations prior to
or upon expiration or termination of the Term, as designated by Landlord. If any
work outside the Premises, or any work on or adjustment to any of the Building
Systems, is required in connection with or as a result of Tenant's work, such
work shall be performed at Tenant's expense by contractors designated by
Landlord. Landlord's right to review and approve (or withhold approval of)
Tenant's plans, drawings, specifications, contractor(s)and other aspects

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

of construction work proposed by Tenant is intended solely to protect Landlord,
the Property and Landlord's interests. No approval or consent by Landlord shall
be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the
adequacy, sufficiency, fitness or suitability thereof or compliance thereof with
applicable Laws or other requirements. Except as otherwise provided in
Landlord's consent, all Alterations shall upon installation become part of the
realty and be the property of Landlord.

     6.2  Before making any Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for
Landlord's prior approval reasonably detailed final plans and specifications
prepared by a licensed architect or engineer, a copy of the construction
contract, including the name of the contractor and all subcontractors proposed
by Tenant to make the alterations and a copy of the contractor's license. Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection with any Alterations made by Tenant, including reasonable fees
charged by Landlord's contractors or consultants to review plans and
specifications prepared by Tenant and to update the existing as-built plans and
specifications of the Building to reflect the Alterations. Tenant shall obtain
all applicable permits, authorizations and governmental approvals and deliver
copies of the same to Landlord before commencement of any Alterations.

     6.3  Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free and clear of all
liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations
incurred by Tenant. If any such lien attaches to the Premises or the Property,
and Tenant does not cause the same to be released by payment, bonding or
otherwise within ten (10) days after the attachment thereof, Landlord shall have
the right but not the obligation to cause the same to be released, and any sums
expended by Landlord (plus Landlord's administrative costs) in connection
therewith shall be payable by Tenant on demand with interest thereon from the
date of expenditure by Landlord at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 16.2
- - Interest). Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days' notice prior to
the commencement of any Alterations and cooperate with Landlord in posting and
maintaining notices of non-responsibility in connection therewith.

     6.4  Subject to the provisions of Section 5 - Use and Compliance with Laws
and the foregoing provisions of this Section, Tenant may install and maintain
furnishings, equipment, movable partitions, business equipment and other trade
fixtures ("Trade Fixtures") in the Premises, provided that the Trade Fixtures do
not become an integral part of the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall
promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any
installation or removal of such Trade Fixtures.

7.   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS.

     7.1  By taking possession of the Premises Tenant agrees that the Premises
are then in a good and tenantable condition. During the Term, Tenant at Tenant's
expense but under the direction of Landlord, shall repair and maintain the
Premises, including the interior walls, floor coverings, ceiling (ceiling tiles
and grid), Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fire extinguishers, outlets and
fixtures, and any appliances (including dishwashers, hot water heaters and
garbage

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

disposers) in the Premises, in a first class condition, and keep the Premises in
a clean, safe and orderly condition.

     7.2  Landlord shall maintain or cause to be maintained in reasonably good
order, condition and repair, the structural portions of the roof, foundations,
floors and exterior walls of the Building, the Building Systems, and the public
and common areas of the Property, such as elevators, stairs, corridors and
restrooms; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay the cost of repairs for any
damage occasioned by Tenant's use of the Premises or the Property or any act or
omission of Tenant or Tenant's Representatives or Visitors, to the extent (if
any) not covered by Landlord's property insurance. Landlord shall be under no
obligation to inspect the Premises. Tenant shall promptly report in writing to
Landlord any defective condition known to Tenant which Landlord is required to
repair. As a material part of the consideration for this Lease, Tenant hereby
waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the
provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942, that allows
a tenant to make repairs at its landlord's expense.

     7.3  Landlord hereby reserves the right, at any time and from time to time,
without liability to Tenant, and without constituting an eviction, constructive
or otherwise, or entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent or to terminate this
Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant's obligations under this
Lease:

          (a) To make alterations, additions, repairs, improvements to or in or
to decrease the size of area of, all or any part of the Building, the fixtures
and equipment therein, and the Building Systems;

          (b) To change the Building's name or street address;

          (c) To install and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and
interior of the Building;

          (d) To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and
from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the common
areas (including the Parking Facility) and other tenancies and premises in the
Property and to create additional rentable areas through use or enclosure of
common areas; and

          (e) If any governmental authority promulgates or revises any Law or
imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the
Property relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the
reduction of automobile or other emissions or reduction or management of traffic
or parking on the Property (collectively "Controls"), to comply with such
Controls, whether mandatory or voluntary, or make any alterations to the
Property related thereto.

8.  TENANT'S TAXES. "Tenant's Taxes" shall mean (a) all taxes, assessments,
license fees and other governmental charges or impositions levied or assessed
against or with respect to Tenant's personal property or Trade Fixtures in the
Premises, whether any such imposition is levied

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

directly against Tenant or levied against Landlord or the Property, (b) all
rental, excise, sales or transaction privilege taxes arising out of this Lease
(excluding, however, state and federal personal or corporate income taxes
measured by the income of Landlord from all sources) imposed by any taxing
authority upon Landlord or upon Landlord's receipt of any rent payable by Tenant
pursuant to the terms of this Lease ("Rental Tax"), and (c) any increase in
Taxes attributable to inclusion of a value placed on Tenant's personal property,
Trade Fixtures or Alterations. Tenant shall pay any Rental Tax to Landlord in
addition to and at the same time as Base Rent is payable under this Lease, and
shall pay all other Tenant's Taxes before delinquency (and, at Landlord's
request, shall furnish Landlord satisfactory evidence thereof). If Landlord pays
Tenant's Taxes or any portion thereof, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon
demand for the amount of such payment, together with interest at the Interest
Rate from the date of Landlord's payment to the date of Tenant's reimbursement.

9.   UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

     9.1  Description of Services. Landlord shall furnish to the Premises:
          -----------------------
reasonable amounts of heat, ventilation and air-conditioning during the Business
Hours specified in the Basic Lease Information ("Business Hours") on weekdays
except public holidays ("Business Days"); reasonable amounts of electricity; and
janitorial services five days a week (except public holidays). Landlord shall
also provide the Building with normal fluorescent tube replacement, window
washing, elevator service, and common area toilet room supplies. Any additional
utilities or services that Landlord may agree to provide (including lamp or tube
replacement for other than Building Standard lighting fixtures) shall be at
Tenant's sole expense.

     9.2  Payment for Additional Utilities and Services.
          ---------------------------------------------

          (a) Upon request by Tenant in accordance with the procedures
established by Landlord from time to time for furnishing HVAC service at times
other than Business Hours on Business Days, Landlord shall furnish such service
to Tenant and Tenant shall pay for such services on an hourly basis at the then
prevailing rate established for the Building by Landlord.

          (b) If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the
Premises by the HVAC systems of the Building is affected as a result of (i) any
lights, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the Premises, or (ii) the
occupancy of the Premises by more than one person per 150 square feet of
rentable area, then Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or
equipment reasonably necessary to restore the temperature, including
modifications to the standard air-conditioning equipment. The cost of any such
equipment and modifications, including the cost of installation and any
additional cost of operation and maintenance of the same, shall be paid by
Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

          (c) If Tenant's usage of electricity, water or any other utility
service exceeds the use of Such utility Landlord determines to be typical,
normal and customary for the Building, Landlord may determine the amount of such
excess use by any reasonable means (including the installation at Landlord's
request but at Tenant's expense of a separate meter or other measuring

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

device) and charge Tenant for the cost of such excess usage. In addition,
Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for the use of any additional or unusual
janitorial services required by Tenant because of any unusual Tenant
Improvements or Alterations, the carelessness of Tenant or the nature of
Tenant's business (including hours of operation).

     9.3  Interruption of Services. In the event of an interruption in or
          ------------------------
failure or inability to provide any services or utilities to the Premises or
Building for any reason (a "Service Failure"), such Service Failure shall not,
regardless of its duration, impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever,
constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to
an abatement of rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from
any of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any benefits
of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California
Civil Code Section 1932(1), permitting the termination of this Lease due to such
interruption, failure or inability.

10.  EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

     10.1  Landlord's Indemnification of Tenant. Landlord shall indemnify,
           ------------------------------------
protect, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claims, actions,
liabilities, damages, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees
and costs incurred in defending against the same ("Claims") assorted by any
third party against Tenant for loss, injury or damage, to the extent such loss,
injury or damage is caused by the willful misconduct or negligent acts or
omissions of Landlord or its authorized representatives.

     10.2  Tenant's Indemnification of Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify,
           ------------------------------------
protect, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord's authorized representatives
harmless from and against Claims arising from (a) the acts or omissions of
Tenant or Tenant's Representatives or Visitors in or about the Property, or (b)
any construction or other work undertaken by Tenant on the Premises (including
any design defects), or (c) any breach or default under this Lease by Tenant, or
(d) any loss, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any
person or property, occurring in or about the Premises during the Term,
excepting only Claims described in this clause (d) to the extent they are caused
by the willful misconduct or negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or its
authorized representatives.

     10.3  Damage to Tenant and Tenant's Property. Landlord shall not be liable
           --------------------------------------
to Tenant for any loss, injury or other damage to Tenant or to Tenant's property
in or about the Premises or the Property from any cause (including defects in
the Property or in any equipment in the Property; fire, explosion or other
casualty; bursting, rupture, leakage or overflow of any plumbing or other pipes
or lines, sprinklers, tanks, drains, drinking fountains or washstands in, above,
or about the Premises or the Property; or acts of other tenants in the
Property). Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any such loss,
injury or damage and the cost and expense of defending against claims relating
thereto, including any loss, injury or damage caused by Landlord's negligence
(active or passive) or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant
for any punitive or consequential damages or damages for loss of business by
Tenant.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     10.4  Survival. The obligations of the parties under this Section l0 shall
           --------
survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

11.  INSURANCE.

     11.1 Tenant's Insurance.
          ------------------

          (a) Liability Insurance Tenant shall maintain in full force throughout
              --------------------
the Term, commercial general liability insurance providing coverage on an
occurrence form basis with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000.00)each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage combined,
Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) annual general aggregate, and Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000.00) products and completed operations annual aggregate.
Tenant's liability insurance policy or policies shall: (i) include premises and
operations liability coverage, products and completed operations liability
coverage, broad form property damage coverage including completed operations,
blanket contractual liability coverage including, to the maximum extent
possible, coverage for the indemnification obligations of Tenant under this
Lease, and personal and advertising injury coverage; (ii) provide that the
insurance company has the duty to defend all insureds under the policy; (iii)
provide that defense costs are paid in addition to and do not deplete any of the
policy limits; (iv) cover liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection
with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises or the Property; (v) extend
coverage to cover liability for the actions of Tenant's Representatives and
Visitors; and (vi) designate separate limits for the Property. Each policy of
liability insurance required by this Section shall: (i) contain a cross
liability endorsement or separation of insureds clause; (ii) provide that any
waiver of subrogation rights or release prior to a loss does not void coverage;
(iii) provide that it is primary to and not contributing with, any policy of
insurance carried by Landlord covering the same loss; (iv) provide that any
failure to comply with the reporting provisions shall not affect coverage
provided to Landlord, its partners, property managers and Mortgagees; and (v)
name Landlord, its partners, the Property Manager identified in the Basic Lease
Information(the "Property Manager"), and such other parties in interest as
Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate to Tenant in writing, as
additional insureds. Such additional insureds shall be provided at least the
same extent of coverage as is provided to Tenant under such policies. All
endorsements effecting such additional insured status shall be at least as broad
as additional insured endorsement form number CG 20 11 11 85 promulgated by the
Insurance Services Office.

          (b) Property Insurance. Tenant shall at all times maintain in effect
              ------------------
with respect to any Alterations and Tenant's Trade Fixtures and personal
property, commercial property insurance providing coverage, on an "all risk" or
"special form" basis, in an amount equal to at least 90% of the full replacement
cost of the covered property. Tenant may carry such insurance under a blanket
policy, provided that such policy provides coverage equivalent to a separate
policy. During the Term, the proceeds from any such policies of insurance shall
be used for the repair or replacement of the Alterations, Trade Fixtures and
personal property so insured. Landlord shall be provided coverage under such
insurance to the extent of its insurable interest and, if requested by Landlord,
both Landlord and Tenant shall sign all documents reasonably necessary or proper
in

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

connection with the settlement of any claim or loss under such insurance.
Landlord will have no obligation to carry insurance on any Alterations or on
Tenant's Trade Fixtures or personal property.

          (c) Requirements For All Policies. Each policy of insurance required
              -----------------------------
under this Section 11.1 shall: (i) be in a form, and written by an insurer,
reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (ii) be maintained at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, and (iii) require at least thirty (30) days' written notice to Landlord
prior to any cancellation, nonrenewal or modification of insurance coverage.
Insurance companies issuing such, policies shall have rating classifications of
"A" or better and financial size category ratings of "VII" or better according
to the latest edition of the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. All insurance companies
issuing such policies shall be admitted carriers licensed to do business in the
state where the Property is located. Any deductible amount under such insurance
shall not exceed $5,000. Tenant shall provide to Landlord, upon request,
evidence that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this
Section, including any endorsement effecting the additional insured status, is
in full force and effect and that premiums therefor have been paid.

          (d) Updating Coverage. Tenant shall increase the amounts of insurance
              -----------------
as required by any Mortgagee, and, not more frequently than once every three (3)
years, as recommended by Landlord's insurance broker, if, in the opinion of
either of them, the amount of insurance then required under this Lease is not
adequate. Any limits set forth in this Lease on the amount or type of coverage
required by Tenant's insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant under
this Lease.

          (e) Certificates of Insurance Prior to occupancy of the Premises by
              -------------------------
Tenant, and not less than thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy
thereafter, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a certificate of insurance
reflecting that the insurance required by this Section is in force, accompanied
by an endorsement showing the required additional insureds satisfactory to
Landlord in substance and form. Notwithstanding the requirements of this
paragraph, Tenant shall at Landlord's request provide to Landlord a certified
copy of each insurance policy required to be in force at any time pursuant to
the requirements of this Lease or its Exhibits.

     11.2  Landlord's Insurance During the Term, to the extent such coverages
           --------------------
are available at a commercially reasonable cost, Landlord shall maintain in
effect insurance on the Building with responsible insurers, on an "all risk" or
"special form" basis, insuring the Building and the Tenant Improvements in an
amount equal to at least 90% of the replacement cost thereof, excluding land,
foundations, footings and underground installations. Landlord may, but shall not
be obligated to, carry insurance against additional perils and/or in greater
amounts.

     11.3  Mutual Waiver of Right of Recovery & Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord
           ----------------------------------------------------------
and Tenant each hereby waive any right of recovery against each other and the
partners, managers, members, shareholders, officers, directors and authorized
representatives of each other for any loss or damage that is covered by any
policy of property insurance maintained by either party (or required by this
Lease to be maintained) with respect to the Premises or the Property or any
operation therein, regardless of cause, including negligence (active or passive)
of the party

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

benefiting from the waiver. If any such policy of insurance relating to this
Lease or to the Premises or the Property does not permit the foregoing waiver or
if the coverage under any such policy would be invalidated as a result of such
waiver, the party maintaining such policy shall obtain from the insurer under
such policy a waiver of all right of recovery by way of subrogation against
either party in connection with any claim, loss or damage covered by such
policy.

12.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

     12.1  Landlord's Duty to Repair.
           -------------------------

           (a) If all or a substantial part of the Premises are rendered
untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part of the Property from
fire or other casualty then, unless either party is entitled to and elects to
terminate this Lease pursuant to Sections 12.2 - Landlord's Right to Terminate
and 12.3 - Tenant's Right to Terminate, Landlord shall, at its expense, use
reasonable efforts to repair and restore the Premises and/or the Property, as
the case may be, to substantially their former condition to the extent permitted
by then applicable Laws; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord have
any obligation for repair or restoration beyond the extent of insurance proceeds
received by Landlord for such repair or restoration, or for any of Tenant's
personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

           (b) If Landlord is required or elects to repair damage to the
Premises and/or the Property, this Lease shall continue in effect, but Tenant's
Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated with regard to any portion of the
Premises that Tenant is prevented from using by reason of such damage or its
repair from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of Landlord's
repair of the affected portion of the Premises as required under this Lease. In
no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant by reason of any injury to or
interference with Tenant's business or property arising from fire or other
casualty or by reason of any repairs to any part of the Property necessitated by
such casualty.

     12.2  Landlord's Right to Terminate. Landlord may elect to terminate this
           -----------------------------
Lease following damage by fire or other casualty under the following
circumstances:

          (a) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the Premises and the
Property cannot be substantially repaired and restored under applicable Laws
within one (1) year from the date of the casualty;

          (b) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, adequate proceeds are
not, for any reason, made available to Landlord from Landlord's insurance
policies (and/or from Landlord's funds made available for such purpose, at
Landlord's sole option) to make the required repairs;

          (c) If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that, in the
reasonable judgment of Landlord, the cost to repair and restore the Building
would exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement cost of the
Building, whether or not the Premises are at all damaged or destroyed; or

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

          (d) If the fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the
     Term.

If any of the circumstances described in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of
this Section 12.2 occur or arise, Landlord shall give Tenant notice within one
hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the casualty, specifying whether
Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as provided above and, if not,
Landlord's estimate of the time required to complete Landlord's repair
obligations under this Lease.

     12.3  Tenant's Right to Terminate. If all or a substantial part of the
           ---------------------------
Premises are rendered untenantable or inaccessible by damage to all or any part
of the Property from fire or other casualty, and Landlord does not elect to
terminate as provided above, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if
Landlord's estimate of the time required to complete Landlord's repair
obligations under this Lease is greater than one (l) year, in which event Tenant
may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice of such election to
terminate within thirty (30) days after Landlord's notice to Tenant pursuant to
Section 12.2 - Landlord's Right to Terminate.

     12.4  Waiver. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of
           ------
California Civil Code Sections 1932(2), 1933(4) and any other applicable
existing or future Law permitting the termination of a lease agreement in the
event of damage or destruction under any circumstances other than as provided in
Sections 12.2 - Landlord's Right to Terminate and 12.3 - Tenant's Right to
Terminate.

13.  CONDEMNATION.

     13.1  Definitions.
           -----------

           (a) "Award" shall mean all compensation, sums, or anything of value
awarded, paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.

           (b) "Condemnation" shall mean (i) a permanent taking (or a temporary
taking for a period extending beyond the end of the Term) pursuant to the
exercise of the power of condemnation or eminent domain by any public or quasi-
public authority, private corporation or individual having such power
("Condemnor"), whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, or (ii) a voluntary
sale or transfer by Landlord to any such authority, either under threat of
condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

           (c) "Date of Condemnation" shall mean the earlier of the date that
title to the property taken is vested in the Condemnor or the date the Condemnor
has the right to possession of the property being condemned.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

     13.2  Effect on Lease.
           ---------------

           (a) If the Premises are totally taken by Condemnation, this Lease
shall terminate as of the Date of Condemnation. If a portion but not all of the
Premises is taken by Condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect; provided,
however, that if the portion of the Premises remaining after the Condemnation
will be unsuitable for Tenant's continued use, then upon notice to Landlord
within thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the Condemnation,
Tenant may terminate this Lease effective as of the Date of Condemnation.

           (b) If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Project or of the
parcel(s) of land on which the Building is situated or of the Parking Facility
or of the floor area in the Building is taken by Condemnation, or if as a result
of any Condemnation the Building is no longer reasonably suitable for use as an
office building, whether or not any portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord
may elect to terminate this Lease, effective as of the Date of Condemnation, by
notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Date of Condemnation.

           (c) If all or a portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by a
Condemnor for a period not extending beyond the end of the Term, this Lease
shall remain in full force and effect.

     13.3  Restoration If this Lease is not terminated as provided in Section
           -----------
13.2 - Effect on Lease, Landlord, at its expense, shall diligently proceed to
repair and restore the Premises to substantially its former condition (to the
extent permitted by then applicable Laws) and/or repair and restore the Building
to an architecturally complete office building; provided, however, that
Landlord's obligations to so repair and restore shall be limited to the amount
of any Award received by Landlord and not required to be paid to any Mortgagee
(as defined in Section 20.2 below). In no event shall Landlord have any
obligation to repair or replace any improvements in the Premises beyond the
amount of any Award received by Landlord for such repair or to repair or replace
any of Tenant's personal property, Trade Fixtures, or Alterations.

     13.4  Abatement and Reduction of Rent. If any portion of the Premises is
           -------------------------------
taken in a Condemnation or is rendered permanently untenantable by repairs
necessitated by the Condemnation, and this Lease is not terminated, the Base
Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease shall be proportionally
reduced as of the Date of Condemnation based upon the percentage of rentable
square feet in the Premises so taken or rendered permanently untenantable In
addition, if this Lease remains in effect following a Condemnation and Landlord
proceeds to repair and restore the Premises, the Base Rent and Additional Rent
payable under this Lease shall be abated during the period of such repair or
restoration to the extent such repairs prevent Tenant's use of the Premises.

     13.5  Awards. Any Award made shall be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby
           ------
assigns to Landlord, and waives all interest in or claim to, any such Award,
including any claim for the value of the unexpired Term; provided, however, that
Tenant shall be entitled to receive, or to prosecute a separate claim for, an
Award for a temporary taking of the Premises or a portion thereof by a Condemnor
where this Lease is not terminated (to the extent such Award relates to the
unexpired

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

Term), or an Award or portion thereof separately designated for relocation
expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant's business or as
compensation for Tenant's personal property, Trade Fixtures or Alterations.

     13.6  Waiver. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of
           ------
California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable
existing or future Law allowing either party to petition for a termination of
this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Property.

14.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

     14.1  Landlord's Consent Required. Tenant shall not assign this Lease or
           ---------------------------
any interest therein, or sublet or license or permit the use or occupancy of the
Premises or any part thereof by or for the benefit of anyone other than Tenant,
or in any other manner transfer all or any part of Tenant's interest under this
Lease (each and all a "Transfer"), without the prior written consent of
Landlord, which consent (subject to the other provisions of this Section 14)
shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant is a business entity, any direct
or indirect transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interest of
the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more
than one transaction) shall be deemed a Transfer. Notwithstanding any provision
in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or
otherwise encumber this Lease or all or any part of Tenant's interest under this
Lease.

     14.2  Reasonable Consent.
           ------------------

           (a) Prior to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall submit in writing to
Landlord (i) the name and legal composition of the proposed assignee, subtenant,
user or other transferee (each a "Proposed Transferee"); (ii) the nature of the
business proposed to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) a current balance
sheet, income statements for the last two years and such other reasonable
financial and other information concerning the Proposed Transferee as Landlord
may request; and (iv) a copy of the proposed assignment, sublease or other
agreement governing the proposed Transfer. Within fifteen (15) Business Days
after Landlord receives all such information it shall notify Tenant whether it
approves or disapproves such Transfer or if it elects to proceed under Section
14.7 - Landlord's Right to Space.

           (b) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among other circumstances
for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it
shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent where (i) the Proposed
Transferee does not intend itself to occupy the entire portion of the Premises
assigned or sublet, (ii) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the Proposed
Transferee's business operating ability or history, reputation or
creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted by the
Proposed Transferee at the Premises, (iii) the Proposed Transferee is a
governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Project, (iv) the
proposed Transfer would violate any "exclusive" rights of any tenants in the
Project, (v) Landlord or Landlord's agent has shown space in the Building to the
Proposed Transferee or responded to any inquiries from the Proposed Transferee
or the Proposed Transferee's agent concerning

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

availability of space in the Building, at any time within the preceding nine
months, or (vi) Landlord otherwise determines that the proposed Transfer would
have the effect of decreasing the value of the Building or increasing the
expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Property. In
no event may Tenant publicly offer or advertise all or any portion of the
Premises for assignment or sublease at a rental less than that then sought by
Landlord for a direct lease (non- sublease) of comparable space in the Project.

     14.3  Excess Consideration If Landlord consents to the Transfer, Tenant
           --------------------
shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within ten (10) days after receipt by
Tenant, any consideration paid by any transferee (the "Transferee") for the
Transfer, including, in the case of a sublease, the excess of the rent and other
consideration payable by the subtenant over the amount of Base Rent and
Additional Rent payable hereunder applicable to the subleased space.

     14.4  No Release Of Tenant.  No consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall
           --------------------
relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease,
whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other
Transfer. Each Transferee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant (and
Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable with each Transferee) for the
payment of rent (or, in the case of a sublease, rent in the amount set forth in
the sublease) and for the performance of all other terms and provisions of this
Lease. The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or any
such Transferee from the obligation to obtain Landlord's express prior written
consent to any subsequent Transfer by Tenant or any Transferee. The acceptance
of rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an
occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of may
provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.

     14.5  Expenses and Attorneys' Fees. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand
           ----------------------------
all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by
Landlord in connection with reviewing or consenting to any proposed Transfer
(including any request for consent to, or any waiver of Landlord's rights in
connection with, any security interest in any of Tenant's property at the
Premises).

     14.6  Effectiveness of Transfer. Prior to the date on which any permitted
           -------------------------
Transfer (whether or not requiring Landlord's consent) becomes effective, Tenant
shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document
and Landlord's standard form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease
executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee
confirms its obligations pursuant to this Lease. Failure or refusal of a
Transferee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the
Transferee from liability as provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or
other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord
and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation
shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases
or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.

     14.7  Landlord's Right to Space. Notwithstanding any of the above
           -------------------------
provisions of this Section to the contrary, if Tenant notifies Landlord that it
desires to enter into a Transfer, Landlord,

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

in lieu of consenting to such Transfer, may elect (x) in the case of an
assignment or a sublease of the entire Premises, to terminate this Lease, or (y)
in the case of a sublease of less than the entire Premises, to terminate this
Lease as it relates to the space proposed to be subleased by Tenant. In such
event, this Lease will terminate (or the space proposed to be subleased will be
removed from the Premises subject to this Lease and the Base Rent and Tenant's
Share under this Lease shall be proportionately reduced) on the earlier of sixty
(60) days after the date of Landlord's notice to Tenant making the election set
forth in this Section 14.7 or the date the Transfer was proposed to be
effective, and Landlord may lease such space to any party, including the
prospective Transferee identified by Tenant.

     14.8  Assignment of Sublease Rents. Tenant hereby absolutely and
           ----------------------------
irrevocably assigns to Landlord any and all rights to receive rent and other
consideration from any sublease and agrees that Landlord, as assignee or as
attorney-in-fact for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver for Tenant
appointed on Landlord's application may (but shall not be obligated to) collect
such rents and other consideration and apply the same toward Tenant's
obligations to Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord
grants to Tenant at all times prior to occurrence of any breach or default by
Tenant a revocable license to collect such rents (which license shall
automatically and without notice be and be deemed to have been revoked and
terminated immediately upon any Event of Default).

15.  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

     15.1  Events of Default The occurrence of any of the following shall
           -----------------
constitute an "Event of Default" by Tenant:

           (a)  Tenant fails to make any payment of rent when due, or any amount
required to replenish the security deposit as provided in Section 4 above, if
payment in full is not received by Landlord within three (3) days after written
notice that it is due.

           (b)  Tenant abandons the Premises.

           (c)  Tenant fails timely to deliver my subordination document,
estoppel certificate or financial statement requested by Landlord within the
applicable time period specified in Sections 20 - Encumbrances - and 21 -
Estoppel Certificates and Financial Statements - below.

          (d)   Tenant violates the restrictions on Transfer set forth in
Section 14 -Assignment and Subletting.

          (e)   Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern; makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors; is adjudicated an insolvent, files a
petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition)
seeking relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other statute, law or
regulation affecting creditors' rights; all or substantially all of Tenant's
assets are subject to judicial seizure or attachment and are not released within
30 days, or Tenant consents to

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant
or for all or any substantial part of Tenant's assets.

           (f) Tenant fails, within ninety (90) days after the commencement of
any proceedings against Tenant seeking relief under any state or federal
bankruptcy or other statute, law or regulation affecting creditors' rights, to
have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within ninety (90) days after
an appointment, without Tenant's consent or acquiescence, of any trustee,
receiver or liquidator for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant's
assets, to have such appointment vacated.

           (g) Tenant fails to perform or comply with any provision of this
Lease other than those described in (a) through (f) above, and does not fully
cure such failure within fifteen (15) days after notice to Tenant or, if such
failure cannot be cured within such fifteen (15)-day period, Tenant fails within
such fifteen (15)-day period to commence, and thereafter diligently proceed
with, all actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as reasonably possible
but in all events within ninety (90) days of such notice; provided, however,
that if Landlord in Landlord's reasonable judgment determines that such failure
cannot or will not be cured by Tenant within such ninety (90) days, then such
failure shall constitute an Event of Default immediately upon such notice to
Tenant.

     15.2  Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall
           --------
have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be
cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter
allowed by law:

           (a) Landlord may terminate Tenant's right to possession of the
Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant. Tenant expressly acknowledges
that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of
Landlord, including re-entry into the Premises, efforts to relet the Premises,
reletting of the Premises for Tenant's account, storage of Tenant's personal
property and Trade Fixtures, acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant or
exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Section, shall constitute
an acceptance of Tenant's surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination
of this Lease or of Tenant's right to possession of the Premises. Upon such
termination in writing of Tenant's right to possession of the Premises, as
herein provided, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to
recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2
and any other applicable existing or future Law providing for recovery of
damages for such breach, including the worth at the time of award of the amount
by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder for the remainder
of the Term after the date of the award of damages, including Additional Rent as
reasonably estimated by Landlord, exceeds the amount of such rental loss as
Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, discounted at the discount
rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco for member banks at
the time of the award plus one percent (1%).

           (b) Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code
Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant's breach
and abandonment and

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign,
subject only to reasonable limitations).

           (c) Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant's expense. If
Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default,
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or
expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the
expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

           (d) Landlord may remove all Tenant's property from the Premises, and
such property may be stored by Landlord in a public warehouse or elsewhere at
the sole cost and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord does not elect to store
any or all of Tenant's property left in the Premises, Landlord may consider such
property to be abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may thereupon dispose of such
property in any manner deemed appropriate by Landlord. Any proceeds realized by
Landlord on the disposal of any such property shall be applied first to offset
all expenses of storage and sale, then credited against Tenant's outstanding
obligations to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance remaining after
satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be delivered to
Tenant.

16.  LATE CHARGE AND INTEREST.

     16.1  Late Charge. If any payment of rent is not received by Landlord when
           -----------
due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand as a late charge an additional
amount equal to four percent (4%) of the overdue payment. A late charge shall
not be imposed more than once on any particular installment not paid when due,
but imposition of a late charge on any payment not made when due does not
eliminate or supersede late charges imposed on other (prior) payments not made
when due or preclude imposition of a late charge on other installments or
payments not made when due.

     16.2  Interest. In addition to the late charges referred to above, which
           --------
are intended to defray Landlord's costs resulting from late payments, any
payment from Tenant to Landlord not paid when due shall at Landlord's option
bear interest from the date due until paid to Landlord by tenant at the rate of
fifteen percent (15%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may
charge to Tenant under applicable laws, whichever is less (the "Interest Rate").
Acceptance of any late charge and/or interest shall not constitute a waiver of
Tenant's default with respect to the overdue sum or prevent Landlord from
exercising any of its other rights and remedies under this Lease.

17.  WAIVER. No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord
unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of
any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such
provision or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this
Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord
upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as
a waiver. Landlord's acceptance of any payments of rent due under this Lease
shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease
(including Tenant's recurrent failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant's
nonpayment Of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

statement on any check or payment or in any letter or document accompanying any
check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord's consent
to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent or approval
shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord's consent to or
approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

18.  ENTRY, INSPECTION AND CLOSURE. Upon reasonable oral or written notice to
Tenant (and without notice in emergencies), Landlord and its authorized
representatives may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (a) determine
whether the Premises are in good condition, (b) determine whether Tenant is
complying with its obligations under this Lease, (c) perform any maintenance or
repair of the Premises or the Building that Landlord has the right or obligation
to perform, (d) install or repair improvements for other tenants where access to
the Premises is required for such installation or repair, (e) serve, post or
keep posted any notices required or allowed under the provisions of this Lease,
(f) show the Premises to prospective brokers, agents, buyers, transferees,
Mortgagees or tenants, or (g) do any other act or thing necessary for the safety
or preservation of the Premises or the Building. When reasonably necessary
Landlord may temporarily close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other
facilities in the Building without liability to Tenant by reason of such
closure. Landlord shall conduct its activities under this Section in a manner
that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant without incurring additional expense
to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to an abatement of rent on
account of any entry by Landlord, and Landlord shall not be liable in any manner
for any inconvenience, loss of business or other damage to Tenant or other
persons arising out of Landlord's entry on the Premises in accordance with this
Section. No action by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute an
eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of
rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease.

19.  SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER.

     19.1  Surrender. Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant
           ---------
shall surrender the Premises and all Tenant Improvements and Alterations to
Landlord broom-clean and in their original condition, except for reasonable wear
and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from
approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or
termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove all telephone and other cabling
installed in the Building by Tenant and remove from the Premises all Tenant's
personal property and any Trade Fixtures and all Alterations that Landlord has
elected to require Tenant to remove as provided in Section 6.1 - Tenant
Improvements & Alterations, and repair any damage caused by such removal. If
such removal is not completed before the expiration or termination of the Term,
Landlord shall have the right (but no obligation) to remove the same, and Tenant
shall pay Landlord on demand for all costs of removal and storage thereof and
for the rental value of the Premises for the period from the end of the Term
through the end of the time reasonably required for such removal. Landlord shall
also have the right to retain or dispose of all or any portion of such property
if Tenant does not pay all such costs and retrieve the property within ten (10)
days after notice from Landlord (in which event title to all such property
described in Landlord's notice shall be transferred to and vest in Landlord).
Tenant waives all Claims against Landlord for any damage or loss to Tenant
resulting from Landlord's removal, storage, retention, or disposition of any
such

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

property. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant's
possession, whichever is earliest, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the
Premises or any other part of the Building and shall deliver to Landlord all
keys for or make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes,
cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises. Tenant's obligations
under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

     19.2  Holding Over. If Tenant (directly or through any Transferee or other
           ------------
successor-in-interest of Tenant) remains in possession of the Premises after the
expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant's continued possession shall be
on the basis of a tenancy at the sufferance of Landlord. No act or omission, by
Landlord, other than its specific written consent, shall constitute permission
for Tenant to continue in possession of the Premises, and if such consent is
given or declared to have been given by a court judgment, Landlord may terminate
Tenant's holdover tenancy at any time upon seven (7) days written notice. In
such event, Tenant shall continue to comply with or perform all the terms and
obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent during
Tenant's holding over shall be twice the Base Rent payable in the last full
month prior to the termination hereof. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such
termination shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Lease; and
nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord's right of
re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant shall indemnify, defend
and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims arising or resulting
directly or indirectly from Tenant's failure to timely surrender the Premises,
including (i) any rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages claimed by any
prospective tenant of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord's damages as a result of
such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective
lease of the Premises by reason of such failure to timely surrender the
Premises.

20.  ENCUMBRANCES.

     20.1  Subordination This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to
           --------------
any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance
affecting any part of the Property or any interest of Landlord therein which is
now existing or hereafter executed or recorded ("Encumbrance"); provided,
however, that such subordination shall only be effective, as to future
Encumbrances, if the holder of the Encumbrance agrees that this Lease shall
survive the termination of the Encumbrance by lapse of time, foreclosure or
otherwise so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Provided the
conditions of the preceding sentence are satisfied, Tenant shall execute and
deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written request therefor by
Landlord and in a form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional
documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such
Encumbrance and the nondisturbance agreement of the holder of any such
Encumbrance. If the interest of Landlord in the Property is transferred pursuant
to or in lieu of proceedings for enforcement of any Encumbrance, Tenant shall
immediately and automatically attorn to the new owner, and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the transferee and
Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

     20.2  Mortgagee Protection. Tenant agrees to give any holder of any
           --------------------
Encumbrance covering any part of the Property ("Mortgagee"), by registered mail,
a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to
such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment
of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. If Landlord
shall have failed to cure such default within thirty (30) days from the
effective date of such notice of default, then the Mortgagee shall have an
additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default
cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary
to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise
terminate its Encumbrance, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease
shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

21.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

     21.1  Estoppel Certificates. Within ten (10) days after written request
           ---------------------
therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or
satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force
and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging
that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any Encumbrance
and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the
Term, the monthly Base Rent, the date to which Rent has been paid, the amount of
any security deposit or prepaid rent, whether either party hereto is in default
under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its
construction obligations hereunder (if any). Tenant irrevocably constitutes,
appoints and authorizes Landlord as Tenant's special attorney-in-fact for such
purpose to complete, execute and deliver such certificate if Tenant fails timely
to execute and deliver such certificate as provided above. Any person or entity
purchasing, acquiring an interest in or extending financing with respect to the
Property shall be entitled to rely upon any such certificate. If Tenant fails to
deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord's second written
request therefor, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by
Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the
Property or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result,
directly or indirectly, of Tenant's failure or refusal to timely execute or
deliver such estoppel certificate.

     21.2  Financial Statements. Within ten (10) days after written request
           --------------------
therefor, but not more than once a year, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy
of the financial statements (including at least a year end balance sheet and a
statement of profit and loss) of Tenant (and of each guarantor of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease) for each of the three most recently completed
years, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
(and, if such is Tenant's normal practice, audited by an independent certified
public accountant), all then available subsequent interim statements, and such
other financial information as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or
required by any Mortgagee.

22.  NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request, consent or approval that either party
desires or is required to give to the other party under this Lease shall be in
writing and shall be served personally, delivered by messenger or courier
service, or sent by U.S. certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed to the other party at the party's address for notices set
forth in

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

the Basic Lease Information. Any notice required pursuant to any Laws may be
incorporated into, given concurrently with or given separately from any notice
required under this Lease. Notices shall be deemed to have been given and be
effective on the earlier of (a) receipt (or refusal of delivery or receipt); or
(b) one (1) day after acceptance by the independent service for delivery, if
sent by independent messenger or courier service, or three (3) days after
mailing if sent by mail in accordance with this Section. Either party may change
its address for notices hereunder, effective fifteen (15) days after notice to
the other party complying with this Section. If Tenant sublets the Premises,
notices from Landlord shall be effective on the subtenant when given to Tenant
pursuant to this Section.

23.  ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant in
any way related to this Lease, and whether involving contract and/or tort
claims, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all
reasonable attorneys' fees and costs and expenses of any type, without
restriction by statute, court rule or otherwise, incurred by the prevailing
party in connection with any action or proceeding (including any appeal and the
enforcement of any judgment or award), whether or not the dispute is litigated
or prosecuted to final judgment (collectively, "Fees"). The "prevailing party"
shall be determined based upon an assessment of which party s major arguments or
positions taken in the action or proceeding could fairly be said to have
prevailed (whether by compromise, settlement, abandonment by the other party of
its claim or defense, final decision, after any appeals, or otherwise) over the
other party's major arguments or positions on major disputed issues. Any Fees
incurred in enforcing a judgment shall be recoverable separately from any other
amount included in the judgment and shall survive and not be merged in the
judgment. The Fees shall be deemed an "actual pecuniary loss" within the meaning
of Bankruptcy Code Section 365(b)(1)(B), and notwithstanding the foregoing, all
Fees incurred by either party in any bankruptcy case filed by or against the
other party, from and after the order for relief until this Lease is rejected or
assumed in such bankruptcy case, will be "obligations of the debtor" as that
phrase is used in Bankruptcy Code Section 365(d)(3).

24.  QUIET POSSESSION. Subject to Tenant's full and timely performance of all of
Tenant's obligations under this Lease and subject to the terms of this Lease,
including Section 20 -Encumbrances, Tenant shall have the quiet possession of
the Premises throughout the Term as against any persons or entities lawfully
claiming by, through or under Landlord.

25.  SECURITY MEASURES. Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to,
implement security measures for the Property, such as the registration or search
of all persons entering or leaving the Building, requiring identification for
access to the Building, evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause,
or for drill purposes, the issuance of magnetic pass cards or keys for Building
or elevator access and other actions that Landlord deems necessary or
appropriate to prevent any threat of property loss or damage, bodily injury or
business interruption; provided, however, that such measures shall be
implemented in a way as not to inconvenience tenants of the Building
unreasonably. If Landlord uses an access card system, Landlord may require
Tenant to pay Landlord a deposit for each after-hours Building access card
issued to Tenant, in the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant
shall be responsible for any loss, theft or

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

breakage of any such cards, which must be returned by Tenant to Landlord upon
expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Landlord may retain the deposit
for any card not so returned. Landlord shall at all times have the right to
change, alter or reduce any such security services or. measures. Tenant shall
cooperate and comply with, and cause Tenant's Representatives and Visitors to
cooperate and comply with, such security measures. Landlord, its agents and
employees shall have no liability to Tenant or its Representatives or Visitors
for the implementation or exercise of, or the failure to implement or exercise,
any such security measures or for any resulting disturbance of Tenant's use or
enjoyment of the Premises.

26.  FORCE MAJEURE. If Landlord is delayed, interrupted or prevented from
performing any of its obligations under this Lease, including its obligations
under the Construction Rider (if any), and such delay, interruption or
prevention is due to fire, act of God, governmental act or failure to act, labor
dispute, unavailability of materials or any cause outside the reasonable control
of Landlord, then the time for performance of the affected obligations of
Landlord shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay,
interruption or prevention.

27.  RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall be bound by and shall comply with the
rules and regulations attached to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit C to
                                                                   ---------
the extent those rules and regulations are not in conflict with the terms of
this Lease, as well as any reasonable rules and regulations hereafter adopted by
Landlord for all tenants of the Building, upon notice to Tenant thereof
(collectively, the "Building Rules"). Landlord shall not be responsible to
Tenant or to any other person for any violation of, or failure to observe, the
Building Rules by any other tenant or other person.

28.  LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. The term "Landlord," as used in this Lease, shall
mean only the owner or owners of the Building at the time in question. In the
event of any conveyance of title to the Building, then from and after the date
of such conveyance, the transferor Landlord shall be relieved of all liability
with respect to Landlord's obligations to be performed under this Lease after
the date of such conveyance. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this
Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited
solely to Landlord's interest in the Building as the same may from time to time
be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or
enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against Landlord's partners
or members or its or their respective partners, shareholders, members,
directors, officers or managers on account of any of Landlord's obligations or
actions under this Lease.

29.  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS.

     29.1  Determination in Good Faith. Wherever the consent, approval, judgment
           ---------------------------
or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord
may exercise its good faith business judgment in granting or withholding such
consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without
reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the specific
provision contained in this Lease providing for such consent, approval, judgment
or determination specifies that Landlord's consent or approval is not to be
unreasonably withheld, or that such judgment or determination is to be
reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

under which Landlord may withhold its consent. If it is determined that Landlord
failed to give its consent where it was required to do so under this Lease,
Tenant shall be entitled to injunctive relief but shall not to be entitled to
monetary damages or to terminate this Lease for such failure.

     29.2  No Liability Imposed on Landlord. The review and/or approval by
           --------------------------------
Landlord of any item or matter to be reviewed or approved by Landlord under the
terms of this Lease or any Exhibits or Addenda hereto shall not impose upon
Landlord any liability for the accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or
matter or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such
review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord's interest in
the Property, and no third parties, including Tenant or the Representatives and
Visitors of Tenant or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant,
shall have any rights as a consequence thereof.

30.  WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant waive their respective
rights to trial by jury of any contract or tort claim, counterclaim, cross-
complaint, or cause of action in any action, proceeding, or hearing brought by
either party against the other on any matter arising out of or in any way
connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant's
use or occupancy of the Premises, including any claim of injury or damage or the
enforcement of any remedy under any current or future law, statute, regulation,
code, or ordinance.

31.  BROKERS. Landlord shall pay the fee or commission of the broker or brokers
identified in the Basic Lease Information (the "Broker") in accordance with
Landlord's separate written agreement with the Broker, if any. Tenant warrants
and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating or making of this Lease
neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant's behalf has dealt with any broker or
finder who might be entitled to a fee or commission for this Lease other than
the Broker. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim or
claims, including costs, expenses and attorney's fees incurred by Landlord
asserted by rely other broker or finder for a fee or commission based upon any
dealings with or statements made by Tenant or Tenant's Representatives.

32.  RELOCATION OF PREMISES. For the purpose of maintaining an economical and
proper distribution of tenants acceptable to Landlord throughout the Project,
Landlord shall have the right from time to time during the Term to relocate the
Premises within the Project, provided that (a) the rentable and usable area of
the new Premises is of equivalent size to the existing Premises, subject to a
variation of up to ten percent (10%), (b) Landlord shall pay the cost of
providing tenant improvements in the new Premises, which shall be substantially
comparable in layout to those in the existing Premises, (c) Landlord shall pay
reasonable costs (to the extent such costs are submitted in writing to Landlord
and approved in writing by Landlord prior to such move) of moving Tenant's Trade
Fixtures and personal property to the new Premises, and (d) Landlord shall pay
reasonable costs (to the extent such costs are submitted in writing to Landlord
and approved in writing by Landlord prior to such move) of reprinting Tenant's
letterhead and marketing materials to reference the new address, which costs
Landlord acknowledges could exceed fifty thousand dollars ($50,000). Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant written notice of

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

Landlord's election to relocate the Premises, specifying the new location and
the amount of rent payable therefor, at least sixty (60) days prior to the date
the relocation is to be effective.

33.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, including the Exhibits and any Addenda
attached hereto, and the documents referred to herein, if may, constitute the
entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the leasing of
space by Tenant in the Building, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous
agreements, understandings, proposals and other representations by or between
Landlord and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein.
Neither Landlord nor Landlord's agents have made any representations or
warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Project or this Lease
except as expressly set forth herein, and no rights, easements or licenses shall
be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth
herein. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an
option for the Premises and this Lease shall become effective as a binding
agreement only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant.

34.  MISCELLANEOUS. This Lease may not be amended or modified except by a
writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. Subject to Section 14 - Assignment and
Subletting and Section 28 - Landlord's Liability, this Lease shall be binding
on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective
successors, assigns and legal representatives. The determination that any
provisions hereof may be void, invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall not
impair any other provisions hereof and all such other provisions of this Lease
shall remain in full force and effect. The unenforceability, invalidity or
illegality of any provision of this Lease under particular circumstances shall
not render unenforceable, invalid or illegal other provisions of this Lease, or
the same provisions under other circumstances. This Lease shall be construed and
interpreted in accordance with the laws (excluding conflict of laws principles)
of the State in which the Building is located. The provisions of this Lease
shall be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the language used and
shall not be strictly construed against either party, even if such party drafted
the provision in question. When required by the context of this Lease, the
singular includes the plural. Wherever the term "including" is used in this
Lease, it shall be interpreted as meaning "including, but not limited to" the
matter or matters thereafter enumerated. The captions contained in this Lease
are for purposes of convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or
construe this Lease. If more than one person or entity is identified as Tenant
hereunder, the obligations of each and all of them under this Lease shall be
joint and several. Time is of the essence with respect to this Lease, except as
to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to
Tenant. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease.

35.  AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, limited liability
company or other form of business entity, each of the persons executing this
Lease on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly
organized and validly existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority
to enter into this Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are
authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant
shall provide Landlord upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord confirming the foregoing representations.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into this Lease as of
the date first above written.


TENANT:                                 LANDLORD:

TRINTECH, INC.,                         PENINSULA OFFICE PARK
                                        ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
a California corporation                a California limited partnership


By: /s/ John McGuire                    By:   CORNERSTONE HOLDINGS, LLC,
   ----------------------------
Name: John McGuire                            a Delaware limited liability
     --------------------------
Title:   CEO                                  company General Partner
      -------------------------

                                        By:  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                           ----------------------------
By: ___________________________         Name: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                             --------------------------
Name: _________________________         Title: [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                              -------------------------
Title: ________________________

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                       ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                           DATED AS OF MAY 28, 1999
                                    BETWEEN
             PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P., AS LANDLORD,
                                      AND
                      TRINTECH, INC., AS TENANT ("LEASE")


                                 THE PREMISES
                                 ------------



                                 [FLOOR PLAN]



           Peninsula Office Park - 2755 Campus Drive, San Mateo, CA



                                                   INITIALS:

                                                   Landlord /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                            -----------------
                                                   Tenant   /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                            -----------------

                               Exhibit A, Page 1
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B
                                   ---------

                       ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                           DATED AS OF MAY 28, 1999
                                    BETWEEN
             PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P., AS LANDLORD,
                                      AND
                      TRINTECH, INC., AS TENANT ("LEASE")

                              CONSTRUCTION RIDER
                              ------------------

1.  Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall take the Premises in their existing "AS
    -------------------
IS" condition without any work to be done thereto by Landlord. Tenant may, using
Commercial Interior Contractors ("CIC") construct and install in the Premises
the improvements and fixtures provided for in this Construction Rider ("Tenant
Improvements") at Tenant's sole cost and expense, subject to the Allowance as
hereinafter provided, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 of the
Lease - Alterations. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that CIC is an affiliate of
Landlord.

          1.2. Plans for Tenant Improvements and Substantial Completion. At
               --------------------------------------------------------
least ten (10) days prior to the date Tenant intends to commence construction of
the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord's
approval, proposed plans for the Tenant Improvements. The plans approved by.
Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, are called the
"Approved Plans." CIC shall construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with
the Approved Plans. The Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be "Substantially
Completed" when they have been completed in accordance with the Approved Plans
except for finishing details, minor omissions, decorations and mechanical
adjustments of the type normally found on an architectural "punch list". (The
definition of Substantially Completed shall also define the terms "Substantial
Completion" and "Substantially Complete.")

          1.3. Cost of Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall contribute up to
               ---------------------------
$5.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises (the "Allowance") toward the cost
of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall pay the Allowance to CIC upon
completion of the Tenant Improvements, and evidence that no construction liens
will be filed against the Property. The balance, if any, of the cost of the
Tenant Improvements ("Additional Cost"), including, but not limited to, usual
markups for overhead, supervision and profit, shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant
shall pay to CIC 50% of the Additional Cost prior to the commencement of
construction of the Tenant Improvements. The balance, if any, of the cost of the
Tenant Improvements ("Additional Cost") shall be paid by Tenant directly to CIC
upon completion of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant's failure to pay the
Additional Cost to CIC within ten (10) days after

                               Exhibit B, Page 1
<PAGE>

written notice from Landlord shall constitute an Event of Default under the
Lease without any requirement for Landlord to give any additional notice to
Tenant.

         1.4.  Changes.
               -------

         1.5.  Delays.
               ------

     2.  Delivery of Premises. Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises
         --------------------
to Tenant after Landlord has obtained possession of the Premises from the
Existing Tenant following complete execution of this Lease.

     3.  Access to Premises. Landlord shall allow Tenant and Tenant's
         ------------------
Representatives to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date to permit
Tenant to make the Premises ready for its use and occupancy; provided, however,
that prior to such entry of the Premises, Tenant shall provide evidence
reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant's insurance, as described in
Section 11.1 - Tenant's Insurance of the Lease, shall be in effect as of the
time of such entry.

     Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury,
loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant's property placed upon or
installed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at
Tenant's sole risk, and Tenant shall be liable for all injury, loss or damage to
persons or property arising as a result of such entry into the Premises by
Tenant or its Representatives.

     4.  Ownership of Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements, whether
         --------------------------------
installed by Landlord or Tenant, shall become a part of the Premises, shall be
the property of Landlord and, subject to the provisions of the Lease, shall be
surrendered by Tenant with the Premises, without any compensation to Tenant, at
the expiration or termination of the Lease in accordance with the provisions of
the Lease.



                                                   INITIALS:

                                                   Landlord  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                             -----------------
                                                   Tenant    /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                             -----------------
                               Exhibit B, Page 2
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C
                                   ---------

                       ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                           DATED AS OF MAY 28, 1999
                                    BETWEEN
             PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P., AS LANDLORD,
                                      AND
                      TRINTECH, INC., AS TENANT ("LEASE")

                                BUILDING RULES
                                --------------

     The following Building Rules are additional provisions of the foregoing
Lease to which they are attached. The capitalized terms used herein have the
same meanings as these terms are given in the Lease.

     1.  Use of Common Areas. Tenant will not obstruct the sidewalks, halls,
         -------------------
passages, exits, entrances, elevators or stairways of the Building ("Common
Areas"), and Tenant will not use the Common Areas for any purpose other than
ingress and egress to and from the Premises. The Common Areas, except for the
sidewalks, are not open to the general public and Landlord reserves the right to
control and prevent access to the Common Areas of any person whose presence, in
Landlord's opinion, would be prejudicial to the safety, reputation and interests
of the Building and its tenants.

     2.  No Access to Roof. Tenant has no right of access to the roof of the
         -----------------
Building and will not install, repair or replace any antenna, aerial, aerial
wires, fan, air-conditioner or other device on the roof of the Building, without
the prior written consent of Landlord. Any such device installed without such
written consent is subject to removal at Tenant's expense without notice at any
time. In any event Tenant will be liable for any damages or repairs incurred or
required as a result of its installation, use, repair, maintenance or removal of
such devices on the roof and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from
any liability, loss, damage, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, arising from any activities of Tenant or of Tenant's Representatives on
the roof of the Building.

     3.  Signage. No sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement or notice
         -------
visible from the exterior of the Premises will be inscribed, painted, affixed or
otherwise displayed by Tenant on or in any part of the Building without the
prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to adopt and
furnish Tenant with general guidelines relating to signs in or on the Building.
All approved signage will be inscribed, painted or affixed at Tenant's expense
by a person approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably
withheld.

                               Exhibit C, Page 1
<PAGE>

     4.  Prohibited Uses. The Premises will not be used for manufacturing, for
         ---------------
the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, for lodging or
for the sale of goods to the general public. Tenant will not permit any food
preparation on the Premises except that Tenant may use Underwriters' Laboratory
approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages
so long as such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city
laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

     5.  Janitorial Services. Tenant will not employ any person for the purpose
         -------------------
of cleaning the Premises or permit any person to enter the Building for such
purpose other than Landlord's janitorial service, except with Landlord's prior
written consent. Tenant will not necessitate, and will be liable for the cost
of, any undue amount of janitorial labor by reason of Tenant's carelessness in
or indifference to the preservation of good order and cleanliness in the
Premises. Janitorial service will not be furnished to areas in the Premises on
nights when such areas are occupied after 9:30 p.m., unless such service is
extended by written agreement to a later hour in specifically designated areas
of the Premises.

     6.  Keys and Locks. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, two keys
         --------------
to each door or lock in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for
any additional or replacement keys. Tenant will not duplicate any keys, alter
any locks or install any new or additional lock or bolt on any door of its
Premises or on any other part of the Building without the prior written consent
of Landlord and, in any event, Tenant will provide Landlord with a key for any
such lock. On the termination of the Lease, Tenant will deliver to Landlord all
keys to any locks or doors in the Building which have been obtained by Tenant.

     7.  Freight. Upon not less than twenty-four hours prior notice to Landlord,
         -------
which notice may be oral, an elevator will be made available for Tenant's use
for transportation of freight, subject to such scheduling as Landlord in its
discretion deems appropriate. Tenant shall not transport freight in loads
exceeding the weight limitations of such elevator. Landlord reserves the right
to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials,
furniture or other property brought into the Building, and no property will be
received in the Building or carried up or down the freight elevator or stairs
except during such hours and along such routes and by such persons as may be
designated by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to require that heavy
objects will stand on wood strips of such length and thickness as is necessary
to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of
or damage to any such property from any cause, and Tenant will be liable for all
damage or injuries caused by moving or maintaining such property.

     8.  Nuisances and Dangerous Substances. Tenant will not conduct itself or
         ----------------------------------
permit Tenant's Representatives or Visitors to conduct themselves, in the
Premises or anywhere on or in the Property in a manner which is offensive or
unduly annoying to any other Tenant or Landlord's property managers. Tenant will
not install or operate any phonograph, radio receiver, musical instrument, or
television or other similar device in any part of the Common Areas and shall not
operate any such device installed in the Premises in such manner as to disturb
or annoy other tenants Of the Building. Tenant will not use or keep in the
Premises or the Property any

                               Exhibit C, Page 2
<PAGE>

kerosene, gasoline or other combustible fluid or material other than limited
quantities thereof reasonably necessary for the maintenance of office equipment,
or, without Landlord's prior written approval, use any method of heating or air
conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord. Tenant will not use or keep
any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises or permit or suffer the
Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to
Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors or
vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business
therein. Tenant will not bring or keep any animals in or about the Premises or
the Property.

     9.   Building Name and Address. Without Landlord's prior written consent,
          -------------------------
Tenant will not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting
or advertising Tenant's business except as Tenant's address.

     10.  Building Directory. A directory for the Building will be provided for
          ------------------
the display of the name and location of tenants. Landlord reserves the right to
approve any additional names Tenant desires to place in the directory and, if so
approved, Landlord may assess a reasonable charge for adding such additional
names.

     11.  Window Coverings. No curtains, draperies, blinds, shutters, shades,
          ----------------
awnings, screens or other coverings, window ventilators, hangings, decorations
or similar equipment shall be attached to, hung or placed in, or used in or with
any window of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and
Landlord shall have the right to control all lighting within the Premises that
may be visible from the exterior of the Building.

     12.  Floor Coverings. Tenant will not lay or otherwise affix linoleum,
          ---------------
tile, carpet or any other floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any
manner except as approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant will be liable for the
cost of repair of any damage resulting from the violation of this rule or the
removal of any floor covering by Tenant or its contractors, employees or
invitees.

     13.  Wiring and Cabling Installations. Landlord will direct Tenant's
          --------------------------------
electricians and other vendors as to where and how data, telephone, and
electrical wires and cables are to be installed. No boring or cutting for wires
or cables will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. The
location of burglar alarms smoke detectors, telephones, call boxes and other
office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the written
approval of Landlord.

     14.  Office Closing Procedures. Tenant will see that the doors of the
          -------------------------
Premises are closed and locked and that all water faucets, water apparatus and
utilities are shut off before Tenant or its employees leave the Premises, so as
to prevent waste or damage. Tenant will be liable for all damage or injuries
sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord resulting
from Tenant's carelessness in this regard or violation of this rule. Tenant will
keep the doors to the Building corridors closed at all times except for ingress
and egress.

                               Exhibit C, Page 3
<PAGE>

     15.  Plumbing Facilities. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls
          -------------------
and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which
they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be
disposed of therein. Tenant will be liable for any breakage, stoppage or damage
resulting from the violation of this rule by Tenant, its employees or invitees.

     16.  Use of Hand Trucks. Tenant will not use or permit to be used in the
          ------------------
Premises or in the Common Areas any hand trucks, carts or dollies except those
equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other equipment as Landlord
may approve.

     17.  Refuse. Tenant shall store all Tenant's trash and garbage within the
          ------
Premises or in other facilities designated By Landlord for such purpose. Tenant
shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be
disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of
trash and garbage in the city in which the Building is located without being in
violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash and garbage
removal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by
Landlord, only through such Common Areas provided for such purposes and at such
times as Landlord may designate. Tenant shall comply with the requirements of
any recycling program adopted by Landlord for the Building.

     18.  Soliciting. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of
          ----------
handbills or any other written materials in the Building are prohibited, and
Tenant will cooperate to prevent the same.

     19.  Parking. Tenant will use, and cause Tenant's Representatives and
          -------
Visitors to use, any parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled under the Lease
in a manner consistent with Landlord's directional signs and markings in the
Parking Facility. Specifically, but without limitation, Tenant will not park, or
permit Tenant's Representatives or Visitors to park, in a manner that impedes
access to and from the Building or the Parking Facility or that violates space
reservations for handicapped drivers registered as such with the California
Department of Motor Vehicles. Landlord may use such reasonable means as may be
necessary to enforce the directional signs and markings in the Parking Facility,
including but not limited to towing services, and Landlord will not be liable
for any damage to vehicles towed as a result of non-compliance with such parking
regulations.

     20.  Fire, Security and Safety Regulations. Tenant will comply with all
          -------------------------------------
safety, security, fire protection and evacuation measures and procedures
established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

     21.  Responsibility for Theft. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility
          ------------------------
for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes
keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

                               Exhibit C, Page 4
<PAGE>

     22.  Sales and Auctions. Tenant will not conduct or permit to be conducted
          ------------------
any sale by auction in, upon or from the Premises or elsewhere in flee Property,
whether said auction be voluntary, involuntary, pursuant to any assignment for
the payment of creditors or pursuant to any bankruptcy or other insolvency
proceeding.

     23.  Waiver of Rules. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Building
          ---------------
Rules for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by
Landlord will be construed as a waiver of such Building Rules in favor of any
other tenant or tenants nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing these
Building Rules against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

     24.  Effect on Lease. These Building Rules are in addition to, and shall
          ---------------
not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms,
covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Violation of these Building
Rules constitutes a failure to fully perform the provisions of the Lease, as
referred to in Section 15.1 - "Events of Default".

     25.  Non-Discriminatory Enforcement. Subject to the provisions of the Lease
          ------------------------------
(and the provisions of other leases with respect to other tenants), Landlord
shall use reasonable efforts to enforce these Building Rules in a non-
discriminatory manner, but in no event shall Landlord. have any liability for
any failure or refusal to do so (and Tenant's sole and exclusive remedy for any
such failure or refusal shall be injunctive relief preventing Landlord from
enforcing any of the Building Rules against Tenant in a manner that
discriminates against Tenant).

     26.  Additional and Amended Rules. Landlord reserves the right to rescind
          ----------------------------
or amend these Building Rules and/or adopt any other and reasonable rules and
regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety,
care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order
therein.



                                                   INITIALS:

                                                   Landlord  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                             -----------------
                                                   Tenant    /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                             -----------------

                               Exhibit C, Page 5
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT D
                                   ---------

                       ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                           DATED AS OF MAY 28, I999
                                    BETWEEN
             PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P., AS LANDLORD,
                                      AND
                      TRINTECH, INC., AS TENANT ("LEASE")

                          ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RIDER
                          ---------------------------

36.  LETTER OF CREDIT.
     ----------------

     (a) Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an
unconditional, irrevocable, transferable and negotiable standby letter of credit
(the "L/C") in an amount equal to $161,313.00 ("Face Amount"), issued by a bank
or trust company ("Issuer") and in form and content acceptable to Landlord, in
its sole and absolute discretion, as additional security for the performance of
Tenant's obligations under this Lease. An L/C in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E is hereby approved by Landlord. The L/C shall name Landlord as
- ---------
beneficiary thereunder and provide that draws, including partial draws, at
Landlord's election, will be honored upon the delivery to the Issuer of a
certificate signed by. Landlord, or its authorized agent, that Tenant has failed
to perform its obligations under the Lease. The L/C shall also provide that it
will be automatically extended upon each renewal date unless the Issuer thereof
delivers to Landlord, no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the stated
expiration date of the L/C, written notice of Issuer's intent not to extend or
renew the L/C. During any period that Tenant is required to maintain the L/C,
Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to any expiration or termination
of the L/C, provide Landlord either with written confirmation that the existing
L/C will be automatically extended and renewed or with a new L/C that satisfies
all of the requirements for the L/C in this Section 36. In addition, upon a
proposed sale or other transfer of any interest in the Building, the Land, this
Lease or Landlord (including consolidations, mergers, or other entity changes),
Tenant, at its sole cost and expense and upon ten (10) Business Days' notice,
shall, concurrent with Landlord's delivery to Tenant of the then outstanding
L/C, deliver to any such transferees, successors, or assigns a replacement L/C
on identical terms (except for the stated beneficiary) from the same Issuer or
another bank or trust company acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord's sole
discretion, naming the new landlord as the beneficiary thereof. Tenant's failure
to perform or observe any of the covenants set forth in this Section 36 for any
reason shall entitle Landlord to draw on the full amount of the L/C and shall
constitute an Event of Default under this Lease without the requirement of any
notice from Landlord. Any amount(s) drawn under the L/C shall be held or used by
Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 4 of the Lease. If Landlord
draws on the L/C, then upon Tenant curing the covenant which entitled Landlord
to draw on the L/C, Tenant shall have the right, upon ten (10) days prior
written notice to Landlord, to obtain a refund from Landlord of any unapplied
proceeds of the L/C Which Landlord has drawn upon, any such

                               Exhibit D, Page 1
<PAGE>

refund being conditioned upon Tenant simultaneously delivering to Landlord a
new, replacement L/C in the amount required hereinabove, and meeting the
requirements contained herein. If Landlord has applied a portion of the L/C
which Landlord has drawn upon toward the payment or performance of Tenant's
obligations under the Lease, then the amount of the refund from Landlord to
Tenant pursuant to the provisions of fills paragraph will be less than the
amount of the replacement L/C.

     (b) If as of the second (2nd), third (3rd) and fourth (4th) anniversary
dates following the Commencement Date, no prior or current Event of Default has
occurred, and no event or condition exists or has occurred which with the
passage of time or delivery of notice by Landlord, or both, would constitute an
Event of Default, the Face Amount of the L/C may be immediately reduced to
$120,985 on the second (2nd) anniversary date following the Commencement Date,
to $80,657.00 on third (3rd) anniversary date following the Commencement Date,
and to $40,329.00 on the fourth (4th) anniversary date following the
Commencement Date, as applicable (the "L/C Burnoff").

37.  PARKING.

     (a) Tenant's Parking Rights. Landlord shall provide Tenant, on an
         -----------------------
unassigned and non-exclusive basis, for use by Tenant and Tenant's
Representatives and Visitors, at the users' sole risk, twenty-four (24) parking
spaces in the Parking Facility. If Tenant leases additional office space
pursuant to this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant, also on an unassigned,
non-exclusive and unlabelled basis, three and one-third (3.3) additional parking
spaces in the Parking Facility for each one thousand (1,000) rentable square
feet of additional office space leased to Tenant. The parking spaces to be made
available to Tenant hereunder may contain a reasonable mix of spaces for compact
cars and up to ten percent (10%) of the unassigned spaces may also be designated
by Landlord as Building visitors' parking.

     (b) Availability of Parking Spaces. Landlord shall take reasonable actions
         ------------------------------
to ensure the availability of the parking spaces leased by Tenant, but Landlord
does not guarantee the availability of those spaces at all times against the
actions of other tenants of the Building and users of the Parking Facility.
Access to the Parking Facility may, at Landlord's option, be regulated by card,
pass, bumper sticker, decal or other appropriate identification issued by
Landlord. Landlord retains the right to revoke the parking privileges of any
user of the Parking Facility who violates the rules and regulations governing
use of the Parking Facility (and Tenant shall be responsible for causing any
employee of Tenant or other person using parking spaces allocated to Tenant to
comply with all parking rules and regulations).

     (c) Assignment and Subletting. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
         -------------------------
Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign its rights to the parking spaces
or any interest therein, or sublease or otherwise allow the use of all or any
part of the parking spaces to or by any other person, except (i) to a
Transferee, or (ii) with Landlord's prior written consent, which may be granted
or withheld by Landlord in its sole discretion. In the event of any separate
assignment or sublease of parking space rights that is approved by Landlord,
Landlord shall be entitled to

                               Exhibit D, Page 2
<PAGE>

receive, as additional Rent hereunder, one hundred percent (100%) of any profit
received by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease.

     (d) Condemnation, Damage or, Destruction. In the event the Parking Facility
         ------------------------------------
is the subject of a Condemnation, or is damaged or destroyed, and this Lease is
not terminated, and if in such event the available number of parking spaces in
the Parking Facility is permanently reduced, then Tenant's rights to use parking
spaces hereunder may, at the election of Landlord, thereafter be reduced in
proportion to the reduction of the total number of parking spaces in the Parking
Facility, and the Monthly Parking Rental payable hereunder shall be reduced
proportionately. In such event, Landlord reserves the right to reduce the number
of parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled or to relocate some or all of the
parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled to other areas in the Parking
Facility.



                                                   INITIALS:

                                                   Landlord  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                             -----------------
                                                   Tenant    /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                             -----------------

                               Exhibit D, Page 3
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT E
                                   ---------

                       ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                           DATED AS OF MAY 28, 1999
                                    BETWEEN
             PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P., AS LANDLORD,
                                      AND
                      TRINTECH, INC., AS TENANT ("LEASE")

                        APPROVED LETTER OF CREDIT FORM
                        ------------------------------

[Letterhead of Issuing Bank]
[must be a Bank whose location, credit and practices Landlord has approved]

RE:  IRREVOCABLE COMMERCIAL LETTER OF CREDIT NO. _________

TO:  [Name of project owner] ("Landlord"),  ___________________________________
___________________ [Landlord's address]

Gentlemen:

We hereby issue our Irrevocable Commercial Letter of Credit in your favor, for
the account of _______________________ [name of tenant and type of entity (e.g.
"ABC Corporation, a California corporation")] ("Tenant"), in the amount of
_________________________ Dollars ($________). This amount is available to you
on presentation of your sight draft drawn upon us referring to the above letter
of credit number, date and amount being drawn hereunder, accompanied by the
signed statement of you or your authorized agent, Cornerstone Properties Limited
Partnership dba Wilson Cornerstone Properties Limited Partnership, that the
amount drawn hereunder is being drawn pursuant to the terms of the ____________
[title of lease document (e.g. Office Lease, Lease Agreement, etc.)] dated as of
_____________, between Tenant, as tenant, and Landlord, as landlord, for certain
premises located at __________________

____________________________ (the "Lease").

Any draft presented for payment must be presented on or before ___________ [term
should be at least one year], the date this Letter of Credit expires. Partial
drawings are permitted.

If you sell or otherwise transfer any interest in the "Building" (as defined in
the Lease) [be sure to use the defined terms used in the Lease (e.g. if the
building is called the "Property" in the Lease, then use that term here)], in
the land upon which the same is located, in the Lease, or in

                               Exhibit E, Page 1
<PAGE>

Landlord (including consolidations, mergers or other entity changes), you shall
have the right to transfer this Letter of Credit to your transferee(s),
successors or assigns.

We hereby certify that this is an unconditional and irrevocable Letter of Credit
and agree that a draft drawn under and in compliance with the terms hereof will
be honored upon presentation at our office at ________________________ [it must
be a location easily accessible to us (e.g. no country banks located in some
tiny town in the Southeastern corner of Texas].

This Letter of Credit shall automatically be extended and renewed for successive
one year periods at the end of the stated expiration date and each anniversary
thereof unless we notify you in writing, no later than forty-five (45) days
prior to the then applicable expiration date, that we will not extend and renew
the Letter of Credit for another one year term.

Except to the extent inconsistent with the express provisions hereof, this
Letter of Credit is subject to and governed by Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credits (1993 Revision) International Chamber of Commerce
publication number 500.

                                           [Name of Bank]

                                           /s/ John McGuire
                                           ----------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature



                                                      INITIALS:

                                                      Landlord  ___________

                                                      Tenant    [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                                -----------

                               Exhibit E, Page 2

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.44

                           FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                           ------------------------

     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE ("Amendment") is made as of November 1, 1999,
by and between PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P., a California limited
liability company ("Landlord"), and TRINTECH, INC., a California corporation
("Tenant").
                                   Recitals
                                   --------

     A.   Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement dated May 28, 1999
(the "Lease") by which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord
Suite 220 (the "Existing Premises") containing approximately 7,250 rentable
square feet of office space on the 2nd floor of the building known as Peninsula
Office Park 5 located at 2755 Campus Drive, San Mateo, California (the
"Building").

     B.   The Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire July 31, 2004 (the
"Expiration Date").

     C.   Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to (i) provide for
Tenant to lease Suite 205 (the "Additional Space") containing approximately
4,059 rentable square feet of office space on the 2nd floor of the Building; and
(ii) make certain other changes in the Lease, all upon and subject to the terms
and conditions set forth in this Amendment. The approximate configuration and
location of the Additional Space is shown on Exhibit A.
                                             ---------

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual
agreements of the parties herein, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1.   Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this
     -----------------
     Amendment shall have the meaning given them in the Lease.

2.   Leasing of Additional Space. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases
     ---------------------------
     from Landlord the Additional Space for a term commencing the earlier the
     date Landlord delivers possession of the Additional Space to Tenant
     following the date Landlord obtains possession of the Additional Space from
     the Existing Tenant (as hereinafter defined), or (b) March 15, 2000 (the
     "Additional Space Commencement Date"), and unless sooner terminated,
     expiring on the Expiration Date.

3.   Existing Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Additional Space
     ---------------
     is leased and occupied by an existing tenant (the "Existing Tenant") in
     accordance with a lease which expires February 29, 2000. Landlord agrees to
     use good faith efforts to regain possession of the Additional Space from
     the Existing Tenant and to deliver possession of the Additional Space to
     Tenant following expiration of the lease with the Existing Tenant. Landlord
     shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities

                                       1
<PAGE>

     if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Additional Space to
     Tenant following expiration of the lease with the Existing Tenant.

4.   Premises following the Additional Space Commencement Date. Commencing on
     ---------------------------------------------------------
     the Additional Space Commencement Date and continuing through the
     Expiration Date, except as a provision herein applies only to the
     Additional Space, the Additional Space shall be included in the "Premises"
     for all purposes under the Lease (and the "Premises" shall consist of both
     the Existing Premises and the Additional Space; totaling approximately
     11,309 rentable square feet of office space).

5.   Base Rent for Additional Space. In addition to the Base Rent payable by
     ------------------------------
     Tenant to Landlord for the Existing Premises, commencing on the Additional
     Space Commencement Date and continuing until the Expiration Date, Tenant
     shall pay the following Base Rent for the Additional Space:

     Months following
     ----------------
     Additional Space
     ----------------
     Commencement Date:            Base Rent:
     -----------------             ---------

     Months 01 - 12:               $3.75 per rentable square foot per month
     Months 13 - 24:               $3.85 per rentable square foot per month
     Months 25 - 36:               $3.95 per rentable square foot per month
     Months 37 - 48:               $4.05 per rentable square foot per month
     Months 49 - Expiration Date:  $4.15 per rentable square foot per month

6.   Condition of Additional Space. Tenant has inspected and examined the
     -----------------------------
     Additional Space and has elected to lease the Additional Space on a
     strictly "AS IS" basis, with "all faults", and with no responsibility upon
     Landlord to demolish, clean, repair, or reconstruct the Additional Space or
     to remove any personal property, improvements or materials therefrom prior
     to or after delivery of the Additional Space. Tenant shall be solely
     responsible for making any alterations or improvements to the Additional
     Space required or desired by Tenant, subject to and in accordance with the
     provisions of Article 6 -Alterations - of the Lease, which Alterations may
     be made by Tenant at any time after the Additional Space Commencement Date
     using Webcor Builders ("Webcor") as general contractor. Tenant shall
     contract directly with Webcor for any such Alterations. Landlord shall
     contribute up to $18,265.50 ("Landlord's Allowance") toward the cost of
     toward the cost of the design (including preparation of plans),
     construction and installation of the Alterations in the Additional Space.
     Landlord shall pay Landlord's Allowance to Tenant within thirty (30) days
     following (a) the date Tenant notifies Landlord that the Alterations have
     been completed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by
     Landlord, (b) Landlord has inspected the Alterations to verify that such
     Alterations have been completed in accordance with such approved plans and
     specifications, and (c) Tenant provides Landlord written evidence that
     Tenant has paid in full the costs of such Alterations,

                                       2
<PAGE>

     and that no lien will be filed by any contractor, subcontractor or supplier
     in connection with such Alterations.

7.   Tenants Share. From and after the Additional Space Commencement Date,
     -------------
     Tenant's Share shall be 14.20%.

8.   Base Year. The Base Year for the Additional Space shall be calendar year
     ---------
     2000. The Base Year for the Existing Premises remains unchanged.

9.   Security Deposit. Upon Tenant's execution and delivery of this Amendment to
     ----------------
     Landlord, Tenant shall deliver $65,755.80 as an additional Security Deposit
     to be held by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of
     the Lease.

10.  Brokers Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that in the negotiating
     -------
     or making of this Amendment neither Tenant nor anyone acting on Tenant's
     behalf has dealt with any real estate broker or finder who might be
     entitled to a fee or commission for this Amendment. Tenant agrees to
     indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim or claims, including
     costs, expenses and attorney's fees incurred by Landlord, asserted by any
     broker or finder for a fee or commission, based upon any dealings with or
     statements made by Tenant or its representatives. Landlord agrees to
     indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claim by third
     parties claiming by, through, or under Landlord for commissions due or
     alleged to be due in connection with this Amendment.

11.  Ratification of Lease. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the
     ---------------------
     Lease remains in full force and effect without modification. The Lease and
     this Amendment are fully integrated and each reference to any provision of
     the Lease shall be deemed to refer to such provision of the Lease as it may
     be amended in this Amendment. The Lease and this Amendment constitute the
     entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matters
     contained herein, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements,
     understandings, proposals and other representations by or between Landlord
     and Tenant, whether written or oral, all of which are merged herein. This
     Amendment shall become effective as a binding agreement only if and when
     Amendment executes this Amendment following execution by Tenant and
     delivers a fully executed copy to Tenant.

12.  Authority. Each of the persons executing this Amendment on behalf of
     ---------
     Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly
     existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into
     this Amendment and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are
     authorized to do so and have the power to bind Tenant to this Amendment.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have entered into and executed
this Amendment as of date of this Amendment.

                                       3
<PAGE>

TENANT:                                 LANDLORD:


TRINTECH, INC.,                         PENINSULA OFFICE PARK
a California corporation                ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
                                        a California limited partnership


By:    /s/ John McGuire                 By: CORNERSTONE HOLDINGS, LLC,
       -----------------------
Name:      John McGuire                     a Delaware limited liability company
       -----------------------
Title:     CEO                              General Partner
       -----------------------


By:    /s/ Eugene Tighe                 By:    /s/ Robert Paratte
       -----------------------                 ----------------------------
Name:      Eugene Tighe                 Name:      Robert Paratte
       -----------------------                 ----------------------------
Title:     Controller                   Title: ____________________________
       -----------------------

(For corporate entities, signature by TWO corporate officers is required: one by
(x) the chairman of the board, the president, or any vice president; and the
other by (y)the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer,
or any assistant treasurer.)

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT A
                                  -----------

                       ATTACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF
                           FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                         DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 1999
                                   BETWEEN
             PENINSULA OFFICE PARK ASSOCIATES, L.P. AS LANDLORD,
                                     AND
                   TRINTECH, INC., AS TENANT ("AMENDMENT")

                             THE ADDITIONAL SPACE
                             --------------------



                             [Image - Floor Plan]
                             --------------------




                                 Second Floor
           --------------------------------------------------------
           Peninsula Office Park - 2755 Campus Drive, San Mateo, CA

                                                INITIALS:
                                                Landlord  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                          -----------------
                                                Tenant    /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]^^
                                                          -----------------

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1

                              TRINTECH GROUP PLC
              COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER ORDINARY SHARE

<TABLE>
                                                            January 31,
                                            ----------------------------------------
                                               1998           1999           2000
                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
BASIC

Weighted average number of ordinary
 shares outstanding                           15,688,335     16,157,831      19,309,964
                                             ===========    ===========    ============
Net income (loss)                            $   175,000    $(6,873,000)   $(12,111,000)
                                             ===========    ===========    ============
Basic net income (loss) per ordinary
 share                                       $      0.01    $     (0.43)   $      (0.63)
                                             ===========    ===========    ============
DILUTED

Weighted average number of ordinary
 shares outstanding                           15,688,335     16,157,831      19,309,964

Ordinary equivalent shares resulting
 from stock options (treasury stock
 method)                                          60,826             -             -
                                             ------------------------------------------
Total                                         15,749,161     16,157,831      19,309,964
                                             -----------    -----------    ------------
Net income (loss)                            $   175,000    $(6,873,000)   $(12,111,000)
                                             ===========    ===========    ============
Diluted net income (loss) per ordinary
 share                                       $      0.01    $     (0.43)   $      (0.63)
                                             ===========    ===========    ============
ADSs used in computing basic net
 income (loss) per equivalent ADS             31,376,670     32,315,662      38,619,928
                                             ===========    ===========    ============
ADSs used in computing diluted net
 income (loss) per equivalent ADS             31,498,322     32,315,662      38,619,928
                                             ===========    ===========    ============
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Experts" and
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and to the use of our reports dated March
16, 2000 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and the financial
statement schedule included in the Registration Statement on Form F-1 and
related Prospectus of Trintech Group PLC for the registration of 6,000,000
American Depositary shares representing 3,000,000 Ordinary Shares.


/s/ Ernst & Young
Ernst & Young



Dublin, Ireland
March 16, 2000


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission